Technical
Publications
2165118–100
Revision 4
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm
Advanced Service Manual
do not duplicate
Advanced Service Documentation
Property of GE
For GE Service Personnel Only
No Rights Licensed – Do Not Use or Copy
Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited
CopyrightE 1999, 2002 by General Electric Co.
ATTENTION
LES APPAREILS À RAYONS X SONT DANGEREUX À LA FOIS POUR LE PATIENT ET POUR LE MANIPULATEUR
SI LES MESURES DE PROTECTION NE SONT PAS STRICTEMENT APPLIQUEES
Bien que cet appareil soit construit selon les normes de sécurité les plus sévères, la source de rayonnement X représente un danger
lorsque le manipulateur est non qualifié ou non averti. Une exposition excessive au rayonnement X entraîne des dommages à l’organisme.
Par conséquent, toutes les précautions doivent être prises pour éviter que les personnes non autorisées ou non qualifiées utilisent cet
appareil créant ainsi un danger pour les autres et pour elles–mêmes.
Avant chaque manipulation, les personnes qualifiées et autorisées à se servir de cet appareil doivent se renseigner sur les mesures de
protection établies par la Commission Internationale de la Protection Radiologique, Annales 26 : Recommandations de la Commission
Internationale sur la Protection Radiologique et les normes nationales en vigueur.
WARNING
X–RAY EQUIPMENT IS DANGEROUS TO BOTH PATIENT AND OPERATOR
UNLESS MEASURES OF PROTECTION ARE STRICTLY OBSERVED
Though this equipment is built to the highest standards of electrical and mechanical safety, the useful x–ray beam becomes a source of
danger in the hands of the unauthorized or unqualified operator. Excessive exposure to x–radiation causes damage to human tissue.
Therefore, adequate precautions must be taken to prevent unauthorized or unqualified persons from operating this equipment or exposing
themselves or others to its radiation.
Before operation, persons qualified and authorized to operate this equipment should be familiar with the Recommendations of the International Commission on Radiological Protection, contained in Annals Number 26 of the ICRP, and with applicable national standards.
ATENCION
LOS APARATOS DE RAYOS X SON PELIGROSOS PARA EL PACIENTE Y EL MANIPULADOR
CUANDO LAS NORMAS DE PROTECCION NO ESTAN OBSERVADAS
Aunque este aparato está construido según las normas de seguridad más estrictas, la radiación X constituye un peligro al ser manipulado
por personas no autorizadas o incompetentes. Una exposición excesiva a la radiación X puede causar daños al organismo.
Por consiguiente, se deberán tomar todas las precauciones necesarias para evitar que las personas incompetentes o no autorizadas
utilicen este aparato, lo que sería un peligro para los demás y para sí mismas.
Antes de efectuar las manipulaciones, las personas habilitadas y competentes en el uso de este aparato, deberán informarse sobre las
normas de protección fijadas por la Comisión Internacional de la Protección Radiológica, Anales No 26: Recomendaciónes de la Comisión Internacional sobre la Protección Radiológica y normas nacionales.
ACHTUNG
RÖNTGENAPPARATE SIND EINE GEFAHR FÜR PATIENTEN SOWIE BEDIENUNGSPERSONAL,
WENN DIE GELTENDEN SICHERHEITSVORKEHRUNGEN NICHT GENAU BEACHTET WERDEN
Dieser Apparat entspricht in seiner Bauweise strengsten elektrischen und mechanischen Sichereitsnormen, doch in den Händen unbefugter oder unqualifizierter Personen wird er zu einer Gefahrenquelle. Übermäßige Röntgenbestrahlung ist für den menschlichen Organismus schädlich.
Deswegen sind hinreichende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen erforderlich, um zu verhindern, daßunbefugte oder unqualifizierte Personen solche
Geräte bedienen oder sich selbst und andere Personen deren Bestrahlung aussetzen können.
Vor Inbetriebnahme dieses Apparats sollte sich das qualifizierte und befugte Bedienungspersonal mit den geltenden Kriterien für den gefahrlosen Strahleneinsatz durch sorgfältiges Studium des Hefts Nr. 26 der Internationalen Kommission für Strahlenschutz (ICRP) vertraut
machen: Empfehlungen der Internationalen Kommission für Strahlenschutz und anderer nationaler Normenbehörden.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.
WARNING
D IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER THAN
ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TRANSLATION
SERVICES.
D DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE
MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
D FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE
PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL
OR OTHER HAZARDS.
D CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.
AVERTISSEMENT
D SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE
LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE
TRADUIRE.
D NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE
MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS.
D LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ LE
TECHNICIEN, L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES À DES
DANGERS ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
WARNUNG
D DIESES KUNDENDIENST–HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN
ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.
D FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT, IST
ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE ÜBERSETZUNG ZU
SORGEN.
D VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERÄT ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES
KUNDENDIENST–HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN
WURDE.
D WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN
DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN
DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN
KOMMEN.
D ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SÓLO EXISTE EN INGLÉS.
AVISO
D SI ALGÚN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLÉS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIÓN.
D NO SE DEBERÁ DAR SERVICIO TÉCNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y
COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
D LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES
PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE OTRA
NATURALEZA.
i
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ATENÇÃO
D ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA
DISPONÍVEL EM INGLÊS.
D SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A GEMS,
SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA RESPONSABILIDADE DO
CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE TRADUÇÃO.
D NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA.
E
D O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA DO
TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A‘ CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS,
MECÂNICOS OU OUTROS.
AVVERTENZA
D IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE
SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
D SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL
MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È TENUTO A PROVVEDERE
DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
D SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO AVER
CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO.
D NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO ALLA
MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE
ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.
ii
Revision 4
".2&-*"+1 &# +,1 -/,-"/)6 20"! *6 20" &+'2/6
,/!&+$)6 1%" &+01/2 1&,+0 %"/"&+ ,+1&+"! 0%,2)! "
1%,/,2$%)6 /"! +! 2+!"/01,,! "#,/" 6,2 11"*-1 1, -) " 1%&0 ".2&-*"+1 &+ ,-"/1&,+ %" "+"/) )" 1/&
,*-+6 "!& ) 601"*0 /,2- 4&)) " $)! 1, 00&01 +! ,,-"/1" &+ -) &+$ 1%&0 ".2&-*"+1 &+ 20"
)1%,2$% 1%&0 --/120 &+ ,/-,/1"0 %&$% !"$/"" ,# -/,1" 1&,+ $&+01 5/!&1&,+ ,1%"/ 1%+ 1%" 20"#2) "*
, -/ 1& ) !"0&$+ ,# ".2&-*"+1 + -/,3&!" ,*-)"1" -/,1" 1&,+ ,/ + +6 -/ 1& ) !"0&$+ ,*-") 1%" ,-"/8
1,/ 1, 1(" !".21" -/" 21&,+0 1, -/"3"+1 1%" -,00&&)&16 ,# +6 -"/0,+0 /")"00)6 2+4&0")6 ,/ 2+(+,4&+$)6 "5-,08
&+$ 1%"*0")3"0 ,/ ,1%"/0 1, /!&1&,+
1 &0 &*-,/1+1 1%1 "3"/6,+" %3&+$ +61%&+$ 1, !, 4&1% 5/!&1&,+ " -/,-"/)6 1/&+"! +! #2))6 .2&+1"! 4&1%
1%" /" ,**"+!1&,+0 ,# 1%" 1&,+) ,2+ &) ,+ !&1&,+ /,1" 1&,+ +! "02/"*"+10 0 -2)&0%"! &+ "-,/10 3&))" #/,* 2)& 1&,+0 ,,!*,+1 3"+2" ,,* "1%"0! /6)+! +! ,#
1%" +1"/+1&,+) ,**&00&,+ ,+ !&1&,+ /,1" 1&,+ +! 1(" !".21" 01"-0 1, &+02/" -/,1" 1&,+ $&+01 &+'2/6
)) -"/0,+0 21%,/&7"! 1, 20" 1%" ".2&-*"+1 *201 " ,$+&7+1 ,# 1%" !+$"/ ,# "5 "00&3" "5-,02/" 1, 5/!&1&,+
+! 1%" ".2&-*"+1 &0 0,)! 4&1% 1%" 2+!"/01+!&+$ 1%1 1%" "+"/) )" 1/& ,*-+6 "!& ) 601"*0 /,2- &10
$"+10 +! /"-/"0"+11&3"0 %3" +, /"0-,+0&&)&16 #,/ &+'2/6 ,/ !*$" 4%& % *6 /"02)1 #/,* "5-,02/" 1, 5/!&8
1&,+
/&,20 -/,1" 1&3" *1"/&) +! !"3& "0 /" 3&))" 1 &0 2/$"! 1%1 02 % *1"/&)0 ,/ !"3& "0 " 20"!
&&&
Blank page.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
TITLE
WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE
i
IMPORTANT X–RAY PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
REVISION HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
1
THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
SECTION 1 – INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
1–1
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
1–2
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
1–3
Component Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–2
1–3–1
Power Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–3
1–3–2
Extension Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–3
1–3–3
Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–4
SECTION 2 – SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–5
2–1
Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–5
2–2
Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–5
SECTION 3 – OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–6
3–1
CPU Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–6
3–2
Error handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–6
SECTION 4 – POWER ON/RESET DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–8
4–1
PRD Test Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–9
4–2
Firmware Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–9
SECTION 5 – INITIALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–11
5–1
ON/OFF Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–11
5–2
On/Off sequencing: Command 1 control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–11
5–2–1
Standby mode - 3 Phase control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–11
5–2–2
Power ON sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–12
5–2–3
Power OFF sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–13
5–3
Main Power Supply Contactors and Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–16
5–3–1
LV Power Supplies DC supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–16
5–3–2
Contactors power on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–16
5–3–3
AC power control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–16
5–3–4
DC power control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–17
v
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
CHAPTER
TITLE
PAGE
5–4
DC Power Supply generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–20
5–5
Power Supply-related Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–20
SECTION 6 – ROTOR CONTROLLER FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–23
6–1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–23
6–2
Rotor Function Sequencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–23
6–3
Rotor Controller Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–27
6–3–1
Rotor controller: Command 2 EPLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–27
6–3–2
IGBT command drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–27
6–3–3
Phase measurements and maximum current detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–27
6–3–4
High Speed capacitors selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–28
6–4
Rotor Controller Power Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–30
6–4–1
Rotor controller inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–30
6–4–2
Current measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–30
6–4–3
High Speed capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–30
6–4–4
Tube housing cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–31
6–5
Rotor Controller Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–31
6–6
Rotor Controller Thermal Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–32
SECTION 7 – HEATER FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–34
7–1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–34
7–2
Heater Function Sequencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–34
7–3
Heater Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–37
7–3–1
Heater control: Command 2 EPLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–37
7–3–2
IGBT command drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–37
7–3–3
RMS heater current measure regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–37
7–3–4
Heater inverters protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–38
7–3–5
Filament protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–38
7–4
Heater Power inverter and HV Tank heater transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–40
7–4–1
Heater inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–40
7–4–2
High Voltage Tank heater transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–41
7–5
Heater Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–41
SECTION 8 – KV GENERATION FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–44
8–1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–44
8–2
Exposure Sequencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–44
8–3
kV Command And Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–47
vi
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
CHAPTER
TITLE
PAGE
8–3–1
Inverter command, kV regulation and safeties: Command 1 EPLDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–47
8–3–2
Inverter command: COMMAND EPLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–47
8–3–3
kV regulation: REGULATION EPLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–48
8–3–4
kV function safeties: SAFETY EPLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–48
8–3–5
Main inverter drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–49
8–3–6
kV measure and kV rise waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–49
8–3–7
Inverter current measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–49
8–4
kV Power Inverter and HV Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–51
8–4–1
kV main inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–51
8–4–2
HV Tank transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–53
8–5
kV Function Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–55
8–6
kV Inverter Thermal Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–55
SECTION 9 – MA FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–57
9–1
1–57
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9–2
mA Measurement Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–57
9–3
mA Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–58
9–4
mA Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–58
SECTION 10 – TUBE SELECTION FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–60
10–1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–60
10–2
Tube Selection Sequencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–62
10–3
Tube Selection Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–62
SECTION 11 – R/RF INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–63
11–1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–63
11–1–1 Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–63
11–1–2 Tomography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–63
11–1–3 Buckies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–63
11–1–4 Collimators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–63
11–1–5 Arterio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–63
11–2
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–66
11–2–1 RF/One Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–67
11–2–2 RF/Two Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–67
11–2–3 RAD/One or Two Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–67
11–3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–67
11–3–1 Wall Bucky Board MPH A6 A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–67
vii
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
CHAPTER
TITLE
PAGE
11–3–2 Table Interface Board MPH A6 A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–68
11–3–3 Table Tomo Collimator Interface Board MPH A6 A5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–68
11–3–4 ROOM IF CPU Board MPH A6 A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–68
11–4
Workstation Decoding Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–69
11–5
How can the user trigger an x-ray exposure in a RF Remote system? . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–94
SECTION 12 – AEC/AET FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–95
SECTION 13 – II SENSOR FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–97
13–1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–97
13–1–1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–97
SECTION 14 – CONTROL CONSOLE FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–100
14–1
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–100
14–2
Console Make–up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–100
14–3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–100
14–3–1 Console Control Board (MPH A3 A2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–100
14–3–2 Switch–on Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–103
14–3–3 Console Service Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–103
14–3–4 Multiplexed Readout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–104
14–3–5 Communicating with the Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–105
SECTION 15 – PROGRAM-X FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–107
15–1
Purpose of PROGRAM-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–107
15–2
PROGRAM-X Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–107
15–3
PROGRAM-X Control Board (MPH A8 A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–107
15–4
Switches, jumpers, LEDs and test points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–111
SECTION 16 – PRINT-X FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–112
16–1
Purpose of PRINT-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–112
16–2
PRINT-X Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–112
16–3
PRINT-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–112
16–3–1 Function equivalence chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–113
SECTION 17 – 0-POINT MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–115
17–1
Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–115
17–1–1 Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–115
17–1–2 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–115
17–1–3 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–115
viii
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
CHAPTER
TITLE
PAGE
17–1–4 Sequence of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–115
17–1–5 Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–116
17–2
Ergonomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–116
17–2–1 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–116
17–2–2 Exposure-Factor Display on Control Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–116
17–2–3 Focal Spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–116
17–2–4 Automatic operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–116
17–2–5 kV Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–117
17–2–6 CVN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–117
17–2–7 Preprogrammed Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–117
17–2–8 Sequence in 0-Point Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–117
17–3
Determining Rad kV Values: Rad LUT (p, kV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–118
17–4
Technical Limitations of Image Quality and of Physician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–118
17–4–1 Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–118
17–4–2 Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–119
17–5
Using the LUTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–120
17–6
Parameter Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–120
17–7
Prestored LUT content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–120
APPENDIX 1 – FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1–1
SECTION 1 – SECTION 1 – INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1–1
1–1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1–1
APPENDIX 2 – USER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2–1
SECTION 1 – INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2–1
SECTION 2 – USER/MACHINE INTERACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2–1
2–1
Service Terminal, GPX Console, or Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2–1
2–2
Program-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2–2
SECTION 3 – PROGRAM OUTPUTS FOR USER INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2–2
2
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
SECTION 1 – INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
ix
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
CHAPTER
3
4
TITLE
PAGE
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–I
SECTION 1 – LIST OF JOB CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
Job Card DR 001 – Disassembly/Reassembly within the MPH Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–3
Job Card DR 002 – MPH A4 A1 CMD1 board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–5
Job Card DR 003 – MPH A4 A2 CMD2 board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–7
Job Card DR 004 – MPH A4 A3 CPU board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–9
Job Card DR 005 – MPH A3 A1 DC Filter Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–13
Job Card DR 006 – MPH A3 A2 Main Power Supply Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–17
Job Card DR 007 – MPH A3 FL1 EMC Filter assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–21
Job Card DR 008 – MPH A3 A3 Inverter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–23
Job Card DR 009 – MPH A2 HV TANK replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–27
Job Card DR 010 – MPH A2 A2 HV tank SWITCH Motor replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–29
Job Card DR 011 – MPH A5 A1 Heather Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–31
Job Card DR 012 – MPH A5 A2 Rotor Controller Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–33
Job Card DR 013 – MPH A5 A3 Option Chiller Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–37
Job Card DR 014 – MPH A5 PS 1, PS 2 Power Supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–39
Job Card DR 015 – MPH A6 A1 room I/F CPU Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–41
Job Card DR 016 – MPH A6 A2 Table interface board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–45
Job Card DR 017 – MPH A6 A3 distribution board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–47
Job Card DR 018 – MPH A6 A4 Wall Bucky Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–49
Job Card DR 019 – MPH A6 A5 Table Tomo collimator board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–51
Job Card DR 020 – MPH A6 A6 II Sensor Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–53
Job Card DR 021 – MPH A6 PS1/ PS2 Power Supplies replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–55
Job Card DR 022 – Replacement of program–X components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–57
Job Card DR 023 – Replacement of X–ray tube and Exposure counter recording . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–65
Job Card DR 024 – Replacement of print–X components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–69
Job Card DR 025 – kV/mA measurement calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–73
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
SECTION 1 – INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
1–1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
1–2
Block convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–2
x
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
CHAPTER
TITLE
PAGE
SECTION 2 – PRD DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–3
2–1
Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–3
2–1–1
Functional requirements for PRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–3
2–2
User/Operator Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–6
2–2–1
MPH Power on / Reset Diagnostics. Summary Of Switches And LEDS Utilization . . .
4–6
SECTION 3 – SLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–18
3–1
Here to use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–18
3–1–1
TAV Tests Operator Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–18
3–1–2
Functional requirements for MPH SLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–24
3–1–3
MPH functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–24
3–1–4
MPH FRU’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–24
3–1–5
SLD design description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–25
SECTION 4 – APPLICATION ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–26
4–1
Software Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–26
4–1–1
Class I Error Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–26
4–1–2
Class II Error Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–26
4–1–3
Class III Error Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–26
4–1–4
Class IV Error Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–26
4–1–5
Error transmission Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–26
4–2
Diagnostic error list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–39
4–3
Diagnostic error code description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–43
SECTION 5 – OPTIONS TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–215
Job Card VF 001 – Console display fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–217
Job Card VF 002 – Troubleshooting on program-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–219
Job Card VF 003 – Troubleshooting of print-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–225
Job Card VF 004 – Diagnostic–help tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–229
Job Card VF005 – Diagnostic–help tests ON/OFF and power supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–237
Job Card VF006 – Diagnostic–help tests DC bus voltage fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–243
Job Card VF007 – Diagnostic–help tests serial links fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–247
Job Card VF008 – Troubleshooting 0-point mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–251
Job Card VF009 – Diagnostic–help tests interface rad and fluoro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–263
xi
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Blank page.
xii
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REVISION HISTORY
REV
REASON FOR CHANGE
DATE
%
%$ " !#'#"& %&' &
( – Level M4 Prestige VH with Integrated Console.
– New RF Table Interface Board: pages 1-64, 1–76, 1–77, 1–81 and 1–94 modified.
$
– M4-AM milestone.
3
– DR012 updated.
4
(
Updated as per BUCge60859.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
PAGE
NUMBER
REVISION
NUMBER
Title page
Safety Instruction
4
4
i thru xiv
4
1–1 thru 1–120
4
A1–1 thru A1–2
4
A2–1 thru A2–2
4
2–1 thru 2–54
4
3–1 thru 3–80
4
4–1 thru 4–276
4
PAGE
NUMBER
REVISION
NUMBER
xiii
PAGE
NUMBER
REVISION
NUMBER
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Blank page.
xiv
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
CHAPTER 1 – THEORY OF OPERATION
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
This document describes the operation of the MPH Generators (50, 65 or 80 kW).
The MPH make up a line of generators which serve the following systems:
1–1
D
Radiographic systems.
D
RF Remote systems.
D
RF Cassettless systems.
Applications
The MPH can be used in systems with one or two tubes, radiography or fluoroscopy systems,
or in combination of these system types. The following restrictions apply:
1–2
D
Only one tube may be used for fluoroscopy.
D
Bias tubes cannot be used.
D
Grid tubes cannot be used.
Functions
The main functions handled by the central unit in Application Mode are:
a. Power Unit start-up.
b. Operator Mode. Parameter selection.
c. Estimation of exposure parameters.
d. Management of tube thermal status.
e. Management of x-ray tube housing thermal status.
f. Automatic control of tube current in Radiography Mode and Fluoroscopy Mode.
g. Automatic control of Chamber Reset by kV in AET Mode.
h. Automatic Brightness Control (ABC) by kV in Fluoroscopy Mode.
i. Automatic Quality Control (AQC) in Fluoroscopy Mode .
j. Correction of film non-reciprocity effect in AEC Mode.
k. Calculation of filament temperature.
l. Filament ageing compensation.
m. Control and monitoring of rotor Control Module.
n. Management of thermal status of rotor and kV converters.
o. Control and monitoring of Heater Module.
p. X-ray exposure control.
q. Change of tube selection.
1–1
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
r. Room interface management.
s. Console management.
t. Program-X management.
u. Printer management.
v. Management of debugging console.
w. Error handling.
The main functions handled in Setup Mode are (see Service Manual) are:
a. Management of the Service Terminal menus (one Application Menu and six Setup
Menus).
b. Diagnostic menus (Menu 1 and Menu 2).
c. Room configuration input (Menu 3).
d. Tube parameter input (Menu 3).
e. kV scale parameter input (Menu 3).
f. Setup parameter input (Menu 3).
g. Selection of data to be printed (Menu 3).
h. Heating current calibration (Menu 4).
i. Fluoroscopy calibration (Menu 4).
j. AEC calibration for Ionix chamber (Menu 4).
k. Selection of Zero-Point Mode, and ionization chamber calibration (Menu 4).
l. RAM checksum update (Menu 5).
m. Post-display enable (Menu 5).
n. Calibration of kV and mA chain (Menu 6).
o. Calibration of kV divider frequency response (Menu 6).
p. Calibration of dose in Radiography Mode (Menu 6).
q. Diagnostic.
1–3
Component Assemblies
The MPH System Cabinet includes the following sub-assemblies:
1–2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
1–3–1 Power Unit
Sub-Assembly
Designator
Function
Room Distribution Panel
MPH A1
Power supply for Positionner, II, Extension rack
HV Tank
MPH A2
High Voltage Transformer 80 kW
DC Filter Board
MPH A3 A1
AC rectifier to DC
Main Power Supply Board
MPH A3 A2
3-Phase control, on/off drivers, dc detection
Inverter Board
MPH A3 A3
Main High Frequency Inverter 80 kW
EMC Filter
MPH A3 FL1
Line input filter
CPU Board
MPH A4 A3
Exposure control
Command 1 Board
MPH A4 A1
ON/OFF control, kV control, mA measure
Command 2 Board
MPH A4 A2
Rotor controller command, filament control
Rotor Controller Board
MPH A5 A2
Stator power supply
Heater Board
MPH A5 A1
Filament power supply
LV2 Power Supply 24 V
MPH A5 PS2
Low voltage power supply (24 V)
LV1 Power Supply 15 V
MPH A5 PS1
Low voltage power supply (±15 V, 5 V)
Chiller Interface
MPH A5 A3
Optional control of Chiller or Local Water-Tap
1–3–2 Extension Rack
Sub-Assembly
Designator
Function
Room IF CPU Board
MPH A6 A1
Dialog with Room and AEC Control
Table interface
MHP A6 A2
Interface with Remote positionner and I. F.
Distribution Board
MHP A6 A3
Power supply and interconnections
Wall Bucky Board
MHP A6 A4
Interface with wall bucky and Room Door
Table Tomo Colimator
MHP A6 A5
Interface with Rad Table with Tomo and automatic
collimator
I. I. Sensor Board
MHP A6 A6
Supply for Photomultiplier and measure current of
photomultiplier in I. I.
Power Supply
MHP A6 PS1
Power supply " 15 V, + 5 V for Room IF/CPU
Power Supply
MHP A6 PS2
Power supply 15 V RF for Interface Board
Transformer
MHP A6 A7
Various AC supply for AEC, Bucky, control console, etc.
Plug Panel
MHP A6 A8
Plug Panel for SAS connectors
1–3
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
1–3–3 Console
Madrid Console
MPH A7
Control Console
Program-X
MPH A8
Anatomic Programs
Print-X
MPH A9
Printer for Radiography parameters
1–4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 2
SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE
2–1
Background
The MPH software, which is run on the PU_CTRL_CPU Board, is a combination of the
MPG100 and SCPU software packages.
The MPG100 software, formerly in Pascal, has been re-written in C. The entire software
package is used, regardless of equipment, i.e., user interface and start-up.
The SCPU software is included for exposure management, fault processing, and diagnosis.
The SCPU and MPH generators have identical power controls.
The software segment which is specific to the 68360 microprocessor has been re-written,
based on the VRTX Spectra real-time nucleus. This segment concerns task management,
series links, timers, mAs, and AEC cutoffs.
2–2
Organization
The software that run on the PU_CTRL_CPU board manages MPH power functions.
Power management is broken down into several jobs.
A number is assigned to each job to indicate its priority level. A small number indicates high
priority.
Jobs communicate with each other via messages sent to message queues or mailboxes.
Management of the various jobs is performed by the VRTX-SA software component.
When a job receives a message, VRTX-SA authorizes execution if the job has higher priority
than the current job. If not, it waits for completion of the current job before executing the
other.
When there is no current job, VRTX-SA activates the IDLE background job.
The software run on the ROOM_IF_CPU Board manages room inputs and outputs.
The two programs communicate via an HDLC-type link.
Error Code
Name
Cause
502
ERR_RAM
Checksum RAM (PU parameters) corrupted.
504
ERR_COD_TAB_FAIL
ERR_COD_TAB_FULL
ERR_FLOAT
VRTX_ERR
Error code table corrupted.
Error code table full.
Error detected in floating point calculation.
Error detected in VRTX operation.
505
WATCHDOG_ERR
Reset due to watchdog.
515
CONNECTIC_FAULT
Connection error between PU_CTRL_CPU Board and
CMD1 and CMD2 Boards (checked every 10 ms).
516
ADC_FAIL
A/D conversion incomplete or re–read of kV and ICH set
points, too far from transmitted value.
550
XILINX_CONF_ERR
XILINX configuration fault.
501
ERR_PILE
The battery for non volatile RAM reack its maximum time
of use (3 years).
RAM concerned on PU_CTRL_CPU and Program’X if
present.
1–5
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 3
OVERVIEW
3–1
CPU Communication
The PU_CTRL and ROOM_IF_CPU Boards communicate via an HDLC-type link, ensuring
the room interface.
The ROOM_IF_CPU Board software reads the status of signals coming from the other Room
modules, and transmits these signals to the PU_CTRL_CPU Board.
D
Tomography information received from positioner (tomography time, tomography
selected).
D
DSA information (Linear Mode) received from DRS.
D
Cassette size information received from positioner.
D
Divided exposure information received from positioner.
D
Slice information received from Image Module.
D
Station information from Room.
D
Exposure commands: Rad Prep, Exposure, and fluoro footswitch, received from
positioner.
D
Video brightness, received from Image Module.
D
Ionization chamber reset, received from positioner.
D
Positioner transmission, DRS, and generator commands.
The ROOM_IF_CPU Board software receives commands from the PU_CTRL_CPU Board
software, and transmits them to the other modules, as follows:
3–2
D
From workstations to the various room components (selection of these components).
D
Selection of pick-up fields to DRS or to positioner (AEC).
D
Selection of ionization chamber to positioner.
D
Photomultiplier voltage to the image module.
D
Generator authorization:
fluoroscopy.
D
X-ray emission.
Rad Prep finished, ready for radiography, ready for
Error handling
Error Code
Name
Cause
521
HDLC_ERROR
Communication error with ROOM_IF_CPU
526
TST_COM_ERR
Communication test with ROOM_IF_CPU Board
(performed every 10 s) failed.
522
SCC3_ERROR
Communication error with TAV/GPX
523
SCC4_ERROR
Communication error with Control Console MADRID
524
SMCI_ERROR
Communication error with APR
1–6
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–1
JOBS AND INTERRUPTION HANDLING
ROOM I/O
RECEPTION
CONTROL
CONSOLE KEYS
ROOM
IF CPU
CONTROL
CONSOLE
(MADRID)
CONTROL
CONSOLE DISPLAY
ROOM I/O
TRANSMISSION
PROGRAM_X
RECEPTION
PRGX
THERMAL
APPLI_MPG
MAINTENANCE &
SET-UP
PROGRAM_X
TRANSMISSION
SERVICE TERMINAL
KEYS
RADIOGRAPHY &
FLUOROSCOPY
SCREEN
SERVICE TERMINAL
DISPLAY
TAV
GPX
TJ
APPLI_SCPU
KEYBOARD
ROTOR
CLOCKS
CHASE
VRTX JOBS
INTERRUPTION
HANDLING
1–7
HEATER
flashing
LED sequence
OTHER PROGRAMS
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 4
POWER ON/RESET DIAGNOSTICS
The MPH PRD high frequency generator Power ON/Reset sequence is initiated by one of the
following conditions:
D
Power applied to MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Boards.
D
Reset signal generated by board resident manual reset switch.
Either of these signals will reset the CPU Boards.
The purpose of this group of tests is to check operation of those functions on the MPH CPU
Boards that are required to establish reliable communications. These diagnostic tests establish
operator confidence in the test execution sequence.
The primary functions of the Board are tested and, if these functions are within test limits, they
are used to test other Board functions.
If the primary functions are not testable, the test sequence is aborted.
The block diagram below shows the functions checked during the PU_CTRL_CPU and
ROOM_IF_CPU PRD sequence. Diagnosis is to a Field Replaceable Unit level (CPU Boards
for PRD).
Board functions should be tested in the sequence specified in the following paragraph. Like
the PU_CTRL_CPU Board, the ROOM_IF_CPU Board can execute PRD sequences
independently. This is the reason why communication between both Boards is the last
PU_CTRL_CPU (Master Board) PRD sequence which cannot be ended, because the
ROOM_IF_CPU PRD sequences are not finished.
ROOM_IF_CPU Board
PRD Leds
68302
PRD switches
TAV
PRD Leds
68360
PRD switches
PU_CTRL_CPU Board
1–8
SCC4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
4–1
asm 2165118–100
PRD Test Sequence
The following tests are executed, in the order given:
1. CPU alive test: check minimum CPU functions.
2. EPROM checksum test: check the CPU Boards, flash EPROM checksum.
3. RAM test: check RAM used by the CPUs as a data and stack area.
This test can be run in three different modes: short, extended, and long. The short test is
run in normal operation; the extended or long test is run if requested by the on-board
switch setting.
D
D
4–2
Microprocessor tests: set of tests to check Multiprocessors 68306 (PU_CTRL) and 68302
(ROOM_IF) functions:
–
Processor test: check any instructions not previously tested.
–
Watchdog test: check that the reset sequence following a watchdog timeout operates
correctly.
–
Internal Timers: check operation of the 68302 (ROOM_IF_CPU) internal timers.
These timers are used for AEC clock and time measurement.
–
Check operation of the 68360 (PU_CTRL_CPU) internal timers. These timers are
used for time, mAs, bright exposure, and VRTX clock.
DMA and serial communication test: check operation of channel of (ROOM_IF) 68302,
(PU_CTRL) 68360 (used to send and receive messages over the HDLC link).
Firmware Initialization
After completion of the PRD, Microcontroller 68302 registers (ROOM_IF_CPU), 68360
registers (PU_CTRL_CPU) are initialized. Next, the real time monitor, VRTX, is initialized,
and the first firmware initialization task, which initiates all the others, is started.
The MPH then sends the first message to the other CPU to start communication, and waits for
console (GPX or Control Console MADRID) commands.
1–9
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
1–10
AUTO TRANSFORMER
MPH A3 T1
0/220
220
0/480
115
220/240
380/480
AUTO TRANSFORMER
MPH A1 T1
XJ3
XJ1
ON/OFF
RELAYS
XJ7
CT2
RECTIFIER
AND FILTER
XJ2
MAIN PS
MPH A3 A2
EMC FILTER
MPH A3 FL1
THERMOSWITCH
MAIN SWITCH
MPH A1 SW1
CT1
FILTER
DISCHARGE
XJ4
XJ2
115 V AC
XJ3
RECTIFIER
AND FILTER
3 PHASE
MEASURE
LV_POWER_5VP
ON COMMANDS
_PH_ON
DC_MEASURE
DC
DC
DC
MPH A7
XJ6
XJ4
XJ2
XJ23
6
XJ1
MPH A5 PS1
XJ7
1Ć3
_P0W_ON
DC_MEAS
+15 V
XJ3
XJ2
XJ4
PU-CTRL CPU
MPH A4 A3
CMD 2
MPH A4 A2
+15 V
DISTRIBUTION
BOARD
_SYS_ON
MPH A6 A3
XJ2
XJ1
LOW VOLTAGE
CONTROL
XJ1
J12
XJ9
XJ1
XJ7
XJ5
XJ2
ROTOR CTRL
MPH A5 A2
MPH A6
EXTENSION
RACK
LV_POWER
DC_MEAS
LV_POWER
XJ1
LV PS +24 V
ON/OFF
RELAYS
24 V
XJ3
MPH A5 PS2
ON/OFF
LOGIC
1Ć3
HEATER
MPH A5 A1
LV PS 5 V/±15 V
XJ5
CMD 1
MPH A4 A1
XJ1
INVERTER
MPH A3 A3
REV 4
CONTROL CONSOLE
ON/OFF
4
DC LEVEL OPTO
MEASURE
XJ1
XJ1
XJ5
XJ4
XJ5
DC MEASURE
DC POWER SUPPLY
MPH A3 A11
THERMAL SAFETY
ROOM DISTRIBUTION
MPH A1 A2
THEORY OF OPERATION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–2
ON/OFF FUNCTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 5
INITIALIZATION
5–1
ON/OFF Function
Refer to Illustration 1–2 (ON/OFF Function).
The MPH ON/OFF function affects almost all the components of the generator:
D
380/480 V ac is fed to the MPH through the EMC Filter Board, which reduces noise
passing from the generator to the line during x-ray exposures.
D
The DC Filter Board consists mainly of a rectifier and a filter. The dc output voltage
depends on the ac input: from 400 V dc to 760 V.
D
The Main Power Supply Board includes several functions: 3-phase control (to insure the
right level of the 3-phase AC voltage), on/off relays to drive the room distribution (CT1)
and generator (CT2) contactors, isolated 220 V ac rectifier (to supply the low voltage
power supplies), dc level measure (measures the dc level from the DC Filter Board and
codes it in three bits).
Power is applied to the Extension Rack as soon as the Room distribution is energized.
D
The Command 1 Board includes: on/off logic (to enable and sequence Power On/Off,
according to the _SYS_ON command, the DC level 3-phase control and thermoswitch
of room power supply autotransformer), on/off relays to feed low voltage supplies ("15
V, +5 V, +24 V) to other boards.
D
The Command 2 Board includes control of low voltage supplies from the LV1 and LV2
Power Supplies ("15 V, +5 V, +24 V).
D
Other boards which use the low voltage power supplies: Inverter Board, Heater Board,
Rotor Controller Board.
In standby mode, only the Main Power Supply Board, the"15 V, +5V, and +24 V power
supplies LV1 and LV2, and a part of the Command 1 Board, are alive.
In application mode, all boards are powered on.
5–2
On/Off sequencing: Command 1 control
5–2–1 Standby mode - 3 Phase control
Part of the Command 1 Board is alive in standby mode. It checks the presence of the 3-phase
line input, and provides 24 V to supply the ON/OFF switch on the Control console. This part
of the board is fed by the low voltage power supplies through four fuses (F2, F3, F4, F5).
When the generator is in standby, eight LEDs are lit (DS19, DS20, DS21, DS22, DS11, DS12,
DS13 and DS14) if there is no fuse fault; DS15 is lit if there is no phase missing.
The 24 V to supply the Control console switch is created from the -15 V and +15 V supplies,
using a regulator which makes -15 V and +9 V.
The three phases from the line input are measured on the Main Power Supply Board. The
result signal _PH_ON is acquired on the Command 1 for treatment. If one single phase stays at
zero volt during more than two cycles (32 ms for 60 Hz operation and 40 ms for 50 Hz
operation), then there are two consequences:
D
If the system is OFF, it is not possible to power on the generator (DS15 is off).
D
If the system is ON, the _MAIN_DROP signal is set to shut down the power inverters
(Rotor Controller, Heater, Main Inverter), and to reset the CPU before the Low Voltage
Power Supply disappears (this is maintained for 75 ms from the Main Power Supply).
1–11
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
5–2–2 Power ON sequence
The aim of the power On/Off circuit is to sequence properly the power On and Off of the MPH
sub-assemblies, so as to avoid any hazard on the power boards due to abnormal commands.
The On/Off circuit is driven by the following signals:
D
SYS_ON: return contact of the Control Console Switch. It initiates the On sequence and
commands directly the room distribution contactor CT1.
D
_POW_ON_PU_CTRL: CPU control signal of the generator contactor CT2 for
diagnostic purposes.
D
Hardware Command 1 Switch (IN1): shuts off the generator contactor from the front
panel (for service use).
The On/Off circuit is controlled by the following signals:
D
_ON_ENABLE: this signal indicates that the DC voltage is less than 30 V. The ON
sequence is enabled only if the DC level is under 30 V.
D
_PH_OK1: indicates that the 3-phase input voltage is correct.
D
_PH_OK: indicates that the Room Transformer is in normal condition (T < 125°C) or
(T < 257°F).
The On/Off circuit drives the following signals:
D
_GEN_ON: commands the Main Power Supply relay which supplies the generator
contactor CT2 coil.
D
PUMP_ON: commands the Main Power Supply relay which supplies 115 V ac to the tube
housing cooling systems.
D
PRE_ON: commands the PRE_ON relay to apply low voltage power supplies to other
boards through current resistors.
D
LV_ON: commands the ON relay to apply low voltage power supplies directly to the
other boards.
Note 1:
A thermal switch is built into the Room Distribution Transformer to remove power from
the generator in the event of an overload. The thermostat is triggered if the transformer
temperature reaches 125°C.
Note 2:
A console presence signal prevents application of power if the console plug is not
connected.
Note 3:
An ON/OFF button, located on Distribution Board MPH A6–A3, can be used by the Field
Engineer.
The ON sequence is as follows (refer to Illustration 1–3, MPH On Sequence):
D
Supply the Room Distribution Panel (CT1 contactor command _SYS_ON).
D
Power applied through current limiting resistors (R280, R281, R282, R283) to electronic
boards (PRE_ON signal).
D
Power applied directly to electronic boards (BT_ON signal and X6 relay) and to the tube
housing cooling systems (_PUMP_ON signal).
D
Drive the main generator contactor CT1 on (_GEN_ON signal).
1–12
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–3
MPH ON SEQUENCE
CT1 closed
_SYS_ON
40 ms
_PRE_ON
Current limited
LV power supplies
_LV_ON
60 ms
Directly connected
LV power supplies ON
_PUMP_ON
60 ms
Tube Housing cooling ON
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
> 100 ms
_GEN_ON
CT2 closed
When the generator is ON, the following front panel green LEDs are lit:
D
D
D
On Command 1 Board:
–
DS19, DS20, DS21, DS22, DS11, DS12, DS13 and DS14 indicate correct operation
of the low voltage power supplies and fuses.
–
DS15 indicates a normal 3-phase condition.
–
DS16, DS17, and DS18 indicate low voltage supply to other boards.
On Command 2 Board:
–
DS6, DS7, DS8 and DS9 indicate low voltage supplies on the Command 2 Board.
–
DS2 indicates that the "15 V, +5 V, +24 V levels are correct.
On PU_CTRL_CPU Board:
–
D
DP5 V, DP15 V, DM15 V, DS8, DS9, and DS10 indicate low voltage supply of the
PU_CTRL_CPU Board.
On ROOM_IF_CPU Board:
–
DS3, DS5, and DS4 indicate low voltage supply of the ROOM_IF_CPU Board.
5–2–3 Power OFF sequence
The OFF sequence is as follows (refer to Illustration 1–4, MPH Off Sequence):
D
Switch off the room distribution (_SYS_ON signal), the tube housing cooling system
(_PUMP_ON signal).
D
Switch off direct dc supply to the electronic boards (LV_ON signal). This stops power
inverter commands without causing problems with the logic circuits.
D
Switch off the current-limited dc supply to the electronic boards (PRE_ON signal).
D
Switch off Contactor CT2.
1–13
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–4
OFF SEQUENCE
_SYS_ON
CT1 open
_PUMP_ON
Tube Housing cooling OFF
_PRE_ON
_LV_ON
_GEN_ON
Directly connected
LV power supplies OFF
40 ms
60 ms
Current limited
LV power supplies OFF
300 ms
1–14
CT2 open
1–15
AUTOTRANSFORMER
0/220
220
115
0/480
220/240
380/480
AC SUPPLY
CMD1
DC SUPPLY
MEASURE
220 V AC
(ISOLATED)
_GEN_0N
_PUMP_ON
_SYS_ON
CMD1
220/240 V
115 V
PHASE 1
PHASE 2
PHASE 3
_DC_DROP_RESET
DC POWER SUPPLY
3.2 A
F4
F33 A
F23 A
F13 A
X1
24 V
X3
X2
+15 V R
RECTIFIER
+15 V R
RECTIFIER
COMPARATORS
V ref
FILTER
V ref
CODING
OPTO
ISOLATORS
CMD1
310 V DC
CT2 COMMAND
CT1 COMMAND
ILLUSTRATION 1–5
MAIN POWER SUPPLY BOARD: CONTACTORS, POWER-ON, AND AC-DC CONTROL
THEORY OF OPERATION
LV POWER
SUPPLIES
CONTACTOR CT2
CONTACTOR CT1
OIL PUMP SUPPLY ROTOR CONTROL
_PH_ON
_ON_ENABLE
_OK_DC_BUS
MEAS_DC_BUS0
MEAS_DC_BUS1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
5–3
asm 2165118–100
Main Power Supply Contactors and Power Control
Refer to Illustration 1–5 (Main Power Supply Board: Contactors, Power-on, and AC-DC
Control).
5–3–1 LV Power Supplies DC supply
In standby mode, the Low Voltage Power Supplies are alive, so as to power part of the
Command 1 Board, and the Main Power Supply Board. When there is a line voltage drop, the
MPH must react in order to shut off properly inverters; this requires the Low Voltage Power
Supplies to be maintained for at least 75 ms. This is done by the circuit described here:
The generator auto-transformer features an isolated 220 V winding. This voltage is rectified
and filtered on the Main Power Supply Board by a diode bridge and aluminum capacitors. The
Low Voltage Power Supplies are fed directly by this 310 V dc voltage.
When the MPH is in standby mode, this circuit is running. The 310 V dc is present on the Main
Power Supply Board, indicated by DS12 warning neon.
When the MPH is driven OFF, the maintain capacitors are discharged through resistor R85.
Disappearance of the DS12 light indicates full discharge.
5–3–2 Contactors power on
The MPH includes two contactors, one in the Room Distribution Panel, the other on the
Cabinet Rear Panel. These contactors are driven by 220 V (for 50 Hz operation) or 240 V (for
60 Hz operation), controlled by 12 V or 24 V relays on the Main Power Supply Board. The
presence of the 220/240 V is indicated by DS10 neon.
Three relays on the Main Power Supply Board are driven during the ON/OFF sequence:
D
X1 is energized by _SYS_ON signal from the Command 1 Board. It drives the opening
or the closure of CT1, the room distribution contactor.
D
X2 is energized by _GEN_ON signal from the Command 1 Board. It drives the opening
or the closure of CT2, the generator contactor.
D
X3 is energized by _PUMP_ON signal from the Command 1 Board. It supplies the
selected tube housing cooling system with 115 V ac. This 115 V ac is indicated by DS5
neon.
When these relays are energized, DS6, DS11, and DS12 yellow LEDs are lit.
5–3–3 AC power control
The check of the three phases is shared between the Command 1 Board and the Main Power
Supply Board. On this last board, the three phases are measured two by two, this measure is
isolated by two transformers. The obtained voltages are then rectified and compared to a
reference level, in order to detect phase loss. See Illustration 1–6 (Phase Loss Detection). The
information is sent to the Command 1 Board for processing.
1–16
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–6
PHASE LOSS DETECTION
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
Normal operation:
V
Detection
level
t
V
Comparator
signal
t
Loss of one phase:
V
Detection
level
t
V
Comparator
signal
t
5–3–4 DC power control
The dc power supply is generated on the DC Filter Board. This dc level is measured on the
board by a resistive bridge, and compared to different levels on the Main Power Supply Board.
The dc measurement circuit on the Main Power Supply Board includes:
Note:
D
Five comparators which define seven dc ranges.
D
An encoder.
D
An optic coupler on each of the output signals.
Since this circuit is at line potential, it is supplied through an isolated DC/DC converter
(U2). When the MPH is in standby mode, it is supplied by an isolated "15 V supply,
indicated by green LEDs DS3 and DS4. When the generator contactor is switched on, the
dc level rises to its nominal value (between 480 V and 750 V), and green LEDs DS1 and
DS2 are lit. The optic couplers allow isolation between the line potential level and
Command 1 ground level.
1–17
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
The seven DC ranges are defined as follows:
Range/Signal
_ON_ENABLE
MEAS_DC_BUS1
MEAS_DC_BUS0
_OK_DC_BUS
E < 30 V
0
0
0
1
30 V < E < 400 V
1
0
0
1
400 V < E < 480 V
1
0
0
0
480 V < E < 557 V
1
0
1
0
557 V < E < 646 V
1
1
0
0
646 V < E < 762 V
1
1
1
0
762 V < E
1
1
1
1
1–18
PHASE 1
PHASE 2
PHASE 3
CONTACTOR CT2
100 A
100 A
100 A
F1
F2
F3
RECTIFIER
CAPACITOR
DISCHARGE
FILTER
F5
F4
3A
15 A
FILTER
±240 V dc
±370 V dc
ROTOR CONTROL
INVERTER
1–19
HEATER SUPPLY
DC MEASURE
ILLUSTRATION 1–7
DC POWER SUPPLY
THEORY OF OPERATION
HEATER
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
ROTOR CONTROL
SUPPLY
DC-
DC+
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
5–4
asm 2165118–100
DC Power Supply generation
Refer to Illustration 1–7 (DC Power Supply).
The dc supply for the three MPH DC/AC inverters (kV Rotor and Heater) is generated by the
DC Filter Board. The ac line voltage supplies this board through three 100 A fuses (F1, F2,
F3). It is rectified by a diode bridge underneath the board and filtered by capacitors.
The outputs are fed to:
D
The main MPH 80 kW inverter, through the air inductances.
D
Rotor Control Board, through a 15 Amps fuse (F4).
D
Heater Board, through a 3 Amps fuse (F5).
The DC level is measured by a resistive divider at the far end of the power line (after the fuses)
so as to ensure the right diagnosis if the fuse blows.
The filter discharge is made by a 2.7 kW resistor, which is applied to the capacitors when the
generator contactor is commanded OFF, by the auxiliary contact of CT2.
The presence of the DC level is indicated on the DC Filter Board by neon DS1.
5–5
Power Supply-related Error Codes
Power supply signals status are tested each 10 ms. If an error is detected, the corresponding
error code (see below) is sent to the APPLICATION task.
Error Code
Name
Cause
420
MAIN_DROP
MAIN_DROP signal reset detection
410
DC_BUS_ERROR
DC_BUS_FAULT (DC_BUS < 400V) signal status error
411
FPS_ERROR
FPS_FAULT signal; status error
412
LV_SUPPLY_ERROR
LV_ENABLE (low voltage status) signal; status error
1–20
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
Blank page.
1–21
THEORY OF OPERATION
COMMAND 1
J5
BUS_DC_MEAS 0
BUS_DC_MEAS1
_DC_BUS_EN
SERIAL
LINK
J3
XJ5
RS485
XJ2
XJ4
XJ2
GE Medical Systems
MPH A6-A1
ROOM_IF_CPU
REV 4
PREP.
FLUORO
EXPOSURE
MPH A6
ILLUSTRATION 1–8
ROTOR CONTROLLER FUNCTION
EXTENSION RACK
START_CUR_
MONITOR A/B
RUN_ROTOR
ADDRESS
DATA
EPLD
1–22
mP 68360
ACCEL
BRAKE
HI_SPEED
ROTOR CONTROL
EPLD
DRIVERS
IGBT_DRIV
_STATOR 23-23
STATORXY
BUFFERS
PHASE_CUR 1/3
_LS_RTN
_LS_REL_RTN
THERMAL_
SAFETY
THERMAL _
SAFETY
MPH A4-A2 COMMAND 2 BOARD
asm 2165118–100
MPH A4-A3 CPU BOARD
START_OVL
3ĆPHASE
MEASURE
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CUR_START_ON
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
SECTION 6
ROTOR CONTROLLER FUNCTION
6–1
Introduction
Refer to Illustration 1–8 (Rotor Controller Function).
The MPH Rotor Controller function involves the following sub-assemblies:
D
PU–CTRL Board: ROOM_IF_CPU in Extension Rack command interface and rotor
sequence control.
D
Command 2 Board: Rotor Controller Inverter command and control, inverter protection.
D
Rotor Control Board: Rotor Controller Inverter power board and stator selection.
D
Stators, Tube #1 and Tube #2.
The main features of the MPH Rotor Control function are:
6–2
D
Low Speed 60 Hz (3600 rpm) and High Speed 180 Hz (10800 rpm) commands. For Ge
Tube or 50 Hz or 150 Mz for CGR Tube.
D
No TIRC. The Rotor Controller is a PWB assembly.
D
Two tubes with 23/23 (Ge) stator or two tubes with 50/110 W (CGR) stator. The two stator
types cannot be mixed.
D
Current check through the stator connection to insure rotor rotation.
D
Inverter maximum current protection against short circuit.
D
Firmware thermal protection of the MPH Rotor Controller inverter.
D
Extensive Diagnostics of Rotor Controller function. All InSite compatible.
Rotor Function Sequencing
At the system level, the sequence is as follows:
D
ROOM_IF_CPU sends an exposure sequence start signal to PU_CTRL_CPU, which sets
rotor speed and rotation commands.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU reads the acceleration or braking time for selected tube from the
database, according to tube rotor type. Timing for an MX100 x-ray tube is as follows:
ACCELERATION
BRAKING
0 to LS
0 to HS
LS to HS
HS to LS
HS to 0
LS to 0
0.8 sec
1.2 sec
0.8 sec
0.85 sec
6.0 sec
2.0 sec
D
For other tubes, see Service Manual.
D
The ROTOR task updates the rotor state machine and sets rotor command signals. It sets
appropriate time delays to accelerate or brake the rotor and to wait for rotor signal status
signals.
The sequence at generator level is described below. Refer to Illustration 1–9 (Rotor Controller
Sequences Timing for a Stator 23/23).
1–23
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
The various signals involved in the rotor function are shared by the PU_CTRL_CPU Board
and the Command 2 Board. The PU_CTRL_CPU controls the sequence with transitions on
the command signals (RUN_ROTOR, HI_SPEED, ACCEL and BRAKE), and checks that
the returns are correct (CUR_START_ON, _LS_RTN). These signals are:
D
RUN_ROTOR: When active (high), it commands the start of the rotor controller.
D
HI_SPEED: When active (high), the rotor controller is driven in High Speed mode, when
not active (low), the Low Speed mode is selected.
D
ACCEL: When active (high), the rotor controller is driven in Acceleration mode, when
Low, the running mode is selected.
D
BRAKE: When active (high), the rotor controller is driven in Brake mode.
D
CUR_START_ON: Return from the Command 2 Board. When active (high), indicates
that there is some current flowing through the stator winding. It is checked by the CPU
at different times during the sequence (see illustration).
D
_LS_RTN: Return from Rotor Control Board. When active (low), indicates that the
Command 2 Board has selected Low Speed. When not active (high), indicates that High
Speed is selected. It is checked by the PU_CTRL_CPU at different times during the
sequence (see illustration).
1–24
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–9
ROTOR CONTROLLER SEQUENCES
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
$ "% !#)
1–25
$ "% !#
THEORY OF OPERATION
CPU
STATOR TYPE SELECTION
NETWORK LEVEL
CPU
ROTCTL STATE
IGBT CMDS
COMMANDS
BRAKE
CMD1
1–26
CMD2
HEATER
EPLD
AND
3 PHASE REBUILD
+
LEVEL DETECTION
SAFETIES
U35
LV_EN
CONTROL
Q6
2 PHASE
MEASURE
U3-U16-U15
MAX CURRENT
LEVEL SAFETY
U15
CLOCKS
U36
ROTCTL
COMMON
MEASURE
GE Medical Systems
CPU
RUN
SPEED SELECTION
REV 4
CPU
ILLUSTRATION 1–10
COMMAND 2 BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM – ROTOR CONTROLLER
CPU
THRESHOLD SELECTION
U15
HIGH SPEED
RELAY COMMAND
CPU
LV POWER
SUPPLY
CONTROL
LV_ENABLE
U30-Q19->Q22
CPU
TUBE SELECTION
COMMAND
AND STATE
CMD1
U11
ROTCTL
asm 2165118–100
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CMD1
U12-U15-U26
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
6–3
asm 2165118–100
Rotor Controller Command
Refer to Illustration 1–10 (Command 2 Board Block Diagram – Rotor Controller).
The principle of the Rotor Controller Inverter function stems from the Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) of the IGBT commands. In contrast to the other MPH inverters, there is
no regulation loop in the Rotor Controller function. This means that there is no measurement
feedback to adapt the command to a reference. Most functions are supported by an EPLD
which manages the PWM and inverter safety checks.
The PWM command allows a choice of rotor speed, by driving the Rotor Controller with a
sine wave current at 60 Hz or 50 Hz in low speed mode (3600 rpm), or at 180 Hz or 150 Hz in
high speed mode (10800 rpm). The Brake mode is obtained with a high frequency command
of the rotor controller inverter (at 1.4 kHz) which generates a DC current in the stator windings
(no brake for CGR Tube).
6–3–1 Rotor controller: Command 2 EPLD
The Command 2 Rotor controller EPLD has several functions:
D
Receive commands from the CPU. There are four commands: RUN_ROTOR (start
commands), ACCEL (Acceleration mode selection), BRAKE (Brake mode selection),
HI_SPEED (High or Low speed selection).
D
Receive dc measurements from the Command 1 Board. The dc range specified by
BUS_DC_MEAS0 and BUS_DC_MEAS1 conditions the pulse width of the IGBT
commands. The greater the DC level, the shorter the pulses.
D
Receive safety signals to protect the Rotor Controller Inverter: Maximum current
detection in the inverter protects it against short circuits (START_CUR_MONIT_A/B),
minimum and maximum dc level check (_DC_BUS_EN).
D
Receive type of stator to drive (23–23 or 50–110 ohms) by STATOR 23–23 signal of CPU
Board. A choise of IGBT commands and the maximum current level safety is made for
the two types of stator.
D
Generate IGBT commands. These commands are driven by two state machines which
takes into account the CPU commands, the DC level and the safety signals.
D
Drive the HIGH_SPEED selection relay, as a function of the speed selection mode.
D
Inform the CPU of rotor controller status: the running mode is described by the
_CUR_START_ON signal, the safety mode is described by the _START_OVL signal.
6–3–2 IGBT command drivers
There are twelve IGBT drivers; six ON commands, six OFF commands. All these commands
are driven by the EPLD and controlled by the LV_ENABLE signal. This control disables the
commands when the low voltage supplies drop under certain limits, with a complete hardware
check after the EPLD and the buffers. This system insures that even if the EPLD program fails
due to a low voltage fault, there should be no possibility of damaging the Rotor Controller
inverter because of a short circuit command.
6–3–3 Phase measurements and maximum current detection
In order to be sure that the tube rotor is rotating, two phases of the stator current are measured
on the Rotor Control Board. The third phase is rebuilt on the Command 2 Board, by assuming
that the sum of the phase currents is equal to zero. Each phase current is filtered and compared
to a reference current corresponding to 0.2 Amps. This result is read by the EPLD which uses
it to generate the _CUR_START_ON signal, indicating that there is some current flowing
through the selected stator. This status is indicated by yellow LED DS4.
1–27
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
The dc current flow from the Rotor Control Board to the DC Filter Board is also measured, to
detect inverter short circuits and protect the IGBTs. This measurement, made on the Rotor
Control Board, is compared to a reference value on the Command 2 Board, to generate a safety
signal (START_OVL) corresponding to 50 A in the inverter. When this condition appears, a
signal is set to inform the CPU and a red LED (DS3) is lit.
6–3–4 High Speed capacitors selection
The MPH Rotor Controller requires a phase shift depending on the 60 Hz/180 Hz or
50/150 Hz command. This is done on the Rotor Control Board by a relay which connects
capacitors between the inverter and the stator on the auxiliary and main phases. The command
signal for this relay is indicated on the Command 2 Board by yellow LED DS5. When this
LED is lit, this means that the Rotor Controller is in Low Speed mode. One contact of the relay
provides a signal which is returned directly to the CPU to acknowledge the command of the
Rotor Controller High Speed or Low Speed Mode. (Different capacitors are used for the
23/23 (GE) and 50/110 W (CGR) stators.)
1–28
WATER CIRCULATION
MAINPS
COOLING CMD
°
°
PU_CTRL_ CPU
115 Vac
Tube safeties (70 C /40 C)
OIL PUMP OR BLOWER
X5
CMD2
HS RELAY CMD
GE Medical Systems
TO CHILLER
REV 4
CHILLER BOARD
ILLUSTRATION 1–11
ROTOR CONTROLLER BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
START–COOLING
HS RELAY RETURN
Q1–Q2–Q3–Q4–Q5–Q6
DC_PS
± 240 Vdc ± 370 Vdc
1–29
ROTOR CONTROLLER
CMD2
IGBT CMDS
T1–T2–T3–T4–T5–T6
HIGH SPEED
RELAY AND
CAPACITORS
INVERTER
X1
WITH 6 IGBT’S
TUBE
TUBE SELECTION
CMD2
TUBE SEL RETURN
CASING
Nb 2
SELECTION
X2
2 PHASE
OVER CURRENT
MEASUREMENT
COMMON MEASURE
T9
CMD2
THEORY OF OPERATION
asm 2165118–100
T7–T8
CMD2
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CMD2
CASING
Nb 1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
6–4
asm 2165118–100
Rotor Controller Power Inverter
Refer to Illustration 1–11 (Rotor Control Board Block Diagram).
The last item in the MPH rotor controller function is the Rotor Control Board. This is a power
board driven by the Command 2 Board, and consists mainly of an inverter and related current
measurement circuits.
6–4–1 Rotor controller inverter
Since the tube stator is a bi-phase type, the ROTCTL inverter is a three-leg inverter with six
IGBTs. Each of the six IGBT drivers consists of an impulse transformer (three windings
1:3:3) and zener diodes. There is no floating power supply to generate the IGBT commands.
The inverter itself is fed by the dc supply from the DC Filter Board, between 400 V dc to
680 V dc nominal values. The presence of this voltage on Rotor Control Board is indicated by
neon DS1. The dc voltage is changed to ac voltages between the three phases by the PWM
commands from the Command 2 Board. The main and auxiliary phases pass through the high
speed selection relay and the tube selection relay before reaching the stator. The common
phase is directly connected to the stators permanently.
6–4–2 Current measurements
Three currents are measured on Rotor Control Board:
D
Main and Auxiliary currents are measured by two current transformers (ratio 150:1) in
order to identify whether there is any current flowing though the stator (the common
phase is calculated on the Command 2 Board from the two phases already measured).
D
The current flow from the DC Supply Board is measured by a current transformer
(ratio 1:1) in order to identify an inverter short circuit. If this occurs, the stator currents
are shorted by the inverter short circuit and it is not possible to measure them using the
main and auxiliary current transformers.
6–4–3 High Speed capacitors
In High Speed mode, two capacitors are connected between the inverter and the stator, in order
to modify the angle between the phase voltages. The selection is made by a relay driven by the
Command 2 Board rotor EPLD. A contact of this relay is used to give an acknowledgement
status signal, which is returned to the CPU. When the rotor is driven in Low Speed mode, the
relay is energized, and yellow LED DS2 is lit. The position of the capacitors between the
inverter and the tube is shown in Illustration 1–12 (High Speed Capacitors for stator GE
(23/23)).
1–30
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–12
HIGH SPEED CAPACITORS FOR STATOR GE (23/23)
V+
Cb
10.5 mF
Rb
Lb
71 mH
34 W
V1
V2
V3
Cg
12.6 mF
Rg
Lg
30 W
V-
ROT_CTRL_BOARD
64 mH
STATOR (23/23)
6–4–4 Tube housing cooling
The tube housing cooling ac power supply is generated in the MPH by the generator
auto-transformer, and connected to the casings through the Main Power Supply Board and
Rotor Control Board. This voltage is 115 V ac; its presence is signalled on the Rotor Control
Board by neon DS6. It is switched to one tube or the other by the same tube selection relay as
the rotor controller inverter outputs.
In the case of a water-cooled tube, the Chiller Board (option) is installed on the generator door
beside the low-voltage power supplies. The Board controls the power supply to an external
chiller which initiates tube cooling. During chiller operation, the DS1 or DS2 indicator lamp
on the Chiller Board is lit, and water circulation information is sent to the CPU via the Rotor
and Command 2 Chiller Boards.
6–5
Rotor Controller Error Handling
When no exposure is in progress, rotor status signals are tested every 10 ms. If an error is
detected, the corresponding error signal, HE_ROTOR, is generated to the APPLICATION
task.
During an exposure, status signals that must change are not tested for 200 ms after a new
command. All other status signals are tested every 10 ms. If an error is detected, the
corresponding error code is sent to the APPLICATION task. The error code depends on the
signal and on the state of the rotor when the error was generated.
1–31
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error Code
6–6
Name
Cause
720
CUR_ST_HS_ACC
CUR_START_ON (current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while accelerating to high speed.
721
CUR_ST_HS_RUN
CUR_START_ON (current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while rotor running in high speed.
722
CUR_ST_HS_BR
CUR_START_ON (current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while braking from high speed.
723
CUR_ST_LS_ACC
CUR_START_ON (current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while accelerating to low speed.
724
CUR_ST_LS_RUN
CUR_START_ON (current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while rotor running in low speed.
725
CUR_ST_LS_BR
CUR_START_ON (current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while braking from low speed.
710
ST_OVL_HS_ACC
START_OVL (over current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while accelerating to high speed
711
ST_OVL_HS_RUN
START_OVL (over current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while rotor running in high speed.
712
ST_OVL_HS_BR
START_OVL (over current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while braking from high speed.
713
ST_OVL_LS_ACC
START_OVL (over current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while accelerating to low speed.
714
ST_OVL_LS_RUN
START_OVL (over current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while rotor running in low speed.
717
ST_OVL_LS_BR
START_OVL (over current in rotor controller circuit) signal;
status error while braking from low speed.
718
LS_RTN_ERR
LS_RTN (low speed selection status) status signal error.
726
HE_ROTOR
Rotor status signal error while rotor not activated
507
ROT_CMD_TUB_CH
New rotor command while tube changing
719
THERM_ROT
Maximum rotor thermal value reached
Rotor Controller Thermal Protection
Rotor inverter thermal status is calculated every 10 ms. If the maximum value is reached, an
error message is sent to the display.
After a reset, the last recorded values of rotor thermal status are updated with elapsed time.
When Rad preparation is requested by the user, the rotor margin (capacity of rotor inverter to
execute the next rotor acceleration and brake sequence) is calculated.
If the next sequence cannot be executed because of a thermal error, the rotor command is
delayed, and the green Prep lamp on Control Console flashes.
1–32
RS485
1–33
ADC
MUX
DAC
ADDRESS
J3
BUFFER
CPU BOARD
REF
BUFFER
TEST
SWITCH
EPLD
HEATER_MEAS_XL
HEATER_MEAS_XS
SET_HEATER_XL
SET_HEATER_XS
XS
_GE_TUBE
BOOST
_PRE_HEAT
R_HEAT_XL/XS
OVERL_XL/XS
HEATFAULT_XL/XS
-
XJ5
-
DRIVERS
XJ2
COMMAND 2 BOARD
XL
SAFETIES
XS
SAFETIES
EPLD
HEATER
MPH A4-A2
XJ4
_DC_BUS_EN
COMMAND 1 BOARD
_PRESENCE_XL/XS
XJ2
EXPOSURE
FLUORO
PREP.
MEAS_XL
MEAS_XS
TRIG_XL
TRIG_XS
- SUPPLY
+ SUPPLY
TUBE
SELECT
XJ2
HEATER BOARD
XL
INVERTER
XS
INVERTER
MPH A5-A1
XJ4
XJ2
DC POWER SUPPLY
BOARD
PRIM_XL_T2
PRIM_XS_T2
HEATER_B_XS
HEATER_B_XL
PRIM_XL_T1
PRIM_XS_T1
ILLUSTRATION 1–13
HEATER FUNCTION
THEORY OF OPERATION
TUBE #2
XL XS
HV TANK
XS XL
TUBE #1
REV 4
MPH A4-A3
DATA
68360
J5
SERIAL LINK
ROOM_IF_CPU
MPH-A6-A1
68302
MPH A6
EXTENSION RACK
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 7
HEATER FUNCTION
7–1
Introduction
Refer to Illustration 1–13 (Heater Function).
The MPH Heater function involves the following sub-assemblies:
D
ROOM_IF_CPU: Sends radiography and fluoroscopy preparation commands.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU Board: Heater sequence control.
D
Command 2 Board: Heater Inverters (XS and XL) command and control, inverter
protection.
D
Heater Board: Heater inverters and tube selection relays.
D
HV Tank: Heater transformers
(XS Tube1, XL Tube 1, XS Tube 2, XL Tube 2).
D
Tube #1 and Tube #2 filaments.
The main features of the MPH Heater function are:
7–2
D
Two independent inverters: One for Small Focus XS, one for Large Focus XL.
D
Maximum Current up to 10 A in Boost Mode.
D
RMS filament current value instantaneous regulation.
D
Filament protection against maximum currents.
D
Open filament detection.
D
Heater inverters protection against maximum currents.
D
Extensive diagnostics of the Heater function. All InSite compatible.
Heater Function Sequencing
Sequencing of the Heater function is controlled by the CPU. Depending on the required mA,
CPU drive the heater current reference. The sequence of the commands between CPU and the
Command 2 Boards is shown in Illustration 1–14 (Heater Sequence).
D
ROOM_IF_CPU sends an exposure start signal to PU_CTRL_CPU which sets heater
commands: OFF, pre-heat, acquisition, boost.
D
The APPLICATION task sends commands to the HEATER task. This updates the heater
state machine for the corresponding focus, and sets the heater command signals.
The definition of the signals is:
D
RUN_HEAT_XS (or XL): instructs the Command 2 Board to drive the Heater inverter
XS (or XL).
D
SET_HEATER_XS (or XL): analog reference value for the XS (or XL) heater current.
D
_PRE_HEAT: sets the selected focus to pre-heat mode.
D
BOOST: sets the selected focus to Boost mode.
D
XS: selects the focus (XS or XL).
D
_PRESENCE_XS (resp XL): indicates to the CPU that the corresponding focus is
normally driven.
1–34
SET_HEATER_XS
GE Medical Systems
RUN_HEAT_XL
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–14
HEATER SEQUENCE
RUN_HEAT_XS
SET_HEATER_XL
_PRE_HEAT
BOOST
1–35
XS
_PRESENCE_XS
_PRESENCE_XL
XS
coding
Exp on
XS
Notes:
1
Release Prep
Switch
1
400 ms boost time
2
Delay before mA regulation
3
Exposure with mA regulation
Press Prep
Switch
3
2
XL
coding
Exp on
XL
Release Prep
Switch
asm 2165118–100
Press Prep
Switch
ECM sends
preĆheat demand
to both heaters
3
2
THEORY OF OPERATION
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
1
THEORY OF OPERATION
+
U23
U2
U34
U2
U8
U36–U38
XS SHORT CCT
DETECTION
RUN XS
SAFETY
U34
MODE SEL
CMD1
1–36
CMD2
STARTER
+
–
EPLD
COMMANDS
ROTCTL CLOCKS
LV_ENABLE
SELECTION
AND
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
U41–>U45
U29
U31
Q5
U32
–
+
–
HEATER
MINIMUM
XL CURRENT
DETECTION
XL SHORT CCT
DETECTION
U21
XL SQUARE
FUNCTION
U11
U20
U6–U21
HEATER XL
CURRENT
MEASURE
HEATER
U1
HEATER
asm 2165118–100
TUBE SWITCH
COMMAND
& STATE
ZERO
XL CURRENT
DETECTION
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
+
U1
U32
CMD2
STARTER
XL IGBT CMDS
LV POWER
SUPPLY
24 V
LV_EN
SAFETIES
RUN XL
MODE SEL
HEATER
XL CURRENT
REFERENCE
MAXIMUM
CURRENT
LEVEL
U1–U6
ZERO
XS CURRENT
DETECTION
HEATER
HEATER STATE
CMD1
U8–U23
MINIMUM
XS CURRENT
DETECTION
XS IGBT CMDS
SAFETY
HEATER
U23
NETWORK
LEVEL
U36–U38
U2
HEATER XS
CURRENT
MEASURE
GE Medical Systems
HEATER
XS CURRENT
REFERENCE
XS SQUARE
FUNCTION
REV 4
U22
–
ILLUSTRATION 1–15
COMMAND 2 BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM – HEATER CONTROL
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
7–3
asm 2165118–100
Heater Command
Refer to Illustration 1–15 (Command 2 Board Block Diagram – Heater Control).
The filament heating function is controlled by the Command 2 Board, the main purpose of
which is to acquire current measurements from the heater inverters, compare them to a
reference coming from the CPU Board, and regulate the commands so that the measurements
match the reference.
Since Heater Board includes two independent inverters, one for the small focus XS and one
for the large focus XL, the heater function on the Command 2 Board is totally symmetrical. It
features two regulation loops, two sets of circuit for current safety control, two sets of IGBT
drivers, but only one EPLD (containing two equivalent programs).
7–3–1 Heater control: Command 2 EPLD
The Command 2 heater EPLD has several functions:
D
Acquire the heater commands from the CPU. These are: R_HEAT_XL and R_HEAT_XS
(command of the XL and XS inverters), BOOST (enables boost mode for 500 ms),
_GE_TUBE (allows selection of the 5.5, 7.1 safety levels) and XS (selects which filament
is in prelight mode).
D
Send heater statuses to the CPU: _PRESENCE_XL and _PRESENCE_XS (indicate that
the XL/XS inverter is running), HEATFAULT_XL and HEATFAULT_XS (indicate that
an open circuit or a maximum current was detected), OVERL_XL and OVERL_XS
(indicate that the current in the filament was too high).
D
Generate IGBT commands to drive the heater inverters. There are two independent state
machines in the heater EPLD. Each pilots an inverter on Heater Board. The state
machines allow correct sequencing of the IGBT commands, one transistor after the other,
and take into account the heater safeties in order to stop the inverters correctly. The
sequence is synchronized to the inverter current whenever this current passes through
zero, using the zero current detection signals (IPMIN_XL and XS, INMIN_XL and XS).
D
The heater function EPLD is also used to decode diagnostic bits, to configure the
Command 2 Board (both rotor controller and heater functions) for test conditions.
7–3–2 IGBT command drivers
Four commands are necessary to drive the heater inverters. Two commands for each inverter.
All these commands are driven by the EPLD and controlled by the LV_ENABLE signal. This
control disables the commands when the low voltage supplies drop under certain limits, with a
complete hardware control after the EPLD and the buffers. This system insures that even if the
EPLD gets lost due to a low voltage fault, there should be no possibility of damaging the heater
inverters because of a short circuit command.
7–3–3 RMS heater current measure regulation
Since the most important parameter in the heater function is the RMS value of the filament
current, the heater regulation loop works directly with the square of the current:
D
The reference delivered by the CPU is equal to Ich2/10.
D
The primary current is measured and its square function is calculated by using a multiplier
with both inputs at the same potential. This forms Imeas2/10.
1–37
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
The principle of regulation is very simple. The two signals are compared; after filtering, the
difference is compared to zero. When (Imeas2/10 - Ich2/10) < 0 a new IGBT command is issued
in order to generate a current pulse into the transformer and increase the RMS value of the
filament current.
7–3–4 Heater inverters protection
The heater inverters are protected against:
D
Over current in the inverter itself. Current in the switches is measured on Heater Board
and compared to a reference on the Command 2 Board. If the real current is greater than
26 Amps or lower than -26 Amps, then the EPLD stops the corresponding state machine
and signals the fault.
D
Open circuit of the filament, or open circuit of the path between the inverter and the
filament. This is detected by the lack of diode current in the inverter: a minimum current
level has to be detected during the diode on time (ICH_SQUARED_XL or XS signals).
Whenever one of these two faults appears there is a visible indication on the Command 2
Board by two LEDs (DS12 for XS maximum current, DS13 for XL maximum current). The
faults are signalled to the CPU Board, by the HEATFAULT_XS and HEATFAULT_XL
signals.
7–3–5 Filament protection
The Command 2 Board and the CPU Board provide tube filament protection to prevents
overheating over too long a period of time. The requested current is limited by clamping the
current reference delivered by the CPU, and the actual current is monitored by computing the
mean of the square of the heater transformer primary current (measured on the Heater Board).
The values used (shown below) depend on the mode and the filament (example for Ge tube).
XS current (A)
XL current (A)
Mode
CPU Clamp
CMD2 Safety
CPU Clamp
CMD2 Safety
pre-heat
2.7
3.0
2.7
3.0
Prep
5.5
5.86
7.1
7.48
Boost
10
10.0
10
10.0
1–38
CMD2
XS CURRENT
MEASUREMENT
T203
DC_PS
1–39
CMD2
±240 Vdc±– 370 Vdc
XL IGBT CMDS
T101–T102
CMD2
XL CURRENT
MEASUREMENT
T103
TUBE SEL RETURN
TUBE 1 CURRENT
INVERTER
TUBE SELECT.
SMALL FOCUS
WITH 2 IGBTS
TUBE 2 CURRENT
HV TANK
X301
SMALL FOCUS
Q201–Q202–C205
HYPO RESONANT
TUBE 1 CURRENT
INVERTER
TUBE SELECT.
WITH 2 IGBTS
LARGE FOCUS
LARGE FOCUS
X301
TUBE 2 CURRENT
HV TANK
Q101–Q102–C105
TUBE SELECTION
CMD2
HV SWITCH
COMMAND
AND STATUS
HV TANK
asm 2165118–100
X302
THEORY OF OPERATION
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CMD2
HYPO RESONANT
GE Medical Systems
T201–T202
REV 4
XS IGBT CMDS
ILLUSTRATION 1–16
HEATER BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
CMD2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
7–4
asm 2165118–100
Heater Power inverter and HV Tank heater transformers
The power part of the MPH heater function is performed by the Heater Board and the HV Tank
heater transformers.
7–4–1 Heater inverters
Refer to Illustration 1–16 (Heater Board Block Diagram).
The Heater Board consists mainly of two equivalent inverters, one for each focus, and the tube
selection relays.
Each inverter is an hypo-resonant inverter with two IGBTs. The resonant frequency is about
20 kHZ. It is designed to work only with discontinuous current pulses, increase of the RMS
value being achieved by raising the pulse repetition frequency.
The IGBT drivers on Heater Board consist of 1:1 impulse transformers and storing capacitors.
The IGBT gates are driven at 15 V when conducting.
Refer to Illustration 1–17 (Heater Inverter). The inverter resonant circuit consists of a
capacitor (220 nF) located on the Heater Board and an inductor which is in fact the leakage
inductance of the HV Tank heater transformer. The resonant current flows through the
switches (IGBT and diodes alternately) and the resonant circuit. The primary currents are
measured by two current transformers (one for each focus) of ratio 10:1.
The inverter is powered from the DC Filter Board, (400 V to 680 V, depending on the line input
voltage). The presence of the dc voltage on the Heater Board is indicated by neon DS101.
ILLUSTRATION 1–17
HEATER INVERTER
m
1–40
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
7–4–2 High Voltage Tank heater transformers
There are four heater transformers inside the High Voltage tank, as shown in Illustration 1–13,
(MPH Heater Function), one for each focus of each tube. They present 80 turns at the primary
and 36 turns at the secondary. Their leakage inductance is equal to about 250 mH; this is the
serial inductance of the resonant circuit.
7–5
Heater Error Handling
When no exposure is in progress, heater status signals are tested every 10 ms. If an error is
detected, the corresponding error signal, HE_HEAT_XL (error on large focus signals status)
or HE_HEAT_XS (error on small focus signals status), is sent to the APPLICATION task.
During an exposure, status signals that must change are not tested for 200 ms after a new
command. All other status signals are tested every 10 ms. If an error is detected, the
corresponding error code is sent to the APPLICATION task. The error code depends on the
signal and on the state of the heater when the error was generated.
1–41
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error
Code
Name
Cause
300
HEATF_XL_PREH
HEATFAULT_XL signal;
status error on large focus, in pre-heat state
301
HEATF_XL_BOOST
HEATFAULT_XL signal;
status error on large focus, in boost state
302
HEATF_XL_HEAT
HEATFAULT_XL signal;
status error on large focus, in acquisition state
303
PRES_XL_PREH
PRESENCE_XL (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on large focus, in pre-heat state
304
PRES_XL_BOOST
PRESENCE_XL (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on large focus, in boost state
305
PRES_XL_HEAT
PRESENCE_XL (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on large focus, in acquisition state
306
OVER_XL_PREH
OVER_XL (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on large focus, in pre-heat state
307
OVER_XL_BOOST
OVER_XL (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on large focus, in boost state
308
OVER_XL_HEAT
OVER_XL (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on large focus, in acquisition state
309
HE_HEAT_XL
heater signals; status error on large focus, out of exposure
320
HEATF_XS_PREH
HEATFAULT_XS signal;
status error on small focus, in pre-heat state
321
HEATF_XS_BOOST
HEATFAULT_XS signal;
status error on small focus, in boost state
322
HEATF_XS_HEAT
HEATFAULT_XS signal;
status error on small focus, in acquisition state
323
PRES_XS_PREH
PRESENCE_XS (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on small focus, in pre-heat state
324
PRES_XS_BOOST
PRESENCE_XS (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on small focus, in boost state
325
PRES_XS_HEAT
PRESENCE_XS (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on small focus, in acquisition state
326
OVER_XS_PREH
OVER_XS (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on small focus, in pre-heat state
327
OVER_XS_BOOST
OVER_XS (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on small focus, in boost state
328
OVER_XS_HEAT
OVER_XS (current in heater control circuit) signal;
status error on small focus, in acquisition state
329
HE_HEAT_XS
heater signals; status error on small focus, out of exposure
540
END_OF_T_BOOST
End of boost command delay reached
1–42
68360
RS485
MPH A6
1–43
ADC
XJ1
MPH A4-A3
CPU BOARD
EPLD
BUFFER
KV_MEAS
KV_REF
KV > .75% KVN
_RESET_KV_PEAK
__RESET_SAFETY
_VALID_TMAX
_ACK_RESTART
KV_DROP_CAT
KV_DROP_AN
KV_DROP
kV_MAX
MPH A4-A1
kV
MEASURE
SAFETIES
XJ8
XJ11
XJ12
XJ21
XJ22
XJ10-1
XJ9-1
CURRENT
MEASURE
DRIVERS
OPTO
DRVERS
COMMAND1 BOARD
REGULATION
SYSTEM
kV
EPLDs
mA_MAX
XJ4
XJ2
REGUL_OUT
KV < KV0
I_INV_MAX
EXP_TIME_MAX
RESTARTING_SAFETY
SAFETY
EXPOSURE_COMMAND
EXPOSURE_ENABLE
FLUORO
EXPOSURE
PREP.
INV_CUR
FPS_CMOS
XJ2
- SUPPLY
+ SUPPLY
HV TANK
RECTIFIER
AND
FILTER
HV
DIVIDER
H.V. PRIMARY
FLOATING
OPTO
80 kW
POWER RECEIVERS
INVERTER
SUPPLY
DC POWER SUPPLY
BOARD
ILLUSTRATION 1–18
kV GENERATION FUNCTION
THEORY OF OPERATION
TUBE #2
HV- T2
HV+ T2
HV+ T1
HV- T1
TUBE #1
REV 4
MUX
DAC
XILINX
XJ1
SERIAL LINK
68302
MPH A6-A1
ROOM_IF_CPU
EXTENSION RACK
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 8
KV GENERATION FUNCTION
8–1
Introduction
Refer to Illustration 1–18 (kV Generation Function).
The MPH kV generation function involves the following sub-assemblies:
D
ROOM_IF_CPU sends Fluoro or Exposure signal to CPU.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU Board: command kV generation sequence control.
D
Command 1 Board: kV regulation, kV measure and inverter protection.
D
Inverter Board: HF current generation.
D
HV Tank: HF transformer, High Voltage tube switching, HV measurement.
D
Tube 1 and Tube 2.
The main features of the MPH kV generation function are:
8–2
D
Main inverter 80 kW at high frequency 50 kHz.
D
kV linear regulation by Proportional-Integral corrector.
D
Inverter protection against maximum currents.
D
HV Tank protection against high mA.
D
Tube and cable protection against high voltage.
D
Asymmetrical tube spit detection and automatic recovery.
D
Extensive diagnostics of the kV generation function.
Exposure Sequencing
The XRay exposure start sequence is described below; refer to Illustration 1–19 (Exposure
Sequence).
D
When the operator presses the exposure switch, EXPOSURE_ENABLE and
EXPOSURE_CMND are sent to the PU_CTRL_CPU Board. These signals are managed
under interrupt.
The EXPOSURE_ENABLE signal is connected directly to the CMDI Board EPLD
which controls the exposure.
D
The PU_CTRL_CPU Board sets kV command signals according to user requests entered
via the control console. The board sets the kV–ref signal to the correct value, and triggers
the exposure by sending an EXPOSURE_COMMAND signal. This information is sent
to the ROOM_IF_CPU for other components (POS, IDC, etc.).
D
kV use is monitored on the Command Board, and identified by the signal kV < 75 kV on
the PU_CTRL_CPU Board.
D
kV signals are measured on the PU_CTRL_CPU Board.
1–44
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–19
EXPOSURE SEQUENCE
$%%$#
(&
$%% )# "" )#"%'$
(&
"
!
1–45
End of
exposure
% )#
(&
THEORY OF OPERATION
LV_ENABLE
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL_CPU
KV REF
+
U42–U43
U61
>125KV
>100KV
RISE DMD
PU_CTRL_CPU
EXPO COMMAND
SAFETY
U19
IMPULSE
U26
U29
PU_CTRL_CPU
EXPO ENABLE
3 EPLD’S
COMMAND
1–46
U22
U33
U51
MAINPS
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
MAINPS
mA MAX
U28
SAFETY
MAX CURRENT
U40
KV>75%
U47
U17
PU_CTRL_CPU
U17
INVERT
INVERT
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
+
–
U36
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL_CPU
U27
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
LOW VOLTAGE PS
ON / OFF
3 PHASE
DETECTION
_SYS_ON
RETURN
NETWORK LEVEL
FUSES
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
PU_CTRL_CPU
U2–U3
U4–U5
U6–U7
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
INVERT
PU_CTRL_CPU
CMD2
MAINPS
ON COMMANDS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
CONTROL
CONSOLE
FILTER
KV
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
LV
U18
IGBT COMMANDS
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
mA RANGE
mA MEASURE
–
FLOATING
SAFETY
PU_CTRL_CPU
HV
TANK
Q22
Q3–X3–X4
SUPPLIES
KV DROP
SAFETY
SAFETY
CURRENT
TEST
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
U37
U38
NETWORK LEVEL
TUBE
PU_CTRL_CPU
+
U59
U60
U52–U53–U56–U57
KV STATUS
KV MEASURE
X8–X9
LINEAR
REGULATION
REGULATION
PU_CTRL_CPU
KV TEST
RELAYS
U48
U49
REGULATION
REGULATION
+
–
GE Medical Systems
KV TEST STATUS
REV 4
CMD2
PU_CTRL_CPU
kV TEST
ILLUSTRATION 1–20
COMMAND 1 BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
PU_CTRL_CPU
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
8–3
asm 2165118–100
kV Command And Control
Refer to Illustration 1–20 (Command 1 Board Block Diagram).
The Command 1 Board main function is to receive kV demands from the PU_CTRL_CPU
(kV reference and exposure commands) and, according to these demands, to trigger inverter
IGBT commands so that the measured kV is equal to the kV reference. Security functions for
kV generation components (Inverter, HV Tank, cables, and tube) are also carried out by the
Command 1 Board.
The Command 1 hardware can be considered as two sections. An analog section deals with
measurement signals coming from the inverter and the HV Tank, and a logic section
(consisting mainly of three EPLDs) communicates with the PU_CTRL_CPU and drives the
kV generation process.
8–3–1 Inverter command, kV regulation and safeties: Command 1 EPLDs
The kV generation process is controlled by three EPLDs on the Command 1 Board, each with
a specific function:
D
COMMAND: this EPLD acquires the exposure command from the PU_CTRL_CPU and
sequences IGBT commands.
D
REGULATION: this EPLD makes the A/D conversion of the kV_ERROR from the
regulation measurement circuits and acts as a corrector. It provides regulation delays for
the COMMAND EPLD.
D
SAFETY: this EPLD acquires safety signals from the various detection circuits, and
triggers the SAFETY and RESTARTING_SAFETY signals to correctly terminate the
exposure, and communicate the inverter status to the PU_CTRL_CPU.
8–3–2 Inverter command: COMMAND EPLD
The signals sent by the PU_CTRL_CPU to start the exposure are:
D
EXPOSURE_ENABLE. Allows the next exposure.
D
EXPOSURE_COMMAND. Order to actually start the exposure. It is the image of the
Expose Switch or Fluoro Switch.
When these signals are set, the EPLD checks that there are no safety signals from the SAFETY
EPLD before releasing the IGBT command sequence. This sequence is controlled by an
internal state machine, and ensures correct sequencing of inverter commands while avoiding
any short circuit commands. The state machine is synchronized to the inverter current
measure each time this current changes its sign. When a safety signal appears during the
sequence, the state machine stops the sequence and remains in a safe state.
The frequency of the inverter can be driven by two circuits:
D
The impulse regulation circuit is used at low frequencies. It sends a direct demand to the
COMMAND EPLD which then triggers the next IGBT command (when needed).
D
The linear regulation circuit works with the REGULATION EPLD which calculates
numerically a delay applied to the COMMAND EPLD.
1–47
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
8–3–3 kV regulation: REGULATION EPLD
The main function of this EPLD is to acquire the kV_ERROR signal from the linear regulation
circuit, convert that error to a numerical signal and calculate the new command delay. The
A/D conversion is made as follows: the error is acquired and stored by a capacitor which is
discharged linearly to zero volt. The time needed for this discharge is counted by a 16 MHz
clock and acquired in a counter internal to the REGULATION EPLD.
Depending on the measured error, the EPLD calculates the new delay necessary to match the
kV reference. The calculation (called correction) takes account:
D
Of the present error by multiplying this error by a proportion factor.
D
Of the previous measured error; which level is stored in a memory counter internal to the
EPLD.
The command delay is constituted in linear mode by the Diode time of the inverter sequence.
8–3–4 kV function safeties: SAFETY EPLD
This EPLD checks all the safety detection circuits of the kV function. There are two levels of
safety condition:
1. Safety conditions which require a complete stop of the exposure. When these occur, the
SAFETY signal is triggered, and indicated to the COMMAND EPLD and to the
PU_CTRL_CPU. The COMMAND EPLD stops the inverter drive state machine and the
PU_CTRL_CPU resets the EXPOSURE_COMMAND signal. These safeties are:
–
FPS_FAULT: indicates that the floating power supplies of the inverter have failed.
–
DC_BUS_FAULT indicates that the DC voltage dropped under 400 V.
–
EXP_TIME_MAX: indicates that the duration of the exposure exceeded 10 s.
–
KV<KV0: indicates that 500 ms after the beginning of the exposure, at least one side
of the kV measure (anode or cathode) has failed to rise properly.
2. Safety conditions which do not require a complete stop of the exposure. When these
appear, the RESTARTING_SAFETY signal is set and indicated to the COMMAND
EPLD and to the PU_CTRL_CPU. The COMMAND EPLD stops the inverter drive state
machine and the PU_CTRL_CPU sets the ACK_RESTART signal, if there is no other
problem. When this signal is set, the SAFETY EPLD counts a 4 ms delay and
automatically restarts the exposure. These safeties are:
–
I_INV_MAX: indicates that the inverter current is greater than 900 Amps.
–
KV_MAX: indicates that one side of the kV measure is greater than 85 kVs.
–
REGUL_OUT: indicates that the regulation system is lost, the kV_ERROR being
greater than 12 kV.
–
mA_MAX: indicates that the tube mA are greater than 1100 mA.
–
kV_DROP: indicates a sharp drop of both kV measures (> 1 kV/ms).
–
kV_DROP_AN: indicates a sharp drop of the kV+ measure.
–
kV_DROP_CAT: indicates a sharp drop of the kV- measure.
Most of these last safeties can appear during tube spits. This is why an automatic recovery is
allowed.
1–48
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
8–3–5 Main inverter drivers
The MPH main inverter is driven from the Command 1 Board by fiber optic links. The
commands are sequenced by the COMMAND EPLD, which triggers the fiber optic
transmitting diodes. The supply voltage of these diodes is controlled by the _LV_ENABLE
signal, which shuts off the supply whenever the low voltage power supplies of the electronic
boards tend to fail. This allows IGBT commands to be stopped when the front driving logic is
lost.
8–3–6 kV measure and kV rise waveform
The kV reference coming from the CPU is acquired on the Command 1 Board.
At the beginning of the exposure, a voltage ramp is started so as to increase the kV_DEMAND
signal progressively. When it reaches 67% of the kV reference, the slope of the ramp is
reduced to give a rounded waveform and reach the reference level smoothly. This kV rise
circuit also detects the level of the kV_DEMAND. When the level is greater than 100 kV or
125 kV, this is signalled to the REGULATION EPLD, which changes the regulation gain
accordingly.
The kV are measured inside the HV Tank, on both polarities. Each HV divider consists of the
HV Tank bleeder in series with a resistor on the Command 1 Board. The kV measured is
compared to the kV_DEMAND to create the kV_ERROR, used by the impulse and linear
regulation circuits. In service mode, one polarity of the kV measured is replaced by a known
reference, to allow calibration of the initial kV waveform.
The actual kV measure is compared to 75% of the kV reference to form the kV>.75KVN
signal. This signal is sent to the CPU to generate the HV_ON signal. The kV
measure is also sent to the CPU.
8–3–7 Inverter current measure
The inverter current is measured for two purposes:
D
To synchronize the EPLD state machine. Each time the current changes from an IGBT
current to a diode current, the corresponding IGBT command is allowed to be shut off.
This is why the zero current detection is used, to insure that the current has actually
changed sign (from IGBT to diode) before changing state and releasing the IGBT
command.
D
To detect the maximum allowed level of the current in the inverter. If the current is greater
than 900 A, it is necessary to trigger a safety and stop the exposure. Since this is a common
occurrence during tube spits, it is a “restartable” safety.
1–49
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
THEORY OF OPERATION
GE Medical Systems
± 240 Vdc ± 370 Vdc
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–21
INVERTER BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
DC_PS
HYPO RESONANT
CMD1
IGBT COMMANDS
OPTIC
1–50
U11–U12–U21–U22
HV TANK
INVERTER
COUPLING
WITH 4 IGBT’S
INVERTER
CURRENT
MEASURE
T11–T12–T21–T22
T3–R98
FLOAT. PS COMMANDS
CMD1
FLOAT. PS RETURN
FLOATING
CMD1
LOW VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY
T1–T2
asm 2165118–100
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CMD1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
8–4
asm 2165118–100
kV Power Inverter and HV Tank
The power part of the kV function is performed by the main inverter and the HV Tank
transformer.
8–4–1 kV main inverter
Refer to Illustration 1–21 (Inverter Board block diagram).
The MPH 80 kW main inverter is a hypo-resonant type inverter whose working frequency is
50 kHz. It consists of four IGBTs connected as a full bridge, a resonant capacitor, and a
resonant inductor (which is, in fact, the leakage inductance of the High Voltage transformer).
The IGBT commands are triggered by the Command 1 Board through fiber optic links.
Each IGBT gate is connected to a special " 18 V floating power supply provided by the
Command 1 Board. The four floating power supplies are isolated by pulse transformers.
These feature return windings, allowing correct secondary driving to be checked.
In order to synchronize the Command 1 EPLD state machine to the current, it is necessary to
measure the ac current in the inverter. This is the purpose of the inverter current transformer. It
measures inverter current with a 500:1 ratio, allowing detection of maximum current
(900 Amps), and the change of current sign.
Illustration 1–22 (Main Inverter) shows how the current flows through the inverter, depending
on which IGBT is triggered. The shape of the current waveform depends on the power
required by the application, and on the input line voltage.
At low power, the inverter is driven in impulse mode, that is, the pulses are completely
separated from each other. The RMS value of the current is limited by the repetition frequency
and the delivered power remains low. The command sequence is: T11 alone with D21, T11
and T22, D11 and D22, wait, T12 alone with D22, T12 and T21, D12 and D21, wait, and so on.
In this case, the waiting delay is defined by the impulse regulation on the Command 1 Board,
and is greater than 8 ms.
At higher power, the inverter is driven in linear mode, that is, the pulses are consecutive. Since
the inverter is closer to the resonance frequency, the peak current and its RMS value are
dramatically higher, and the delivered power is much increased. The command sequence is:
T11 alone with D21, T11 and T22, D11 and D22, no wait, T12 alone with D22, T12 and T21,
D12 and D21, wait and so on. In this case, the waiting delay is defined by the linear regulation
on the Command 1 Board, and is shorter than 8 ms.
1–51
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–22
MAIN INVERTER
1–52
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
8–4–2 HV Tank transformer
Refer to Illustration 1–23 (HV Tank block diagram).
The HV tank transformer consists of:
D
The primary, made of six turns of copper sheet.
D
The secondary, made of two groups of six stakes, each of which is an independent
winding with rectifying capability due to full bridge diode and high voltage capacitor
filter. Each group of six is symmetrical, and generates one polarity (-75 kV to 75 kV).
D
An iron-silica magnetic circuit.
D
Two internal bleed circuits, one for the anode side and one for the cathode side. Each
consists of a 200 MW (1%) resistor in parallel with a 19.8 pF (5%) capacitor.
1–53
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
THEORY OF OPERATION
GE Medical Systems
ANODE
REV 4
TUBE 1
TRANSFORMERS
TUBE 1
ILLUSTRATION 1–23
HV TANK BLOCK DIAGRAM
XL XS
HEATER
CMD1
mA MEASURE
CMD1
kV +
KV +
HIGH
INVERT
VOLTAGE
MEASURE
kV +
kV –
KV –
HV SWITCH
SWITCH STATUS
TUBE 1
HEATER
KV +
1–54
TRANSFORMER
kV –
MEASURE
HEATER
KV –
TUBE 2
CMD1
SWITCH CMD
CATHODE
CMD1
mA MEASURE
XL XS
TRANSFORMERS
TUBE 2
TUBE 2
asm 2165118–100
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
HEATER
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
8–5
asm 2165118–100
kV Function Error Handling
When no exposure is in progress, kV Inverter status signals are tested each 10 ms. If an error is
detected, the corresponding error code, HE_INVERTER_ERROR, sent to the display.
During an exposure:
D
The safety signals RESTARTING_SAFETY and SAFETY cause an interrupt when they
are activated. The exposure is stopped, the MPH reads the cause of the safety, and the
corresponding error code is sent display. In case of spit detection the exposure restarts,
up to a limit of seven times per exposure.
D
The status signal kV_75%kVn is checked 10 ms after the start of the exposure, and then
each 10 ms.
Error
Code
8–6
Name
Cause
201
UNKNOWN_RES_SAF
RESTARTING_SAFETY signal set with no other signal
202
KV_REGUL_ERROR
REGUL_OUT (kV regulation error) signal error
(included in RESTARTING_SAFETY signal)
203
KVMAX_FAILURE
KV_MAX (maximum kV reached) signal error
(included in RESTARTING_SAFETY signal)
204
KV_DROP
KV_DROP (quick drop on both sides of kV) signal error
(included in RESTARTING_SAFETY signal)
205
KV_DROP_AN
KV_DROP_AN (quick drop on positive side) signal error
(included in RESTARTING_SAFETY signal)
206
KV_DROP_CAT
KV_DROP_CAT (quick drop on negative side) signal error
(included in RESTARTING_SAFETY signal)
207
MAX_INV_CURRENT
I_INV_MAX (max. current reached in kV inverter) signal error
(included in RESTARTING_SAFETY signal)
512
KV75_ERROR
KV_75%KVN (kV less than 75% of the kV command 10ms after
the start of the exposure) signal error
544
EXP_CMD_NOT_OK
Exposure command while PU not ready
553
TMAX_10S_OVERFLOW
Exposure time reached 10 s (included in SAFETY signal)
551
UNKNOWN_SAFETY
SAFETY signal set without any other signal
545
REPETITIVE_ERROR
More than seven restarting safeties occurred in one exposure
511
NO_KV_FEEDBACK
KV_INFKV0 (kV less than 6 kV after start of the exposure) signal
error (included in SAFETY signal)
513
HE_INVERTER
kV signals; status error out of exposure
547
THERM_INV
kV inverter thermal error
kV Inverter Thermal Protection
The thermal status of the kV Inverter is calculated by the MPH software at intervals of 10 ms.
When the maximum value is reached, an error message is sent to the display.
1–55
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
THEORY OF OPERATION
MPH A6-A1
ROOM_IF_CPU
PREP.
68302
EXPOSURE
FLUORO
SERIAL LINK
XJ1
RS485
GE Medical Systems
MPH A6
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–24
mA FUNCTION BLOCK DIAGRAM
EXTENSION RACK
XJ2
10 mA_SCE_SEL
mA
TEST
TEST_mA
XILINX
68360
TUBE #1
mA RANGE
CHOICE
CATHODE
_STAT_TEST_mA
_STAT_mA_x1
XJ3
1–56
_STAT_mA_x10
BUFFER
SAFETY
EPLD
mA MAX
DETECT
H.V, PRIMARY
0V
mA_x1
mA_x10
EPLD
HV TANK
3
mA_MAX
ANODE
mA_ANODE
mA_CATHODE
X1
X10
X100
1
XJ1
DAC
CATHODE
XJ23
MPH A4-A3
CPU BOARD
MPH A4-A1 COMMAND 1 BOARD
asm 2165118–100
ADC
TUBE #2
mA_MEAS
MUX
ANODE
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
mA
MEASURE
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
SECTION 9
MA FUNCTION
9–1
Introduction
Refer to Illustration 1–24 (mA Function Block Diagram).
The mA function of the MPH involves the following sub-assemblies:
9–2
D
The CPU Board: acquires the mA measure from the Command 1 Board and handles mA
regulation during exposures.
D
The Command 1 Board: the mA measure and checks for allowable limits of mA are
located on this board. Tube current passes through one of several shunt resistors (selected
by the PU_CTRL_CPU Board) for measurement.
D
HV Tank: the HV winding terminations are connected to outputs to be looped back on
the Command 1 Board.
D
Tube 1 and Tube 2: the tube current flows through the HV cables and from anode to
cathode.
mA Measurement Circuit
The measurement circuit of the mA function is located on the Command 1 Board. This part of
the board is controlled directly by the the PU_CTRL_CPU Board, with no intervention of
logic command from the Command 1 Board. Several pieces are necessary to that function:
mA shunts and corresponding relays, mA testing source, mA differential measure, and
MAX_mA detection.
The mA are measured by shunt resistors placed in series with the mA flow. Choice of the shunt
is made by the PU_CTRL_CPU, which switches relays according to the expected value of the
mA. There are three ranges available, coded on two bits (mA x 1 and mA x 10).
Expected mA
Range
mA_X1
mA_X10
0 to 10 mA
x 100
0
0
10 mA to 100 mA
x 10
0
1
100 mA to 1000 mA
x1
1
0
Both relays have an auxiliary contact to identify correct switching to the required position.
These are indicated by the _STAT_mA_x1 and _STAT_mA_X10 signals. Voltage measured
on the shunt is acquired on the PU_CTRL_CPU and converted by the ADC.
For calibration purposes, the Command 1 Board features an independent current source. This
source is selectable by the MPH software; it can deliver 10 mA (10mA_SCE_SEL = 1) or
100 mA (100 mA_SCE_SEL = 0). This feature allows the PRD to check mA measurement,
and allows calibration of the mA loop. During calibration, the operator replaces the mA strap
on Command 1 by a multimeter and checks the value of the source, before indicating it to the
system. The mA calibration does not require any exposure.
In order to protect the tube, the mA are measured and compared to a reference to detect the
1100 mA level. If the mA are greater than this value, the mA_MAX safety is triggered and
stored in the safety EPLD to stop the inverter state machine.
1–57
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
9–3
asm 2165118–100
mA Regulation
The mA regulation is controlled by the PU_CTRL_CPU. Its inputs are the mA demand
according to the operator demand and the measured mA from the Command 1 Board. The
PU_CTRL_CPU regulates the mA by increasing or decreasing the heater current reference.
mA loop control in radiology mode:
D
The exposure starts with the heat demand sent by the PU_CTRL_CPU. After a delay, the
loop control function measures the mA, compares it with the mA reference, and corrects
the heater current demand if necessary.
D
This function runs each 1 ms. It sends the heater demand to the Command 2 Board.
Differentiation of the heater demand in fluoro mode:
9–4
D
For fluoro exposure, CPU sends a new kV and heater demand every 16.6 ms
(synchronized with the scan speed of the monitor). MPH temporarily increases the heater
demand, in order to compensate for filament inertia and to maintain a constant brightness
on the video screen.
D
The time constant is sent to the MPH via the NVRAM after a reset.
D
This function runs every 1 ms. It sends the heater demand to the Command 2 Board.
mA Error Handling
Error
Code
Name
Cause
200
MAX_TUBE_CURRENT
mA_MAX (maximum tube current) signal error
(included in RESTARTING_SAFETY signal)
554
MA_METER_SAT
mA measure reached 20 mA in fluoro acquisition
559
NO_MA_FEEDBACK
mA measure not reached mA minimum 10 ms after start of exposure. mA
minimum depends of selected scale:
scale x 100 (fluoro mode) mA min = 0.15 mA
scale x 10 (radiography) mA min = 1.5 mA
scale x 1 (radiography) mA min = 4 mA
552
ERR_MAS_MAX
mAs maximum reached
112
MA_SCALE_ERROR
error on status of mA scale selection signals
1–58
1–59
68360
RS485
MPH A6
ADC
_T2_POSITION
CPU BOARD
MPH A4-A2
COMMAND 2 BOARD
_T1_POSITION
_T2_POSITION
+24 V
_HV_SWITCH_CTRL
_HV_SW_MOTOR_OFF
_STAT_HEAT_T2
XJ1
_T2_SEL_HEAT
_HV_SWITCH_INDEX
XJ1
XJ2
XJ1
XJ2
XJ1
_T1_POSITION
+24 V
DRIVERS
XJ2
_STAT_START_T2
COMMON_STAT
_T2_SEL_START
_HV_SWITCH_INDEX
_HV_SW_MOTOR_OFF
_STAT_HEAT_T2
_STAT_START_T2
_HV_SW_COMMON
COMMON_STAT
_HV_SWITCH_CTRL
MPH A4-A3
BUFFER
EPLD
_T2_SEL_HEAT
_T2_SEL_START
XJ4
FLUORO
EXPOSURE
PREP.
MPH A5-A2
HEATER BOARD
MPH A5-A1
MOTOR
CONTROL
RELAY
TUBE
SELECTION
RELAY
HEATER
INVERTERS
TUBE
SELECTION
RELAY
ROTOR CONTROL
BOARD
XJ4
XJ2
TUBE #2
#2
TUBE
TUBE #1
_HV_SWITCH_INDEX
_HV_SW_MOTOR
_HV_SW_COMMON
HV TANK
MPH A2
_T2_POSITION
_T1_POSITION
H. V.
SWITCH
H. V.
SWITCH
MOTOR
PRIM_T2 HEATER T2
TRANSFOS
PRIM_T1 HEATER T1
TRANSFOS
TUBE 2 STATOR
TUBE 1 STATOR
ILLUSTRATION 1–25
TUBE SELECTION FUNCTION
THEORY OF OPERATION
CATHODE T2
ANODE T2
CATHODE T1
ANODE T1
REV 4
MUX
DAC
XILINX
XJ1
SERIAL LINK
68302
MPH A6-A1
ROOM_IF_CPU
EXTENSION RACK
H. V.
TRANSFO.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 10
TUBE SELECTION FUNCTION
10–1
Introduction
Refer to Illustration 1–25 (Tube Selection Function).
The tube selection function allows application of the three main functions of the generator (kV
function, Heater function, Rotor function) to one tube or the other.
Tube selection involves the following sub-assemblies:
D
PU_CTRL_CPU Board: the PU_CTRL_CPU receives the tube change command from
the Control Console and sequences the tube change process in the generator.
D
Command 2 Board: transmits the tube selection commands to the Rotor Controller Board
and the Heater Board.
D
Heater Board: switches heater currents to tube 1 or tube 2 heater transformers, and drives
the HV switch motor relay to rotate the motor.
D
Rotor Controller Board: switches the rotor inverter towards one stator or the other.
D
HV Tank: includes the high voltage switch to connect the HV transformer to one tube or
the other.
The change of stator in the rotor function is simply made by switching a relay. It directs the
output of the rotor controller inverter towards one stator or the other.
The change of tube filament heating is also made changing a relay. It switches the output of XL
and XS heater inverters to the appropriate set of heater transformers. There are four heater
transformers inside the HV Tank: XS Tube 1, XL Tube 1, XS Tube 2, XL Tube 2.
The switch of the high voltage output of the HV transformer is made inside the HV Tank by a
special switch, which presents high insulation capability to insure no spark over the
unselected tube. This switch is moved by a 24 V motor located on top of the HV Tank. Switch
operation is monitored by three contacts:
D
Two “bold” contacts indicate the position of the switch. If _T1_POSITION = 0, this
means that the probable contact is made with tube 1. If _T2_POSITION = 0, this means
that the probable contact is made with tube 2.
D
One accurate contact called _HV_SWITCH_INDEX. When it is equal to zero, this means
that one tube or the other is actually connected to the HV transformer.
D
Correct indication of tube switching is given when _HV_SWITCH_INDEX = 0 and
_Tx_POSITION = 0, with x = 1 or 2. The change of HV position should not take longer
than 2 seconds. If it does, an error is generated.
1–60
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–26
TUBE SELECTION SEQUENCE
1–61
*
(#)
)(,")!&)&'(,")!
$($- $($-
" !+&#) (,")!
&$$%$&)&'
($Switching times
* )(,")!&)&'(,")!
(#) $($- $($-
" !+&#) (,")!
&$$%$&)&'
($Switching times
*
(#)
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
10–2
asm 2165118–100
Tube Selection Sequencing
Refer to Illustration 1–26 (Tube Selection Sequence).
According to the operator demand the Control Console sends a tube command to
PU_CTRL_CPU, which checks if the tube number is TUBE1 or TUBE2 and if a tube switch
sequence is running. If the new tube is different from the selected tube, tube switch sequence is
started:
D
Mask the tube selection safety detection
D
Command the heater relay
D
Wait for the rotor to stop
D
Command the rotor relay when heater switching is complete
D
Command the HV relay when rotor switching is complete
D
Wait for the end of HV switching
D
If a new command occurs during the preceding operations, start the new sequence.
D
Unmask the tube selection safety detection
–
10–3
send the heat demand if received during the tube switch.
Tube Selection Error Handling
Error
Code
Name
Cause
110
TUB_SEL_ROT_ON
Tube switch command while rotor is ON
118
TUB_SEL_HEAT_ON
Tube switch command while heat is ON on one or two focus
119
TUB_SEL_KV_ON
Tube switch command while kV measured > 9 kV
117
TUB_SEL_ERR
HV switches signals status error
114
ROT_SEL_ERR
Rotor tube switches signals status error
115
HEAT_SEL_ERR
Heater tube switches signals status error
716
THERMAL_SAFETY
Temperature of tube housing too high
1–62
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 11
R/RF INTERFACE
11–1
Description
The purpose of the MPH generator is to provide an interface between the Rad and RF Rooms.
An example of a possible RF/Rad and Rad 2 tube connection is given in Illustrations 1–27 and
1–28.
11–1–1 Tubes
Two tubes can be driven by the generator, including one fluoro tube and one rad tube in the
case of RF.
The RF tube is connected as a priority to Tube 1 for fluoro, although connection to Tube 2 is
also possible.
11–1–2 Tomography
Two tomography units can be connected to the generator, with the possibility of automatic
transmission of tomography times.
The following combinations are possible:
D
One RF tomography unit and one Rad tomography unit, or
D
Two Rad tomography units.
11–1–3 Buckies
Four Buckies can be connected to the generator, as follows:
D
Two wall Buckies for Tubes 1 and 2,
D
Two table Buckies for Tubes 1 and 2.
Power supply for these Buckies is either 230 V (ac) or 115 V (ac). Power supply is selected by
moving Fuse F9 on the MPHA6–A3 Distribution Board.
Note:
The two power supply voltages cannot be mixed. All Buckies are either 230 V (ac) or
115 V (ac).
11–1–4 Collimators
Two automatically controlled collimators in cassette size may be connected. It is possible to
mix automatic-control and manual-control collimators. Refer to the SM for details of
connections and programming.
11–1–5 Arterio
An Arteriophlebograph can be the interface in an RF room. In this case, it is connected to
Tube 2, and replaces the wall Bucky interface. A wall Bucky/Tube 2 interface is then not
possible.
1–63
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
THEORY OF OPERATION
,
$$
,#0
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
,
ILLUSTRATION 1–27
RF ROOM
1"' )(!",+'%+"
"$"%"++"'&
%'+'&+)'$$+$
('+"$%-"
$,#0
% "&+&*"")
"'
%)
''+*."+!
1–64
',$)'&*'$*
&+ )+'&*'$
)
)' )%2
&)+')
'&+)'$
'&*'$
/('*,)
(,*!,++'&
&*."+!
$
'&+)'$
'&*'$
/('*,)
(,*!,++'&
&*."+!
asm 2165118–100
/('*,)
(,*!,++'&
$
'&+)'$
'&*'$
&)+')
&
',!*)&
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
"'
%'&"+')
"'
%'&"+')
Automatic
beam limiting
Wall
bucky
Tube 1
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–28
RAD ROOM
Automatic
beam limiting
Wall
bucky
Tube 2
MPH CABINET
TOMO
1–65
Table bucky
TOMO
Table bucky
Generator
control
console
asm 2165118–100
PRINT-X
THEORY OF OPERATION
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
ProgramĆX
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
11–2
asm 2165118–100
Composition
See Ill. 1–29.
Depending on x-ray room configuration, the generator can be equipped with various optional
boards, to be installed according to instructions given in the SM.
ILLUSTRATION 1–29
BOARD INTERCONNECTIONS
Handswitch
for service
MPH A6
EXTENSION RACK
(9)
J7
MPH A6 A1
To PU_CTRL_BD
J5
MPH A6 A2
ROOM IF CPU
BOARD
(68)
J1
(6)
J10
J2
(24)
(50)
J9
XJ5
(50)
J4
TABLE INTERFACE
BOARD
J6
J2
(40)
(25)
(15)
To MPH A6 A8
(Plugs Panel)
or UIH Board
J3
(25)
To MPH A6 A8
(Plugs Panel)
or MHR
J11–13–15 (3x9)
OR
MPH A6 A5
J7A
(40)
(40)
TABLE TOMO
COLLIMATOR
J7B
BOARD
J10–12–14 (3x9)
J9
(15)
J8
J6
(6)
(15)
To MPH A6 A8
(Plugs Panel)
or
To table RAD
and
Collimator
(6)
J6
J7
MPH A6 A4
(40)
WALL BUCKY
BOARD
(9)
J9
(12)
J7
J5
(6)
(50)
J11
J5
(6)
MPH A6 PS2
+ 15 V
J6
(12)
MPH A6 PS1
+/– 15 V, + 5 V
MPH A6 A3
J4
(6)
DISTRIBUTION
BOARD
J3
J2
J8
(24)
MPH A6 A7
1–66
J4
(9)
J1
J2 3X9
J3
Room lights
Buckies
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
11–2–1 RF/One Tube
The Table Interface Board MPHA6 A2 is added to the MPHA6 Rack.
Note:
If a wall Bucky is present, it is connected to the Wall Bucky MPHA6 A4 Board which is
installed in the rack.
11–2–2 RF/Two Tubes
If the X-Ray Room has a Rad function, with or without tomography, and with or without
automatically controlled collimators, in addition to the RF installation, the Table Tomo
Collimator Board (MPH A6 A5) is added to the rack (MPH A6).
11–2–3 RAD/One or Two Tubes
If the X-Ray Room has one or two Rad tubes with or without tomography and with or without
automatically controlled collimators, the Table Tomo Collimator Board (MPH A6 A5) is
added to the rack (MPH A6).
If only wall Bucky or craniography accessories are used, only the Wall Bucky Board (already
included in the MPH A6 Rack) is required.
11–3
Operation
The interface uses SAS data exchange protocol with the peripheral devices (Table, Image
Intensifier, Collimators, Buckies, etc.).
11–3–1 Wall Bucky Board MPH A6 A4
See Schematic 2120833 in SM.
This printed circuit, which is always present in the MPH A6 Rack, allows two 230-V (ac) or
115-V (ac) wall Buckies to be connected.
The connection is established using LMI-type screw terminal connectors. Grid triggering
information is a function of the pre-programmed technique (POMU) and the selected tube,
either T1 or T2 (refer to SM). The exposure trigger generated by the Bucky is thus transmitted
to the Room IF CPU Board.
See Illustrations 1–30 and 1–31.
The Arteriophlebograph interface is also located on this Board. In addition to exposure
triggering information, this interface has radiography preparation and end of radiography
preparation information, as well as information during the exposure.
See Illustrations 1–32 and 1–33.
Interface with the door interlocks (door contact and lamps) is also provided on this Board.
Power supply to the room lamps (ON and X-Ray) depends on the Bucky voltage selected,
230 V (ac) or 115 V (ac).
See Illustration 1–34.
1–67
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
11–3–2 Table Interface Board MPH A6 A2
See Diagram 2118970 in SM.
This board creates the interface with a Remote Table and an Image Intensifier.
The signal exchange dialog between components is shown in Illustrations 1–35 through 1–41.
The chronological order of signals is indicated by numbers from 0 to 7.
The positioner cables and image intensifier cables are connected using AMP 34-pin
connectors installed either on the MPH A6–A8 Plug Panel or on the Transpanel at the front of
the Upper Cabinet.
In the case of the Digital Rack, the connection is routed first via the Digital Rack using a flat
25-pin cable connected directly to the Table Interface Board and then to the Digital Rack, and
from the Digital Rack to the Transpanel at the front of the Upper Cabinet.
Connection to the image intensifier is created using an AMP 34-point connector on the
MPH A6 A8 Rack, or directly via flat 15-point cable between the Table Interface Board and
the UIH printed circuit installed on the inner surface of the MPH A6 Rack door.
11–3–3 Table Tomo Collimator Interface Board MPH A6 A5
See Diagram 2121050 in SM.
This board creates the interface with two rad tables (such as Compax), with or without
Tomography, and two collimators automatically controlled according to cassette size.
The signal exchange dialog between components is shown in Illustrations 1–42 through 1–52.
Connection of Table Bucky or Tomography Unit cables is carried out on the screw-terminal
LMI connectors. Automatic collimator cables are connected using AMP 34-point connectors
installed on the MPH A6 A8 Rack.
11–3–4 ROOM IF CPU Board MPH A6 A1
See Diagram 2133174 in SM.
This Board transmits all information sent by the CPU via the data bus, and distributes it to the
various interface boards (Wall Bucky, Table Interface, Table Tomo Collimator).
The Board also decodes information received from the peripheral devices, to transmit it to the
CPU via the data bus.
See the example of signal exchanges in Illustration 1–53.
This board is also equipped with LEDs which indicate x-ray dialog status between the
generator and peripheral devices.
Yellow LEDs indicate that the generator has received information from outside.
Green LEDs indicate that the generator is sending information to a peripheral device.
1–68
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
TABLE 1–1
EETACFLUORO CASE: MEANING OF LEDS
SC1
Generator has received a fluoro request (fluoro footswitch pressed)
SC2
Generator has started heating and anode rotation
SC3
Generator has received an x-ray request in fluoro
SC4
Generator transmits During Fluoro notification
TABLE 1–2
EETACRAD CASE: MEANING OF LEDS
PG1
Generator has received a Radiography Preparation request (Prep switch)
PG2
Generator has started heating and anode rotation
GR1
Generator has received a Rad exposure request (Exposure switch)
GR2
Generator authorizes x-ray request
GR3
Generator has received a Begin Exposure request
GR4
Generator transmits information during x-ray exposure
11–4
Workstation Decoding Principle
Workstation information includes the x-ray tube selection, and image receptor selection
(Spot-film, Digital, Wall Bucky, Table Bucky, etc.).
During Workstation programming (see Job Card RG002 sm), the Workstation is associated
with a console key (1 thru 8), an image receptor, and an x-ray tube.
For example:
TECH1 (Console Key Number 1) >>>DIR (Receptor) T1(Tube)
A signal is created from this combination. It is to be labeled in the following way on diagrams
and in illustrations:
TECH1=DIR T1>>>>>>>WS_DIR–UX or WS_DIR_UY
Where:
D
WS for WORKSTATION
D
DIR for DIRECT
D
UX for TUBE 1*
D
UY for TUBE 2*
Note:
The UX or UY suffix is not used in the RF case because only one fluoro is possible. The RF
tube is connected as a priority to Tube 1 but, if connected to Tube 2, the UX and UY
suffixes are exchanged for the Rad Workstations:
D
UX=TUBE 2
D
UY=TUBE 1
Other signals are required to carry out information switching. These are generated by the
software according to the mode.
1–69
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
For example:
WS_RF:WORKSTATION using RF techniques (SETE, SPE, NUM, TOSE, TONU)
WS_RAD:WORKSTATION using Rad techniques (DIR, POMU, POTA, TOPO)
WS_FILM:WORKSTATION using techniques with Film in RF (SETE, TOSE)
WS_TOMO:WORSTATION tomography selector
WS_FLUORO:WORKSTATION using Fluoro (SETE, TOSE, NUM, TONU)
TABLE 1–3
EETACSWITCHING ACCORDING TO WORKSTATIONS
WORKSTATION
R
F
R
A
D
TUBE 1
Special (SPE)
WS_SPE
WS_RF
SFD (SETE or SECO)
WS_SFD
WS_FILM
WS_RF
WS_FLUORO
Digital (NUM)
WS_DIG
WS_FLUORO
WS_RF
TUBE 2
Tomo SFD
(TOSE)
WS_FILM
WS_TOMO
WS_FLUORO
WS_RF
Tomo Digital
(TONU)
WS_DIG
WS_FLUORO
WS_RF
Direct
(DIR)
WS_DIR_UX
WS_RAD
WS_DIR_UY
WS_RAD
Table Bucky
(POTA)
WS_TAB_BUCK_UX
WS_RAD
WS_TAB_BUCK_UY
WS_RAD
Wall Bucky
(POMU)
WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
WS_RAD
WS_WALL_BUCK_UY
WS_RAD
Tomo Bucky
(TOPO)
WS_TOMO_BUCK_UX
WS_RAD
WS_TOMO_BUCK_UY
WS_RAD
Pulmo
Changer
(PULM)
(CHAN)
Not Applicable
WS_WALL_BUCK_UY
WS_RAD
1–70
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
Note:
D
In RF, if Tube 1 is reserved for the Fluoro Workstations, Tube 2 is used in Rad, and the
Rad Workstations are therefore used with index UY.
D
If Tube 2 is reserved for Fluoro, Tube 1 is used in Rad, and the Rad Workstations are
therefore used with index UX.
In the case of an Arterio or Pulmorapid (CHAN or PULM), the Workstation Rad
WS_WALL_BUCK_UY is always active. The RF tube must therefore be on Tube 1.
ILLUSTRATION 1–30
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR WALL BUCKY WORKSTATION SHEET 1/2
J7
Sheet 1
U92
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_
A1 2 A
OPT
O
U77
led GR1
_EXP_REQUEST_A
OPT
O
U77
A2 4
J5
F6A
7
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
U92
A4 17
41
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
MAX
485
U20
K22
_RAD_PREP
1
2
J2
J12
J2
16
16
J7
3
3
20
20
4
4
22
22
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
K24
K23
3
_EXP_SW
0VRF
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
K23
OPT
O
U88
CONTROL
CONSOLE
DIST.BD
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
K13
_WS_RAD
WALL BUCKY .BD
J6
5
J7
JUMP
JUMP
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
J9
INTERLOCK DOOR
J7A or J7B
9
9
K24–9
0VRF
_INHIBIT–EXP
By COLLIMATOR
see Rad interface Collimator Diagram
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
*Used to start prep with only Exposure switch
D0_D15
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
1–71
K13:WORKSTATION RAD
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator D.DUMOURIER
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
3/11/94
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–31
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN WALL_BUCKY WORKSTATION SHEET 2/2
WALL BUCK.BD (Two Wall Buckies available)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J6
J7
J3 WALL BUCKY 1
WALL BUCKY 2 J1
U81
Q5
12
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
14
14
16
16
22
DS1
K2
U61
Q6
U81
15
U65
15
U66
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UY
K13
_WS_RAD
K3
K13
22
Q16
U67
led GR2
Q2
EXP_DEMAND_1
26
26
K15
led GR3
6
_START_EXP_A
OPT
O
U78
_START_EXP
11
_START_EXP_1
11
K21
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
63
4–6
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD
K8
START GRID
K7
4–6
START GRID
K2
DS3
U69
A3
DS2
5
EXP_DEMAND
U92
K1
EPL
D
U30
K1
DS4
K1
K8
K2
K7
1–2
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
1–72
START X–RAY
1–2
1–2
START X–RAY
J5
7
7
9
AC SUPPLY
9 FOR BUCKIES
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–32
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR ARTERIO SHEET 1/2
U92
A1
Sheet 1
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_
A
2
A2
led GR1
_EXP_REQUEST_A
4
J5
J7
OPT
O
U77
OPT
O
U77
K22
_RAD_PREP
_PREP_SW
J2
J7
J12
J2
1
16
16
3
3
2
20
20
4
4
22
22
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
K24
K23
3
0VRF
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
U92
7
MAX
41
485
U20
_EXP_SW
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
K23
DIST.BD
A4
17
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
OPT
O
U88
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
CONTROL CONSOLE
WALL BUCKY .BD
K13
_WS_RAD
J6
INTERLOCK DOOR
or Jumps
J7
5
J2
J4–1
_PREP_SW
7
0VRF
5
J4–2
7
J8
ARTERIO
J9
7–9
K6
U67
U65
K3
led PG2
Q1 2
END_PREP
U67
_END_PREP124
24
28
28
K11
U65
led GR4
Q3
6
D0_D15
K16
K13:WORKSTATION RAD
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
9
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
1–73
K4
K3
K1
K3
K1
(K1–K3:see sheet 2
Arterio block diagram)
)
J7A
or J7B
BEGIN_END_EXP1
BEGIN_END_EXP
9
PREP INFO
K1
4–6
END PREP INFO
K5
1–2
BEGIN END
EXP INFO
_INHIBIT–EXP by
Collimator (see Collimator
block diagram)
K24–9
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–33
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR ARTERIO SHEET 2/2
J6
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J7
WALL BUCK.BD
J1
TO ARTERIO
U61
U81
Q6
U66
Q16
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UY
15
U65
15
K13
_WS_RAD
16
16
22
22
K3
K13
EXP_DEMAND_1
U67
led GR2
Q2
A3
led DS3
26
26
4–6
5
K8
EXP_DEMAND
U92
K15
K1
K1
U69
led GR4
_START_EXP_A
6
ENABLE EXP
OPT
O
U78
_START_EXP
11
_START_EXP_1
11
led DS4
1–2
K1
K21
START X–RAY
K8
J5
7
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
63
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD
1–2
EPL
D
U30
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
1–74
9
AC SUPPLY
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–34
DIAGRAM OF INTERLOCK DOOR AND ROOM LIGHT
J7
U92
A1 2
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_
A
OPT
O
U77
_RAD_PREP
J5
_PREP_SW 1
_EXP_REQUEST
OPT
O
U77
_EXP_REQUEST_A
J2
2
K24
K23
U92
MAX
7
_EXP_EN
16
3
3
20
20
4
4
24
24
22
22
A4 17
DIST.BD
K20 FLUORO
OPT
O
U88
J5 See RF
J2
block diagram
18
13
13
9
9
SAS PL1
DD
FOOT SWITCH
FLUORO
K14
A4 8
_FLUORO_PREP_A
OPT
O
U78
_EXP_SW
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
U92
led SC1
_PREP_SW
CONTROL CONSOLE
see RF bloc diagram for RF
K13
K23 RAD
J9
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
J2
16
0VRF
485
U20
41
J12
3
0VRF
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
J7
*SW1
*CR36
led GR1
A2 4
K22
_FLUORO_PREP
_FLUORO_REQUEST
K24–K5 9
MM
TABLE BD
K20
5
From POSITIONNER
J7
J6
J4
1 Door switch
5
Jump
J8
J9
0VRF
7
2
4
7
K10
_PREP_SW
_FLUORO_REQUEST 30
6
X–RAY
ON
30
K9
VAC2
8–9
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
VAC1 1–2
From DIST BD
XJ5
J5
LINE
ON
J6
1–2
VAC2
3–6
3–6
WALL BUCKY BD.
1–75
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–35
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN RF WORKSTATIONS SHEET 1/2 (PREP AND EXPOSURE SWITCHES)
POSITIONNER
SAS PL1
INTERFACE TABLE BD
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J9
J5
J2
K22
U92
led PG1
A1
2
_RAD_PREP_A
A2
OPTO
U77
4
_RAD_PREP
3
3
_EXP_REQUEST
5
5
OPTO
U77
led GR1
K23
_EXP_REQUEST_A
1
_RF_PREP_REQUEST
4
_RF_EXP_REQUEST
K13
K23–K24
_PREP_SW_B
B
1
AA
2
K22
_EXP_SW_AA
0
_RF_SEL 13
EE
U92
A4
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
17
OPTO
U88
_DOOR_INTERLOCK13
Q1
2
4
4
18
18
_WS_RF
U61
Q5
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
12
J5
L
K23
DS1
U65
PREP_INFO_L
2
15
K14
U66
T
4
13
3
5
CR1
N
0VRF
J ENABLE _PREP_N
14
SW4=ON if wall bucky
K13=Enable prep by positionner
K14=Interlock ky room door
K23=Prep request
SW4 CR4 K22 Exposure request
x
STEPS FOR SEQUENCE
IN RAD MODE
INTERLOCK DOOR
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
D0_D15
7
41
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
J6
K23
K22=RF_prep request
K23=Exposure request
K24=Inhibit by collimator (not used0
J7
JUMP
JUMP
0VRF
5
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
WALL BUCKY .BD
1–76
J9
0VRF
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–36
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN RF WORKSTATION SHEET 2/2 (EXPOSURE)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
INTERFACE TABLE BD
J9
led GR2
U67
Q2
5
A3
6
EXP_DEMAND_1
38
SAS PL1
J2
20
5
M
ENABLE_EXP_INFO_M
38
T
EXP_DEMAND
U92
J5
K27_K14
K15
POSITIONNER
_START_EXP_A
COMMON_INFO_T
4
U69
led GR3
_START_EXP_1
7
7
6
OPTO
U78
_RF_SEL
(see Sheet 1 )
6
F
H
17
K28
START_EXP_1
_W5_WALL BUCKY_UX (K26)
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
29
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD EPLD
U30
SEL_EXP_CMD0
SEL_EXP_CMD1
63
K16
led GR4
U67
Q3
6
K25_K14
BEGIN_END_EXP_1
40
19
7
W
BEGIN_END_EXP_INFO_W
40
T
BEGIN_END_EXP
U65
COMMON_INFO_T
4
K14=WORKSTATION RF
K25=BEGIN_END_EXPOSURE
K27=EXPOSURE DEMAND
K16=BEGIN_END_EXPOSURE
K15=EXPOSURE DEMAND
D0_D15
1–77
x
STEPS FOR SEQUENCE
IN RAD MODE
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–37
FLUORO INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN RF WORKSTATIONS SHEET 1/2 (FLUORO SWITCH)
INTERFACE TABLE BD
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J9
J5
U92
led SC1
A4
8
_FLUORO_PREP_A
_FLUORO_REQUEST
OPTO _FLUORO_PREP
U78
POSITIONNER
J2
K24
9
9
9
SAS PL1
1
MM
K5
K20
FLUORO_SW_MM
FOOT_SWITCH
K24
U92
0
17
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
A4
OPTO
U88
_DOOR_INTERLOCK13
13
16
16
K14
_RF_SEL
U69
U66
_WS_FLUORO
19
Q8
4
T
Q1
_WS_RF
4
4
J5
x
INTERLOCK DOOR
41
FLUORO_INFO_R
CR1
18
7
R
K5=FLUORO WORKSTATION
K14=WORKSTATION RF
AND WALKL BUCKY
K24=FLUORO SWITCH
DS1
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
2
K24
2
D0_D15
DD
24
U65
U66
18
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
K20
J7
J6
0VRF
5
5
K20=FLUORO REQUEST
JUMP
J4_1
JUMP
J4–2
J8
WALL BUCKY .BD
1–78
J9
0VRF
STEPS FOR SEQUENCE
IN FLUORO MODE
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–38
FLUORO INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN RF WORKSTATIONS SHEET 2/2 (FLUORO X–RAY)
POSITIONNER
INTERFACE TABLE BD
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J9
J5
J2
SAS PL1
K17
U67
led SC2
Q4
FLUORO_DEMAND_1
9
36
36
11
11
3
FLUORO_DEMAND
U65
U92
A1
_START_FLUORO
led SC3
11
_START_FLUORO_A
OPTO
U87
K1
K25
10
K21
_RF_SEL
(see Sheet 1)
4
21
Y
FLUORO_EXP_Y
D
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
29
MAX
485
U42
63
EXP_CMD
EPLD
U30
SEL_EXP_CMD0
SEL_EXP_CMD1
led SC4
U67
BEGIN_END_FLUORO
12
30
Q5
BEGIN_END_FLUORO
30
NOT USED
U81
x
K1=FLUORO_INFO
K21=START FLUORO
SEL_EXP_CMD0=Selection exposure in rad or fluoro
SEL_EXP_CMD1=Selection exposure in rad or fluoro
K17=FLUORO DEMAND
D0_D15
1–79
STEPS FOR SEQUENCE
IN FLUORO MODE
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–39
INTERFACE WITH IMAGE INTENSIFIER
INTERFACE TABLE BD
J9
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J5
J4
5
U60
U82
Q4
9
28
_MAX_REG_FLUORO
28
J3 to IMAGE
INTENSIFIER
K
ABS_ON_K
K6
SW1
K5
U60
U82
12
26
_AUTO_BRIGHT_CTRL
Q5
U69
U66
Q8
16
_WS_FLUORO
19
K3
26
16
1
K5
K5
K16
J5 (From PU_CTRL_CPU)
34
HV_ON
MAX
485
68
HV_ON
U53
MAX
485
U70
X_RAY_ON_A
32
32
X_RAY_ON_B
34
34
OPTO
U1
SW3
F
10
H
3
M
2
DD
PREP_H
COMMON_F
K17
led SC2
U67
Q4
9
FLUORO_DEMAND_1 36
36
COMMON_F
FLUORO_M
COMMON_F
PREP_DD
K12
FLUORO_DEMAND
K23
From POSITIONNER
PREP_SW
See Sheet
1(Rad in RF)
U84
A3 15
_MAGNIFIER1_A
17
_MAGNIFIER2_A
A4
OPTO
U96
OPTO
U96
9
C
K19
COMMON_C
_MAGNIFIER 1
23
23
7
FF
_MAGNIFIER 2
25
25
8
HH
6
JJ
_RF_SEL
(See sheet 1 Fluoro
Interface Diagram)
Sw1–3–4:Set at Installation
D0_D15
1–80
MAGNIFIER 1_FF
MAGNIFIER 2_HH
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–40
SELECTION GENERATOR TO POSITIONNER IN RF MODE
TABLE.BD
J9
ROOM_IF_CPU
J2
J5
4
COMMON K11–9–20–10–26––14
U69
U66
Q3
6
_WS_SFD
8
8
K11
_WS_TOMO
12
12
K9
U81
U66
Q5
12
SPOT_FILM_INFO_C
SW2
POSITIONNER
SAS PL1
T
COMMON_INFO_T
8
C
7
A
TOMO_INFO_A
U69
U66
Q2
5
_WS_SPE
6
6
_WS_DIG
10
10
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
18
18
_WS_FILM
14
14
K20
SPECIAL_INFO_V
V
U69
U66
Q4
9
3
K10
12
DIGITAL_INFO_K
K
U81
U61
Q6
15
SW4
U69
U66
Q7
16
K26
WALL_BUCKY_INFO_BB 11
BB
SAS PL3
K2
_FIELD_COMMON_INFO_M
M
3
U65
U66
Q1
2
_WS_RF
K15
4
K14
4
TUBE_INFO_FF
FF
16
K9 or
K10 or
K11
_WS_TOMO
_WS_DIG or
_WS_SFD
D0_D15
1–81
TOMO_COMMON_B
B
4
J3
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–41
SELECTION FROM POSITIONNER IN RF MODE
TABLE.BD
J5
J9
ROOM_IF_CPU
POSITIONNER
J3
U93
A1
A2
A3
A4
A1
2
_TOMO_TIME1_A
4
_TOMO_TIME2_A
6
_TOMO_TIME3_A
8
_TOMO_TIME4_A
11
_TOMO_TIME5_A
13
_TOMO_SEL
15
_DSA_MODE_A
17
_SETUP_DSA_A
A2
A3
A4
U83
_FIELD_SIZE_B_A
A2
6
8
A4
A1
OPTO
U98
OPTO
U99
OPTO
U95
_FIELD_SIZE_A_A
A1
A3
OPTO
U97
11
OPTO
U100
_FIELD_SIZE_C_A
_FIELD_SIZE_D_A
OPTO
U101
_FIELD_SIZE_e_A
13 _EXP_WITHOUT_GRID_A
A2
OPTO
U90
27
27
1
29
29
2
A
_TOMO_TIME2
31
31
5
L
_TOMO_TIME3
33
33
6
R
_TOMO_TIME4
35
35
9
V
_TOMO_TIME5
37
37
16
F
_TOMO_SEL
21
21
15
X
_DSA_MODE
19
19
20
Y
_SETUP_DSA
B
N
_FIELD_SIZE_A
(see previous page )
10
A3
OPTO
U89
39
41
41
13
W
_FIELD_SIZE_B
43
43
14
S
_FIELD_SIZE_C
45
45
17
H
_FIELD_SIZE_D
47
47
18
AA
_FIELD_SIZE_e
17
17
22
BB
15
15
M
(see previous page )
21
EE
_RF_SEL
D0_D15
XJ3
MAGNIFIER1_FF
MAGNIFIER2_HH
To IMAGE
INTENSIFIER
_TOMO_TIME1
39
15
_SERIAL_EXP_A
SAS PL3
HH
J4
FF
1
HH
4
JJ
7
_REF_SEL
1–82
11
(See Sheet1 Fluoro
Interface Diagram)
K18
K17
8
C
_EXP_WITHOUT_GRID
_SERIAL_EXP
DD
7
T
12
FF
MAGNIFIER1_DD
MAGNIFIER2_T
COMMOM_FF
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–42
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TABLE_BUCKY WORKSTATION SHEET 1/2
J7
Sheet 1
U92
A1 2
A2 4
_RAD_PREP_
A
led PG1
OPTO
U77
led GR1
_EXP_REQUEST_A
K22
_RAD_PREP
J2
J7
J12
J2
_PREP_SW
1
16
16
3
3
2
20
20
4
4
22
22
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
OPTO
U77
K24
J5
K23
3
_EXP_SW
0VRF
U92
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
A4 17
7
41
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
K23
OPTO
U88
DIST.BD
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
K13
_WS_RAD
CONTROL CONSOLE
WALL BUCKY .BD
J6
5
JUMP
J7
JUMP
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
INTERLOCK DOOR
9
D0_D15
J9
0VRF
J7A or J7B
9
_INHIBIT–by collimator
If required see collimator
block diagram
K24–K9
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
*Used to start prep with only Exposure switch
K13:WORKSTATION RAD
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24 K9:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
1–83
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–43
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN TABLE BUCKY WORKSTATION SHEET 2/2
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
Sheet 2
(TWO TABLE BUCKY AVAILABLE)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J6
J7A or B
J10
BUCKY TABLE 1
U69
Q3
6
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UX
U61
U69
Q4
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UY
9
10
10
12
12
K17
K21
K13
22
22
18
18
16
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UX
U81
Q8
U66
Q16
Q2
K18
_WS_RAD
K13
EXP_DEMAND_1
26
26
K15
4–6
EXP_DEMAND
led GR3
U92
_START_EXP_A
A3 6
K25
START GRID
K26
4–6
START GRID
K17
led GR2
5
OPTO
U78
_START_EXP
11
_START_EXP_1
11
K21
led DS1
K28
K25
K27
_EXP_START_BUCK_UX START X–RAY
1–2
K21
_EXP_START_BUCK_UY1–2
K26
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
63
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD
EPL
D
U30
K27
K19
U65
15
K28
20
20
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UY
19
U69
U67
DS2
K10
U81
Q7
J11
BUCKY TABLE 2
1–2
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
1–84
START X–RAY
J5
7
7
9
AC SUPPLY
9 FOR BUCKIES
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–44
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO1 SHEET 1/3
U92
A1 2
Sheet 1
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_A
A2 4
led GR1
_EXP_REQUEST_A
J7
OPTO
U77
K22
_RAD_PREP
_PREP_SW
J2
J7
J12
1
16
16
3
2
20
20
4
J2
1
3
2
4
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
OPTO
U77
K24
J5
K23
3
_EXP_SW
0VRF
U92
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
7
41
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
22
K23
DIST.BD
A4 17
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
22
OPTO
U88
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
CONTROL CONSOLE
WALL BUCKY .BD
K13
J6
INTERLOCK DOOR
or Jumps
J7
5
0VRF
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
J9
J7A or J7B
_PREP_SW
7
8–9
1
x
D0_D15
9
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
1–85
J12
7
9
K18
K10
(see sheet2 page 20)
K22
PREP INFO
X–RAY Sequence with TOMOGRAPH
_INHIBIT–EXP by
Collimator see collimator
K24 block diagram
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–45
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO1 SHEET 2/3
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
(TWO TOMO TABLE BUCKY AVAILABLE)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J6
J7A or B
J10
BUCKY TABLE 1
U69
Q3
6
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UX
U61
10
J12
TOMO1
10
K17
U69
Q4
DS2
22
22
18
18
K10
U81
Q7
16
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UX
K18
K28
K29
U66
Q16
U65
15
_WS_RAD
K13
_EXP_DEMAND_1
26
26
K15
4–6
3
START GRID
K25
U69
U67
Q2
led GR2
K17
4–6
5
K29
EXP_DEMAND
TOMO STROKE
START
3
K18
U92
_START_EXP_A
A3 6
led GR3
OPTO
U78
_EXP_START_BUCK_UX
led DS1
_START_EXP_1
11
11
_START_EXP
K28
K25
K21
4
1–2
2
_EXP_START_TOMO_UX 1
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
MAX
63
485
U42
EXP_CMD EPLD
U30
x
5
START X–RAY
X–RAY sequence
with TOMOGRAPH
J5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
7
1–2
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
1–86
AC SUPPLY
9 FOR BUCKY
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–46
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO1 SHEET 3/3
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
ROOM_IF_CPU
J7A or B
J6
U93
A1
A2
A3
A4
A1
A2
2
_TOMO_TIME1_A
4
_TOMO_TIME2_A
6
_TOMO_TIME3_A
8
_TOMO_TIME4_A
11
_TOMO_TIME5_A
13
_TOMO_SEL
OPTO
U97
J14
13
13
4
15
15
5
17
17
6
19
19
7
21
21
8
23
23
3
_TOMO_TIME1
_TOMO_TIME2
OPTO
U98
_TOMO_TIME3
_TOMO_TIME4
OPTO
U99
_TOMO_TIME5
_TOMO_SEL
0VRF
K18
9
See sheet 2
page 20
1
K28
See sheet 2
D0_D15
1–87
2
TOMO SELECTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–47
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO2 SHEET 1/3
J7
U92
A1
2
_RAD_PREP
_A
led PG1
OPTO _RAD_PREP
U77
led GR1
A2
4
_EXP_REQUEST_A
K22
_PREP_SW
K24
J5
J7
J12
1
16
16
3
2
20
20
4
J2
1
3
2
4
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
OPTO
U77
J2
K23
3
_EXP_SW
0VRF
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
U92
7
41
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
22
K23
DIST.BD
A4 17
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
22
OPTO
U88
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
CONTROL CONSOLE
WALL BUCKY .BD
K13
J6
INTERLOCK DOOR
or Jumps
J7
5
0VRF
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
J9
J7A or J7B
_PREP_SW
7
J13
7
8–9
K19
K20
(see sheet 2)
K23
1
x
D0_D15
9
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
1–88
9
PREP INFO
X–RAY Sequence with TOMOGRAPH
_INHIBIT–EXP
by Collimator see collimator block diagram
K9
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–48
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO2 SHEET 2/3
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
(TWOTOMO TABLE BUCKY AVAILABLE)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J6
J7A or B
J11
BUCKY TABLE 2
U69
Q3
6
12
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UY
J13
TOMO2
12
K21
U61
U69
Q4
DS2
22
22
20
20
K20
U81
Q7
16
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UY
K19
K27
K30
U65
U66
Q16
15
_WS_RAD
K13
_EXP_DEMAND_1
26
26
K15
4–6
START GRID
K26
U69
U67
Q2
5
K21
led GR2
4–6
K30
EXP_DEMAND
led GR3
U92
_START_EXP_A
A3 6
OPTO
U78
K19
led DS1
_START_EXP_1
11
11
4
1–2
K26
K21
TOMO STROKE
START
3
_EXP_START_BUCK_UX
K27
_START_EXP
3
2
_EXP_START_TOMO_UX 1
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
63
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD EPLD
U30
5
START X–RAY
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
x
X–RAY Sequence
with TOMOGRAPH
J5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
7
1–2
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
1–89
AC SUPPLY
9 FOR BUCKY
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–49
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO2 SHEET 3/3
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
ROOM_IF_CPU
J7A or B
J6
J15
U93
A1
A2
A3
A4
A1
A2
2
_TOMO_TIME1_A
4
_TOMO_TIME2_A
6
_TOMO_TIME3_A
8
_TOMO_TIME4_A
11
_TOMO_TIME5_A
13
_TOMO_SEL
OPTO
U97
OPTO
U98
13
13
4
15
15
5
_TOMO_TIME1
_TOMO_TIME2
17
17
6
19
19
7
21
21
8
23
23
3
_TOMO_TIME3
_TOMO_TIME4
OPTO
U99
0VRF
_TOMO_SEL
K19
See sheet 2
K27
See
sheet 2
D0_D15
1–90
_TOMO_TIME5
9
1
2
TOMO SELECTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–50
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM COLLIMATOR ON FIRST TUBE SHEET 1/3
To first
COLLIMATOR
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
(TWO COLLIMATORS AVAILABLE)
J6
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
U69
6
_WS_DIR_UX
Q1 2
J7A or B
J9
2
6
U69
Q7
C
K12
U61
Q3
6
U69
16
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UX
10
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UX
18
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
14
TABLE_WORKSTATION_D1
3
D
10
K14
18
K15
WALL_BUCK_
WORSTATION_U1
U69
Q5
12
14
4
K4
U
U66
Q6
XJ4
FREE_ADJUST_C1
15
_WS_RAD
22
Common info
6
to collimator
22
K2
K13
_PREP_SW7
(see page 22)
K12 / K14/
K15 ou K4
7
1
K11
CONTROL
CONSOLE
5
PREP_1_E1
TUBE_SELECTION_A1
A(Common H)
7
+15VRF
H
E(common H)
K16
(see page 22)
COMMON_H1
J
K24
_EXP_SW
K23
ENABLE_EXP_J1
K24
K23
led DS3
K24
15
_EXP_REQUEST
0VRF
1
K24
D0–D15
_INHIBIT_EXP
9
9
SW1
3
0VRF
*K9
2
K24
K9*
*K9:See sheet 2 (Inhibition by collimator on second Tube)
SW1:Normally set in position 2–3
1–91
R
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–51
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM COLLIMATOR ON SECOND TUBE SHEET 2/3
TO second
COLLIMATOR
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
(TWO COLLIMATORS AVAILABLE)
J6
U69
Q2
5
Q8
XJ5
J8
8
_WS_DIR_UY
2
8
9
19
TABLE_WORKSTATION_D2
U69
U69
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UY
12
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UY
20
3
12
D
K6
20
K13
WALL_BUCK_
WORSTATION_U2
U69
Q6
U66
15
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UY
16
16
4
K7
15
_WS_RAD
Q6
FREE_ADJUST_C2
C
K5
U61
Q4
J7A or B
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
Common info
to collimator
22
22
K1
K13
_PREP_SW 7
U
6
COMMON_H2
H
K5/K6/
K7/K13
7
1
K3
see RAD interface
block diagram
CONTROL
CONSOLE
E(Common H)
5
K8
TUBE_SELECTION_A2
A(Common H)
7
K9
+15VRF
PREP_1_E2
J
ENABLE_EXP_J2
15
See SHEET 1 FOR
INHIBIT EXPOSURE by
second COLLIMATOR (K9)
D0–D15
0VRF
R
ILLUSTRATION 1–52
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM COLLIMATORS SHEET 3/3
TABLE–TOMO
COLLIMATOR.BD
ROOM_IF_CPU
J6
U83
A1
A2
2
_FIELD_SIZE_A_A
4
_FIELD_SIZE_B_A
6
_FIELD_SIZE_C_A
8
_FIELD_SIZE_D_A
11
_FIELD_SIZE_e_A
A3
A4
A1
OPTO
U100
OPTO
U101
OPTO
U90
J7A or B
To COLLIMATORS
XJ4
J9
25
25
10
V
27
27
11
W
29
29
12
X
31
31
13
Y
33
33
14
HH
9
MM
( Two collimators available )
_FIELD_SIZE_A
_FIELD_SIZE_B
_FIELD_SIZE_C
_FIELD_SIZE_D
_FIELD_SIZE_e
K16 (See sheet 1 )
D0_D15
J8
0VRF
V
11
W
12
X
13
Y
14
9
0VRF
K8 (See sheet 2 )
1–92
XJ5
10
HH
MM
_FIELD_SIZE_A
_FIELD_SIZE_B
_FIELD_SIZE_C
_FIELD_SIZE_D
_FIELD_SIZE_e
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–53
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN DIRECT WORKSTATION
U92
A1 2
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_
A
OPTO
U77
led GR1
A2 4
_EXP_REQUEST_A
K22
_RAD_PREP
J7
J2
J7
J12
1
16
16
3
J2
3
2
20
20
4
4
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
OPTO
U77
K24
J5
K23
3
0VRF
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
U92
A4 17
7
MAX
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
U67
0VRF
485
U20
41
24
24
22
22
K23
DIST.BD
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
OPTO
U88
led GR2
_EXP_SW
_EXP_EN
K13
_WS_RAD
K19
INTERLOCK DOOR
EXP_DEMAND_1
Q2 5
EXP_DEMAND
CONTROL CONSOLE
J6
5
J7
JUMP
JUMP
5
U69
J4–1
K12
led GR3
U92
A3 6
_START_EXP_A
OPTO
U78
Q1 2
U65
_WS_DIR_UX
K19
U61
F23B
63
MA
X
U42
485
EXP_CMD EPL
D
U30
J9
0VRF
_START_EXP
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
J8
WALL BUCKY .BD
K14
29
J4–2
Q2
SEL_EXP_CMD0
SEL_EXP_CMD1
U66
Q16
5
U65
_WS_DIR_UY
15
U65
D0_D15
_WS_RAD
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
1–93
K12
K13
*Used to start prep with only Exposure switch
K12:Workstation DIRECT Tubex
K13:Workstation RAD
K19:Workstation DIRECT Tubey
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
SEL_EXP_CMD0:selection Exposure in Rad or
Fluoro
SEL_EXP_CMD1:selection Exposure in Rad or
Fluoro
K14: EXP_DEMAND in Direct Mode
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
11–5
asm 2165118–100
How can the user trigger an x-ray exposure in a RF Remote system?
Workstations
Tube
1
2
Exposure trigger
in a RF Remote system
Technique
SFD (Spot Film Device)
Direct (or special) (= Table Top)
Tomo on SFD
DRS (Digital)
Tomo on DRS
Exposure
p
pushbutton
on positioner
control
t l desk
d k
Wall Bucky
Now (*)
Wall Bucky
Before (**)
And / or
E
Exposure
pushbutton
on Generator
control desk
Wall Bucky
Bucky in a Rad positioner
Tomo in a Rad positioner
Direct (= Table Top)
(*)
Optional
p
Footswitch
“Now”
(**) “Before”
1–94
Handswitch
Means:
IN1 of
Table Interface Board
(since July 97)
in
(July 97)
not existing
or removed
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 12
AEC/AET FUNCTION
See illustration 1–54.
Useful only if AEC or AET has been selected. During an exposure the output of an ionization
chamber is monitored to determine when the required intensity has been reached. The AEC
may be used with up to four Exposix E ionization chambers, it may also be used for AEC on
Tomography.
This result is obtained by sending pulses to PU_CTRL_CPU (BRIGHT_ION signal). The
pulses are also send to a counter U5 followed by a DAC U4. The DAC output voltage is then
compared to the back current of the ionization chamber AEC1, AEC2, AEC3, AEC4. When
the return current of the chambers is greater than the output voltage, a gate is open to generate
new pulses from signal CLK_AEC.
For AEC mode (Automatic Exposure Control), the exposure is cut when a counter on
PU_CTRL_CPU as reached a certain value.
For AET mode (Automatic Exposure control in Tomography), the generator controls the tube
kV value so that the back current from ionization chamber after integration follow a certain
ramp.The ramp is calculated to give optimum film blackening at the end of scanning time.
With EXPOSIX E Ionization Chamber
During an exposure, the counter bright ion reference.
The value (VREF) is specified by the CPU, and is updated every ms:
VREF = kVEF .KG .KCVN .kF .KT (t)
kVEF ; a value introduced during generator set–up, according to the type of screen and film
used (0 V < kVEF < 12 V).
KG ; introduced during generator set–up, according to the type of grid used
(0.8 < KG < 2).
KCVN ; chosen according to the desired black level
(0.24 < KCVN < 4; Renard’s series).
kF ; a function of the film format.
KT (t) ; a function of time which corrects for non–linearity of film response over the time of
exposure (t), introduced during generator set–up (0 < KT (t) < 12).
It is updated at ms intervals during exposure, altering the value of VREF accordingly:
VREF (t) = VREF (0) x KT (t).
The ionization chamber sends to the AEC function a voltage signal VoutAEC proportional to
the radiation dose received.
1–95
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–54
AEC FUNCTION
PU_CTRL_CPU
MPH A4 A3
BRIGHT_ION
5V
ROOM_IF_CPU
MPH A6 A1
U30
.
– 2
.
AEC_COMP
68360
DAC
U30
HDLC
68302
CLK_AEC
RESET_COUNTER
COUNTER
U4/
U14
U5
U15
Q1
GAIN
U49
X1
X10
U17/U6
M
U
X
U12
U51
K3 to K10
AEC1
AEC2
AEC3
AEC4
SEL_ION
SEL_CELLS
1–96
TO
DISTRI
BUTION
BOARD
MPH A6
A3
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 13
II SENSOR FUNCTION
See illustration 1–55.
This board generates a HV HTPM (330 V to 1000 V) for the photomultiplier in the Radiology
Imag Intensifier, and measures the photomultiplier output current IPM (1 mA thru 3 mA).
13–1
Description
The board is a pcb assembly mounted on Distribution Board (MPH A6 A3).
D
XJ1: Transmits HTPM to the photomultiplier.
D
XJ2: Receives IPM from the photomultiplier.
D
XJ3: Connection to Room IF CPU (MPH A6 A1) through Distribution Board
(MPH A6 A3).
13–1–1 Function
Supplies
The board receives the following voltage supplies:
D
+ 5 V:
from the Low Voltage Supply MPH A6 PS1.
D
± 15 V:
from the Low Voltage Supply MPH A6 PS1.
HTPM (Photomultiplier HV)
The value of HPTM is loaded from Room IF CPU (MPH A6 A1) bus into the
digital–to–analogue converter U16. The converter output is passed through amplifiers B4,B2
to the HV converter G1 for transmission to the photomultiplier as HTPM.
Photomultiplier current
Amplifier B1 converts the weak photomultiplier current IPM into a voltage. The gain of B11 is
modified when the digital Workstation is in use, by energizing relay X1 (LED DS1 lights).
This voltage controls a voltage to frequency converter (B5). The frequency signal pulses is
read by software (signal BRIGHT_UID).
Test
The CPU can check the value of HVPM by energizing relay X2. This connects a signal
proportional to HVPM to frequency converter B5.
1–97
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Connectors, test points, relays, switches and LEDs
Connectors
On front edge of board:
D
XJ1: Transmits HVPM to the photomultiplier.
D
XJ2: Receives IPM from the photomultiplier.
D
XJ3: +/– 15 V, 5 V, and signals to and from Room IF CPU (MPH A6 A1).
Test points
TP1
HVPM measure.
TP2
HVPM command.
TP3
Frequency of IPM.
TP4
+15 V.
TP5
IPM voltage – 15 V.
TP6
Ground.
TP7
+ 5V.
TP8
VPM.
Switch
SW1 ON/OFF HVPM converter.
Potentiometer
P1 ON/OFF adjusment of B1.
Led
DS1
RAD mode.
1–98
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
ILLUSTRATION 1–55
II SENSOR FUNCTION
II_SENSOR
MPH A6 A6
HT
ROOM_IF_CPU
MPH A6 A1
U16/U24
PU_CTRL_CPU
MPH A4 A3
REGUL.
B4/B2/G1
IPM
HVPM_ASSIG
HDLC
B1
8bits
68302
68360
DAC
TEST_HVPM
U49
X2
BRIGHT_VID
V/F
B5
1–99
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 14
CONTROL CONSOLE FUNCTION
14–1
Purpose
See Illustration 1–56 and 1–57.
The Control Console is used to display and change the operating modes of the generator.
14–2
Console Make–up
The console is made up of two electronic boards:
14–3
D
One board, installed below the front panel, carries the indicator lamps, backlit
pushbuttons and seven–segment readouts.
D
One board, installed under the board above and connected to it by one 50–conductor
ribbon cable and one 60–conductor ribbon cable. The board carries the control electronics
for the readouts and pushbuttons and makes the connection to the generator with a
bidirectional series link, RS 422. Links and power supply go through a 37–conductor.
Operation
See Illustration 1–56 and 1–57 and Schematics: Console front panel MPH A7 A1 and Control
console board MPH A3 A2.
14–3–1 Console Control Board (MPH A3 A2)
The Console Control Board has four main sections:
D
Power supply section:
Following rectification and filtering the ac voltage (between 8 V and 12 V) from the
generator, two linear regulators mounted on a heat sink produce 8 V (2.5 A) required for
the backlits and 5 V (1 A) required for the rest of the board.
D
Microprocessor section:
This uses a 68008 or a 68HC001 chip in 8–bit mode and a DUART 68681 series
connection controller. It decodes the readout commands from the generator and detects
pressure on the pushbuttons to send them to the generator.
D
Indicator lamp & seven–stroke readout control section:
This section uses multiplexing to reduce the number of integrated circuits and wiring.
D
Pushbutton status read section:
This section uses multiplexing for the same reason as above.
1–100
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–56
CONTROL CONSOLE MPH A7
ADDR
&
CTRL BUS
CONTROL CONSOLE BOARD MPH A7 A2
DATA BUS
B1
SHEET 6/8
CONTROL
B48 B41
16
INPUTS
SHEET 7/8
16 LINE SELECT PBS
B8
SHEET 5/8
PAL
B17
CHIPS
SELECTS
SHEET 5/8
B4
RAM
SHEET 5/8
B37
8
OUTPUTS
SHEET 7/8
B3
PROM
SHEET 5/8
48 LED ANODES
B5
DUART
SHEET 5/8
64
B36
LATCH
SHEET 5/8
BUZZER
OUTPUTS
SHEET 7/8
SHEET 3/8
RS 422
MPG GEN.
8 COLUMN SELECT PBS
B47
SWITCHING
SHEET 4/8
WATCH
DOG
SHEET 7/8
8 POWER
MOSFETS
B35
8
OUTPUTS
SHEET 3/8
ALIM
SHEET
2/8
RS 232
SERVICE TERMINAL
1–101
16 LED ANODES
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–57
CONTROL CONSOLE MPH A7
16 LINE SELECT PBS
CONSOLE FRONT
PANEL BOARD
MPH A7 A1
EXTENSION PANEL BOARD
8
8 X 8
8 X 8
PUSHBUTTONS
PUSHBUTTONS
48 X 8
16 X 8
READOUTS
READOUTS
&
&
BACKLITS
BACKLITS
8 COLUMN SELECT PBS
48 LED ANODES
16 LED ANODES
1–102
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
14–3–2 Switch–on Tests
These three tests are made at each switch–on and in sequence. If a test is not ok, the program
stops and the buzzer sounds to the rythm of the two flashing yellow status LEDs DS7 and DS8.
These two LEDs are lit continuously from startup and during the tests.
TEST 1: EPROM Checksum Test (B3) If the checksum is not ok, DS7 flashes and DS8 goes
out.
TEST 2: RAM Test (B4) If not ok, DS7 goes out and DS8 flashes.
TEST 3: DUART 68681 and Series Connection RS422 Test.
The RS422 serial link is looped back by energizing relays K1 thru K4. A character is sent and
checked if returned. If the test fails, DS7 and DS8 flash together.
If all the tests are ok, the program outs the two LEDs (DS7 and DS8) and the starts normally.
If the two LEDs are still continuously lighted a few seconds after switch–on, the tests have not
been run. This may be due to faulty EPROM (B3) or faulty microprocessor.
14–3–3 Console Service Test
To run the test, press the Small Focal Spot, Technique 1 and kV keys together for 1 s. This
allows the operator to check the operation of the keys, indicator lamps, readouts and buzzer.
Connection with the generator is cut when a test is running.
At the start of the test, the software version is displayed in place of the mA and ms values (eg:
PUP 3 10). Then all the indicator lamps are lighted for 2 s. Then all the segments and the
decimal point of each readout are lighted successively. Finally, the Console makes three
buzzer sounds.
Therefore the operator has four tests accessible as follows:
TEST 1: Press Technique keys 1 and 5 together. The test checks the pushbutton contacts. A
pushbutton lights when pressed and goes out when released.
TEST 2: Press Technique keys 2 and 6 together. The test checks the pushbutton contacts. A
pushbutton lights when pressed. Another press outs the lighted pushbutton.
TEST 3: Press Technique keys 3 and 7 together. This test checks the 7–segment readouts.
The –kV and +kV keys are used to select the readout to be modified. The mA and mAs keys are
used to increment or decrement the value on the selected readout.
TEST 4: Press Technique key 4 and 8 together. Reserved for future extension.
To exit from the Tests repeat the entry procedure, ie,press the Small Focal Spot, Technique 1
and kV keys together for at least 1 s.
1–103
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
14–3–4 Multiplexed Readout
a. Theory
Readout multiplexing is made according to a 64–column matrix (anode commons)
by eight rows (cathode commons).
The 64 anode commons are controlled by eight ports of eight bits each (74HCT574)
controlling eight drivers (UDN 2985A or UDN 2981A).
The eight cathode commons are controlled by eight individually controlled outputs
(74HCT259) driving eight MOS power transistors operating as open collector (one
only being a conductor).
The multiplexing is totally controlled by the software which, every 1 ms, blocks all
the eight power MOS (cathode common), loads the new status of the 64 anode
commons, and entrains the conduction of the next power MOS. When the eighth
power MOS is reached, the cycle recommences with the first power MOS.
The indicator lamps and the readout segments are therefore lighted for 1 ms every
8 ms. Retinal persistance gives the illusion of continuous light.
b. Organization
The 64 x 8 matrix is divided into two parts: one part connected to the main front panel
by connectors XJ7 and XJ6, the other provided for an extension with output on XJ3.
Each submatrix is divided into two parts:
D
For 8 x 8 indicator lamps (ANODE_LED of 0 thru 7 for the main) and
ANODE_LED of 40 thru 47 for the extension).
D
For 7–segment readouts:
–
5 x 8 main readouts (ANODE_LED 8 thru 47).
–
1 x 8 extension readout (ANODE_LED 56 thru 63).
1–104
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
c. Indicator lamps matrix and Backlit PBs of Front Panel
,*-*0
!
!
!
%.(.*0
!
!
!
%-%.,#
!
!
*-. #&&($'
!
!
$*+/.*
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
%-%.$
(-+)*-%
!
!
!
!
!
!
d. 7–segment Readout Matrix of Front Panel
"
"
!
!
"
"
!
!
"
"
""
""
!
"
"
""
!
!
14–3–5 Communicating with the Generator
The RS 422 serial link operates in full duplex.
Line characteristics: 9600 bauds, 8 bits, even parity.
Hardware support: DUART 68681 (B line).
1–105
"
"
""
""
!
"
"
""
""
!
"
"
""
""
!
"
"
""
""
!
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
a. Protocol
The messages are transmitted by trame (STX...ETX). They are acknowledged (ACK
or NACK) at reception. A checksum checks the validity of the message.
Message structure:
" Message length is variable but must comprise at least 128 characters (including STX
and ETX). Data and checksum are always in printable ASCII codes (20H thru 7FH).
The checksum must such that:
( data1 + data2 + ... + dataN + CHK – ’S’ (53H) ) MOD 40H = 0
"
"
!
#
#
#
#
#
# $
b. Operation
The recipient of a message must send an acknowledgement to the sender. In case of
an error (incorrect CHK, character error) the recipient sends a NACK which causes
the retransmission of the message. If neither ACK nor NACK is received, a timeout
causes the retransmission of the message. After the third unsuccessful attempts, the
transmitter reboots its data communication controller.
c. Type of Data
Generator to Console:
Data circulating from the generator to the console concern the state of the indicator
lamps, 7–segment readouts or buzzer. A minimum of three data items is required for
a message: address, status, and value. The console can process several messages in
a single message (limited by the maximum size of a message: 128 bytes).
Eg: Extinguish four indicator lamps, light three indicator lamps, display values 1,
2, 3 in three digits, and activate the buzzer.
Console to Generator:
Data circulating from the console to the generator concern the state of the
pushbuttons. A minimum of two data items is required for a message: address, status.
Only pushbutton status changes are transmitted.
1–106
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 15
PROGRAM-X FUNCTION
See Illustrations 1–58 and 1–59.
15–1
Purpose of PROGRAM-X
PROGRAM-X is an anatomic programmer compatible with the MPH Generator range,
MPH 50/65/80. It provides the operator with the means of storing his/her expertise in the form
of recorded exam protocols. These protocols contain radiography parameters, optimized for a
given exam.
15–2
PROGRAM-X Composition
PROGRAM-X is composed of:
D
Front panel (MPH A8 A2)
D
Display screen (MPH A8 A3)
D
Alphanumeric keyboard (MPH A8 A4)
D
Control Board (MPH A8 A1)
All the above units are mounted on the generator Control Console (MPH A7).
15–3
PROGRAM-X Control Board (MPH A8 A1)
See Schematic PROGRAM-X Control board and PROGRAM-X Front panel board.
This board is used to display the operator–selected anatomic parameters on a graphics screen
from a entry keyboard. The operating mode is set via buttons on the front panel.
The board is operated by an 8–bit microprocessor, MC 68008. The microprocessor operates at
10 MHz and is connected to a resident application program in EPROM 128K x 8. The board
has a 32K x 8 RAM and two 32 x 8 RAMs backed up by battery to store the operator–selected
anatomic parameters.
Two DUARTs, controlled by the microprocessor, control the dialog:
D
By a bidirectional line, RS422, optocoupled to the generator. This line can be looped in
test mode as follows:
–
Generator transmission ! Generator reception,
or
–
Console transmission ! Console reception.
by two relays controlled by the OP0 and OP1 outputs of DUART 1.
1–107
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–58
PROGRAM-X MPH A8
ADDRESS BUS
Sheet 5/12
B5
mP
Sheet 8/11
B18
Sheet 3/11
B49
PROM
LATCH
DATA BUS
IPL..
CTRL BUS
Sheet 5/11
B10
CTRL
PAL
d
Sheet 8/11
B8
CPU
RAM
IRQ
DUART
BACKUP
SUPPLY
Sheet 8/11
B9 B17
Sheet 5/11
B13
SELECT
PAL
CLOCK
10 MHz
ANATOMIC
RAMs
CS..
CS..
Sheet 10/11
B30 B31 B32 B33
Sheet 10/11
B23 B27 B36
VIDEO
REFRESH
PAL
MX
PB LINE
LATCH
mP ACCES
Sheet 10/11
B41
(ADDRESS GENERATOR)
Sheet 10/11
B37
VIDEO
DISPLAY
STATIC RAM
BIDIR
BUFFER
Vcc
Sheet 3/11
B52
Sheet 10/11
B38
Sheet 9/11
B12
RAM
BACKUP
SUPPLY
LATCH
BACKUP
SUPPLY
Sheet 2/11
VR1 VR2
DC SUPPLY
1–108
+ 12 V
+ 5 V (Vcc)
CLOCK
10 MHz
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–59
PROGRAM-X MPH A8
Sheet 4/11
B50
PB COLUMN
DEMUX
MPH A8 A4
ALPHANUM
KEYBOARD
DUART 1
TTL/RS 232
UART A
Sheet 7/11
B28
SERVICE TERMINAL
UART B
GENERATOR
TIMER
CTRL
IT5 mP
TTL/RS 422
TTL/RS 232
UART A
Sheet 7/11
B34
UART B
CONSOLE
N.U
TIMER
PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY IT2 P
DUART 2
BUZZER
Sheet 4/11
OSC.
BUZZER CONTROL
Sheet 4/11
B47
Sheet 4/11
B46
ANODE
LEDs
VDU
LATCH
VDU
ADAPT
Sheet 4/11
B44
Sheet 4/11
B51
CATHODE
DEMUX
PWR
ADAPT
COMMONS
MPH A8 A2
PROGRAMĆX
FRONT
PANEL
PB LINE
Sheet 10/11
B43
PAR/SERIAL
SHIFT
REGISTER
HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL SYNC.
MPH A8 A3
PROGRAMĆX
SCREEN
VIDEO
DISPLAY
VIDEO CLOCK
1–109
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
By a TTL ! RS232 converter inserted in the board permitting:
–
One RS232 bidirectional dialog line with the Service Terminal (portable PC).
–
One RS232 bidirectional dialog line with the Control Console in debug mode.
The transmissions on the three lines are displayed by six LEDs:
DS3 green
=
Console receive.
DS4 yellow
=
Console emit.
DS5 green
=
Service Terminal receive.
DS6 yellow
=
Service Terminal emit.
DS7 green
=
Generator receive.
DS8 yellow
=
Generator emit.
The mapping system is made by a PAL 20L8 (B13) and the decoding of the various registers
by two 74HCT138 decoders (B35 and B39).
RAM system
0H ! 7FFFH.
RAM backed–up anat1
40000H ! 47FFFH.
RAM backed–up anat2
60000H ! 67FFFH.
PROM programmed
80000H ! 9FFFH.
A second PAL, 20R6 (B10) is used to generate the WAIT state for the memory access, IT level
coding, and acknowledgement of IT requests from the DUARTs.
An addressable latch, 74HCT259 (B26), switches the video pages, buzzer control, lamps on
front panel, and watchdog control.
A watchdog, composed of a 74HCT4538 (B45) monostable, is used to reinitialize the board if
the program is running incorrectly.
A control circuit MAX 693 (B12) for reset and supply backup is used to switch the power
supply of RAMs containing anatomic parameters to a battery in the event of a power dump
(battery life is several years).
The generator can also send a reset control via an optocoupled line to the Control Console:
D
LED DS1 displays processor reset status.
D
LED DS2 displays processor halt status.
Output OP3 of DUART 2 is used to modify buzzer frequency.
1–110
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
The alphanumeric keyboard and the keys and indicator lamps on the PROGRAM-X Control
Console are seen as a line/column matrix and are scanned by polling for processing. Output
OP3 of DUART 1 triggers an interrupt every 1 ms. The interrupt is used for multiplexing the
indicator lamps and scanning the keyboards.
Indicator lamp multiplexing is inhibited by watchdog to avoid damaging the lamps if
multiplexing is blocked.
The graphic screen, 512 pixels x 256 lines, receive the vertical and horizontal sync signals
generated by the 20 x 8 PALs (B23 and B27), and 10 MHz pixel clock, as well as the video
signal from a shift register, 74HC6166 (B43).
The 32K x 8 video memory has its addresses multiplexed when the microprocessor is writing
new data or is refreshing the screen.
A bidirectional buffer, 74HCT645 (B41), located on the video memory data is used to access
the video memory to the microprocessor.
PAL, 22V10 (B36), is used to access arbitration to the video RAM between the CPU and the
screen refresh.
Output OP7 of DUART1 controls video reverse.
The board is supplied by 15 V AC, which is rectified, filtered and regulated at 12 V DC (1A)
by an Lm 338 installed in a heatsink to supply the video screen.
The 5 V DC is produced by a non–isolated dc–dc converter (3A maximum).
15–4
Switches, jumpers, LEDs and test points
See Central Listings: PROGRAM-X Control panel and Front panel board M in Service
Manual.
1–111
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 16
PRINT-X FUNCTION
See Illustration 1–60.
16–1
Purpose of PRINT-X
PRINT-X is a printer compatible with the MPH Generator range. PRINT–X is used to print
radiography and fluoroscopy parameters and patient dose for each examination.
16–2
PRINT-X Composition
PRINT-X is composed of:
16–3
D
Power supply MPH A9 A2 mounted on the Control Console MPH A7.
D
Printer MPH A9 A1 mounted on the Control Console MPH A7.
PRINT-X
PRINT-X is a 40-column printer with a standard RS232C serial link using X–ON X–OFF
protocol.
ILLUSTRATION 1–60
PRINT–X BLOCK DIAGRAM
#
#
!
"
$
"
!
!
#
#
$
#
#
1–112
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
16–3–1 Function equivalence chart
PROGRAM–X V2.0
Generator
programming
Prestored protocol – OM
Message on screen
PRINT–X
Funct.
E
N
G
L
I
S
H
SETE
A
SFD REMOTE
SFD
SFD
TOSE
B
TOMO SFD
TOMO SFD
TomoS
DIR
C
DIRECT REMOTE
TABLE TOP
TabTop
PHOT
D
PHOTO REMOTE
PHOTO
Photo
NUME
E
DIGITAL
DIGITAL
Digit.
POTA
F
HORIZONTAL BUCKY
HOR. BUCKY
BuckyH
TOPO
G
BUCKY TOMO
TOMO BUCKY
TomoB
DIR
(H) DIRECT HANGER (1)
DIRECT
TabTop
POMO
I
VERTICAL BUCKY
VERT. BUCKY
BuckyV
TONU
J
DIGITAL TOMO
DIGIT. TOMO
TomoD
PULM
CHEST CHANGER
CHEST CHANGER
Chest
CHAN
FILM CHANGER
FILM CHANGER
Chger
Fonct.
F
R
E
N
C
H
SETE
A
SELECTEUR TDE
SELECTEUR
Sel.
TOSE
B
TOMO SELECTEUR
TOMO SELECTEUR
TomoS
DIR
C
DIRECT TDE
DIRECT
Dir.
PHOT
D
PHOTO TDE
PHOTO
Photo
NUME
E
NUMERISATION
NUMERISATION
Num.
POTA
F
POTTER HORIZONTAL
POTTER HOR.
Pot.H
TOPO
G
TOMO POTTER
TOMO POTTER
TomoP
DIR
H
DIRECT SUSPENSION
DIRECT
Dir.
POMO
I
POTTER VERTICAL
POTTER VERT.
Pot.V
TONU
J
TOMO NUMERISEE
TOMO NUM
TomoN
PULM
Not existing
CHANGEUR PULMON.
Pulm.
CHAN
Not existing
CHANGEUR FILM
Chger
Func.
S
P
A
N
I
S
H
SETE
A
SERIADOR TDA
SERIADOR
Seria.
TOSE
B
TOMO SERIADOR
SERIADOR TOMO
TomoS
DIR
C
DIRECTO TDA
DIRECTO
Dir.
PHOT
D
FOTO TDA
FOTO
Foto
NUME
E
DIGITALIZACION
DIGITALIZACION
Digit.
POTA
F
BUCKY HORIZONTAL
BUCKY HOR.
BuckyH
TOPO
G
TOMO BUCKY
TOMO BUCKY
TomoB
DIR
H
DIRECTO SUSPENCION
DIRECTO
Dir.
POMO
I
BUCKY VERTICAL
BUCKY VERT.
BuckyV
TONU
J
TOMO DIGITALIZADA
TOMO DIG.
TomoD
PULM
Not existing
CAMBIADOR TORAX
Torax
CHAN
Not existing
CAMB DE PELLICULA
Camb.
1–113
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
PROGRAM–X V2.0
Generator
programming
Prestored protocol – OM
Message on screen
PRINT–X
Funkt.
G
E
R
M
A
N
SETE
A
ZIELGERAET
ZIELGERAET
Zielg.
TOSE
B
TOMO ZIELG.
TOMO ZIELG.
TomoZ
DIR
C
AT PRESTILIX
AT
AT
PHOT
D
PHOTO
PHOTO
Photo
NUME
E
DIGITAL
DIGITAL
Digit.
POTA
F
TISCH BUCKY
TISCH BUCKY
BuckyT
TOPO
G
TOMO BUCKY
TOMO BUCKY
TomoB
DIR
H
AT XT ROEHRE
AT
AT
POMO
I
WAND BUCKY
WAND BUCKY
BuckyW
TONU
J
DIGITAL TOMO
DIGITAL TOMO
TomoD
PULM
Not existing
CHEST CHANGER
Chest
CHAN
Not existing
FILM WECHSLER
Wechs.
Funz.
I
T
A
L
I
A
N
SETE
A
SERIOGRAFO
SERIOGRAFO
Seriog
TOSE
B
TOMO SERIOGRAFO
TOMO SERIOGRAFO
TomoS
DIR
C
DIRETTA TELECOMANDATO
DIRETTA
Diret.
PHOT
D
FOTO
FOTO
Foto
NUME
E
DIGITALE
DIGITALE
Digit.
POTA
F
POTTER ORIZZONTALE
POTTER ORIZZONTALE
Pot.O
TOPO
G
TOMO POTTER
TOMO POTTER
TomoP
DIR
H
DIRETTA DA SOSPENSIONE
DIRETTA
Dir.
POMO
I
POTTER VERTICALE
POTTER VERTICALE
Pot.V
TONU
J
TOMO DIGITALE
TOMO DIGITALE
TomoD
PULM
Not existing
TORACICA
Torace
CHAN
Not existing
ANGIO RAPIDO
Angio
1–114
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
SECTION 17
0-POINT MODE
17–1
Presentation
17–1–1 Definition
The 0-Point Mode is an automatic exposure-factor generating mode which provides the
physician with an exposure having contrast and exposure suited to the current examination
and the region of anatomy being observed.
0-Point Mode is a radiographic mode whose kV and mAs parameters are calculated from a
generator-specific calibration, making allowance for the equivalent radiological thickness p
supplied by the fluoroscopy, the translation tables (p, and kV) specific to the examination, and
the constraints of the generator and image quality.
17–1–2 Purpose
The purpose of the 0-Point Mode is to automatically select the exposure factors in either DRS
Technique or Film Technique.
The only difference between the two techniques is the method of calibration. This is due to the
difference between the two characteristics of the image receptors of the two techniques (IIR
and screen-film combination).
17–1–3 Requirements
The requirements necessary for using the 0-Point Mode are:
a. Preparation fluoro sequence which provides the system with a measurement of the
equivalent radiological thickness of the patient region considered by the MPH.
b. LUTs (p, and kV) specific to examination types (detection tasks).
c. Specification of ranges inside which the physician agrees to develop the exposure
factors.
d. Calibration allowing the exposure factors to be generated from a, b, and c above and
from operating selections on the console.
17–1–4 Sequence of Operations
The sequence of operations for the 0-Point Mode has two stages:
1. Preparation fluoro,
2. Rad exposure (no modification of kV, mA, mAs, ms or focal spot).
1–115
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
17–1–5 Constraints
Service
For the nominal operation of 0-Point Mode, it is essential that the system is carefully
calibrated:
D
At installation,
D
Following any major servicing (e.g., x-ray tube replacement).
This calibration concerns fluoro, dose and regulation dose rate at the II window, II field ratios,
and AEC for Film and DRS.
System
The radiological thickness measurement should be made in fluoro through an II. Any
application of the 0-Point Mode on a Bucky off-centered to the x-ray tube/II (i.e.,
wall-mounted, additional, etc.) is not permitted.
17–2
Ergonomics
17–2–1 Access
To access 0-Point Mode, press the Z key (located below the three fluoro-curve selection keys).
17–2–2 Exposure-Factor Display on Control Console
Exposure factors displayed in 0-Point Mode: kv and N exposures.
When entering 0-Point mode and when all operations modifying the thickness p indicated to
the generator are complete, the kV display flashes to indicate that a preparation exposure is
required.
17–2–3 Focal Spots
D
The small focal spot is selected by default. The large focal spot is automatically selected
when required by the the exposure factors calculated for the 0-Point Mode.
D
The operator can select the focal spot manually, but automatic selection is lost unless the
operator exits and re-enters 0-Point Mode.
D
The focal spot selection can be programmed so that manual mode remains actuated.
17–2–4 Automatic operations
When the fluoro is in Automatic Mode (ABC regulation), the rad phototimer is selected (AEC
activated).
In DRS 0-Point Mode only, going to Manual Fluoro deselects the rad phototimer (AEC
deactivated). However, in 0-Point Mode for Film Technique, the phototimer is still activated.
1–116
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
17–2–5 kV Override
The rad kV values provided can be modified via the kV+ and kV– keys. The two keys remain
lighted throughout the override modification.
Exit from override can occur as follows:
D
When exiting from 0-Point Mode,
D
When changing the fluoro curve,
D
When the difference between the thickness known to the generator during the override
and the equivalent thickness p measured during a later fluoroscopy sequence differs from
the hysteresis in thickness programmed in the Service Terminal (Lg).
17–2–6 CVN
Available. The CVN can cause the displayed kV value to change because it changes the
equivalent thickness p seen by the generator.
17–2–7 Preprogrammed Examinations
Three detection tasks are preprogrammed (e.g., bone, barytes, and iodine). Each detection
task is accessed via one of the three keys A, B, or C.
Each detection task has a data set as follows:
D
Contrast (kV)/thickness p for thicknesses between 0 and 40 cm equivalent,
D
kV ranges used to restrict the effective excursion of kV values during the detection,
D
Time limitations, which have the same use as for the exposure time,
D
Priority selection: kV if the examination favors contrast (e.g., bone), time if the
examination favors short exposure time (e.g., TOGD).
The four data sets above are set by default, but may be mofidied according to user
requirements via the Service Terminal.
17–2–8 Sequence in 0-Point Mode
1. Select one of the three fluoroscopy curves.a detection task by selecting
The system operates automatically as follows:
a. Selects a detection task.
b. Fluoro sequence: Patient thickness is measured during the sequence (fluoro
calibration).
c. Run a fluoro sequence.
d. Rad sequence: As a function of the thickness measured and of the fluoro curve
(detection task) selected, the (corresponding) kV values are calculated. The mAs
values required for correct exposure are calculated as a function of a specific
calibration at the rad image receptor. The mAs and ms values are calculated
according to constraints such as anode temperature.
e. Once the exposure factors (kV, mA, and ms) are known, the exposure can be made.
1–117
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
17–3
asm 2165118–100
Determining Rad kV Values: Rad LUT (p, kV)
When the equivalent rad thickness is determined, the thickness/kV equivalent is made
according to the LUT selected.
There are three rad LUTs in DRS Technique, the fluoro curve selection acts as anatomic
selector.
In Film Technique, the selection is more like a anatomic matrix, the rad LUT being selected as
a function of the fluoro curves and the screen-film combination selected. There are therefore
nine (or 15) Film rad LUTs.
Each of these LUTs is decidated to an examination type (e.g., single layer contrast, double
layer contrast, and bone).
17–4
Technical Limitations of Image Quality and of Physician
Once the kV values are read in the rad LUT, they can be modified: a) within thermal
limitations (anode heat status, maximum authorized values for mA, etc.), and b) according to
the limitations previously specified for each type of examination made by the physician (user
limits and priority selected for kV or exposure time).
17–4–1 Limits
Limits: these are the kV values or exposure times which allow the user to define the desired or
tolerated kV variation and exposure time for each examination type.
Generally, this is an interval of optimum values contained within an interval of acceptable
values.
Limits are assigned to: min, inf, sup, and Max.
The interval [min, Max] refers to the ultimate limits authorized by the physician for a given
Technique and examination type. These limits can also be determined by the technical
constraints or by IQ.
The interval [inf, sup] refers to the limits desired by the physician for a given Technique or
examination type. The interval limits are the Optimal IQ Limits.
Definitions:
kV min: this avoids automatically falling to 40 kV (radiation often too soft due to generating
too much absorbed dose, providing an image of little use).
kV inf, kV sup: specific optimum range for a given Technique/examination type
combination.
kV Max: limitation of loss of contrast (useless to raise to 150 kV in automatic, the image is
grid patterned and unusable).
t min: allows for technical limitations of the system.
t sup: avoids motion blurring.
t Max: adaptation to characteristics of the Technique (e.g., 500 ms in DRS).
1–118
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
17–4–2 Priority
As a function of the thickness (radiological thickness, limits, and anode temperature status),
the 0-Point Mode algorithm can modulate the kV value and exposure time.
The values of the two parameters vary according to the examination type.
Example:
Consider typical bone and barite washing examples in Film Technique:
The first examination prioritizes a specific contrast but is tolerant as to exposure time (no
movement, however). In calculating the exposure factors constraints, it is desirable to
prioritize kV stability and adapt to the conditions by varying the exposure time within the
tolerated limits.
The second examination, although prioritizing contrast, also prioritizes a low exposure time
due to peristaltic movement. It is preferable to maintain the exposure time within the desired
interval while the kV values can vary within the tolerance.
This examination type selection function is made by defining the priority: a choice between
kV priority and time priority is given for each LUT (similar to the aperture/exposure speed
priority in the today’s camera).
See Illustration below.
ILLUSTRATION 1–61
t
t Max
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
Ç
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
kV
t sup
t
kV
t min
kV min
kV inf
kV priority
t
t priority
t
Optimal
zone
t inf
kV
kV sup
1–119
kV Max
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÀÀÀÀÀ
ÀÀÀÀÀ
ÀÀÀÀÀ
kV priority:
Optimal kV
Degraded t
t priority:
Degraded kV
Optimal t
Degraded kV
Degraded t
kV
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
17–5
asm 2165118–100
Using the LUTs
For x-ray systems equipped with II 22 the following LUTs are preselected:
D
Chart 10 in SFD Technique for a slow screen–film combination,
D
Chart 11 in SFD Technique for a standard screen–film combination,
D
Chart 12 in SFD Technique for a fast screen–film combination,
For x-ray systems equipped with II 32 the following LUTs are preselected:
D
Chart 9 in Digital Technique,
D
Chart 10 in SFD Technique for a slow sreen film combination,
D
Chart 11 in SFD Technique for a standard sreen film combination,
D
Chart 12 in SFD Technique for a fast sreen film combination,
For x-ray systems equipped with II 40 the following LUT is preselected:
D
Note:
17–6
Chart 13 in Digital Technique,
The LUTs for SFD do not exist because the x-ray systems are not equipped with a spotfilm
camera.
Parameter Modification
1. LUT setup.
Each kV/thickness combination must be kept at its starting value, whatever the technique
or curve.
2. Time Limits
The time limits must be kept at their starting value.
3. Override.
Maintain the value of n.
4. lg
If the Operator wishes to keep the modified kV values always in 0-Point Mode (kV
override), set lg to 99. The kV values are set automatically if the Operator changes the
curve or at the next access to 0-Point Mode.
Following modification of the kV values, if the Operator wishes always return to the
automatic kV setting, set lg to 0 (zero).
The lg default value is 7 (the most practical user mode).
17–7
Prestored LUT content
Please refer to Job Card RG 011 of Service Manual.
1–120
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
APPENDIX 1 – FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
SECTION 1
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
1–1
Introduction
The ROOM_IF_CPU is installed in the upper part of the MPH generator. This board
contains a CPU–68302 processor, which enables it to execute certain programs locally, and
to communicate with the PU_CTRL_CPU Master Board via an HDLC link.
Power is supplied to the board by an external power source (+ 5 V, + 15 V, – 15 V). The
board has a built-in supply voltage control.
The board has the following features:
D
CPU–68302 at 16 MHz,
(EPROM, SRAM, Timer, Watchdog, RS232 debug, PRD).
D
RS485 Interface with PU_CTRL_CPU Master Board (CPU–68360),
(UART links, HDLC link, exposure control inputs and output,
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET line).
D
AEC Interface,
(Tracking meter, chamber selection and control).
D
Fluoroscopy Interface,
(HVPM RAD Mode commands).
D
Room Interface,
(All-or-nothing inputs and outputs, with or without galvanic insulation).
D
User Interface,
(CONSOLE, TAV, PROG_X, and PRINT_X links).
D
Self-diagnosis capability.
A1–1
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 1–62
SYSTEM FLOWCHART
CPU–68302
POWER Control
POWER_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
BP RESET
ROOM Interface
BP ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
START_EXP_A
LEDS
STRAP WATCHDOG
– 68302
– EPROM
REF10V
RAD_PREP_A
(BUS D)
RF CONNECTOR
POWER SUPPLY
POWER TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– REFERENCE 10V, 1V24
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RF POWER CONNECTOR
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
–15V
HANDSWITCH CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
SWITCH RAD
D(15:0)
– SRAM
EXP_EN
LEDS
– OPTICAL COUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAYS
– DATA BUFFER
User Interface
– DRIVERS (OPEN COL.)
– VERSION REGISTER
– REGISTERS (ROOM I/F)
– PRD REGISTERS
USER CONNECTION
PU_CTRL_CPU Interface
(EPLD)
(IRQ7)
(SCC)
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
COAX ARCNET
HDLC
– RS485 DRIVERS
TAV
(UART)
D(15:0)
AEC Interface
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
CONSOLE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTER
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– SWITCHABLE GAIN
– TRACKING METER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
FLUOROSCOPY Interface
(ANALOG)
– DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
(UART)
(EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
CONNECT. PU_CTRL_CPU
– TEST REGISTERS
(BUS D)
– RS485 DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
– SAFETY RESET
– FLUOROSCOPY REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
A1–2
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
APPENDIX 2 – USER INTERFACE
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
The PU_CTRL_CPU Board exchanges information with the TAV, GPX, or TJ, and with the
console, the Progam-X (UART series-type links), the ROOM_IF_CPU Board (HDLC series
link and parallel link) and sends display commands to a Print-X printer (UART series-type
link).
SECTION 2
USER/MACHINE INTERACTIONS
2–1
Service Terminal, GPX Console, or Console
Document SDRS TJ.
Remote Console Document SDRS RF.
LIGHTED
FLASHING
Workstations 1 thru 8
Workstation 1 thru 8 selected
Never
Large Focus
Large focus selected in Rad Mode
In Zero-Point Mode to indicate better
focus selection
Small Focus
Small Focus selected in Rad Mode
Never
Two-Point Mode
Two-Point Mode or Three-Point mAs
Tomography selected
Never
Three-Point Mode
Three-Point Mode or Three-Point mA
Tomography selected
Never
Zero-Point Mode
Zero-Point Mode selected
To indicate that Zero-Point mode is not
use full
100% load
Never
100% load selected
Fast kV
Never
Never
Rad kV +
Rad kV –
Rad mAs or mA +
Rad mAs or mA –
Rad ms or N +
Rad ms or N –
Never
To indicate how to reset computer
inhibit
Rad reset error
Never
Aborted exposure or error displayed
Tube temperature
> 70_C
> 40_C and no circulation of water
Generator interlock
Switching tube delay < 5 sec, aborted
exposure, tube temperature > 70_C, or
calculated number of exposure < 1
Room door not closed
or
Integrated Console inhibition
Rad Ready lamp
In Rad Mode when tube rotation and
heating are ok
To indicate Rotor inhibition
A2–1
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
THEORY OF OPERATION
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
LIGHTED
FLASHING
RX Emission lamp
In Fluoro and Rad when X–Ray on
Never
Buzzer
Aborted exposure,
Pulse at exposure end
fluoro time > 4 mn 30 sec
Screens 1 thru 3
Screen/Film 1 thru 3 selected in
non-DRS technique
In Zero-Point Film Mode to indicate
better film/screen selection
Left, right cell
AEC active and cell selected
Small format information and cell
selected
Central cell
AEC active and central cell selected
Never
Film blackening +
Film blackening –
Never
Never
Fluoroscopy
Curves 1 thru 3
Fluoroscopy active and
Fluoroscopy Curves 1 thru 3 selected
Never
Fluoroscopy dose display
Never
Never
Fluoroscopy time reset
Never
Fluoroscopy active and total
fluoroscopy time reached 4 min 30 s
Automatic fluoroscopy
Fluoroscopy active and Automatic
selected
Fluoroscopy active and Manual selected
2–2
Program-X
Document spec_program-X.
SECTION 3
PROGRAM OUTPUTS FOR USER INFORMATION
A printer may be connected to the ROOM_IF_CPU Board. The PU_CTRL_CPU Board sends
exposure parameters to the ROOM_IF_CPU Board via the HDLC link. The PU_CTRL_CPU
Board sends this information to the Print-X via the UART series-type link.
A2–2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CHAPTER 2 – BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
2–1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–1
GPX AND
DISPLAY
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
F7
5AT
DISPLAY
F6
5AT
F8
5AT
SG 100
F9
5AT
F10
5AT
F12
5AT
F11
5AT
0
TOMOLINK
OR XT
RAFL
F13
5AT
F14
5AT
F15
5AT
230
230 VAC
ISOLATED
AUTOTRANSĆ
FORMER
MPH A1 AT1
480 480 460 440 420 400 380 230
0
0
Th Th
F18-15AT
RF OR RAD
POSITIONĆ
NER
DIGITAL AND
EXTENSION
RACK
F19-15AT
F21-30AT
MAIN
POWER
SUPPLY BOARD
F20-30AT
F16-10AT
F17-10AT
F4-10AT
CHILLER
380/480
VAC
MPH A1 K1
(CT1)
F5-10AT
F3-30AT
PRESTIĆ
LIX
(3 phase)
MAIN SWITCH
WITH REMOTE
CONTROL
F2-30AT
F1-30AT
ELECTRONICS FOR
POWERĆON SEQUENCE:
P.U. AUXILLIARYSUPPLY
BOARD+ PART OF THE
CONSOLE
F1 100 A
F2 100A
F3 100 A
380/480
VAC
MPH (LOWER CABINET)
MPH A1 SW1
ON/OFF
CONSOLE
STANDBY
SWITCH
TO
POWER
UNIT
MPH A3 K1 (CT2)
MANUAL
RESET
SYSTEM
EMERGENCY STOP
380/480
VAC
MAIN CIRCUIT
EMERGENCY
SWITCH
BREAKER
LINE INPUT
2–2
SYSTEM EMERGENCY
STOP/CIRCUIT BREAKER
ON WALL BOX
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TUBE 1
HIGH
VOLTAGE
J22
RANGE SELECT
PU_CTRL.BOARD
J2
HV TANK
CMD1.BOARD
J3
STATUS
J1
ANODE mA MEAS
J2
J22
MPH A4 A3
CATHODE mA MEAS
mA MEASURE
MPH A4 A1
MPH A2
HIGH
VOLTAGE
TUBE 2
2–3
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ILLUSTRATION 2–2
PH MA LOOP FUNCTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ILLUSTRATION 2–3
COMMANDS
PU_CTRL.BOARD
XS IGBT CMDS
CMD2.BOARD
J19
REF LEVEL
STATUS
HEATER.BOARD
J2
XS CURR MEAS
J1
J4
J1
XL IGBT CMDS
J2
J19
MPH A4 A3
MEASURE
XL CURR MEAS
MPH A4 A1
2–4
MPH A5 A1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–4
AUTOTRANSFORMER
PU_CTRL.BOARD
CMD1.BOARD
ON ENABLE
_POW ON CMD
J2
MPH A4 A1
_POW_ON
DC BUS FAULT
J5
J2
MPH A4 A1
J4
OK DC BUS
GEN_ON
_SYS_ON
MPHA7
MPH A3 K1
ON/OFF
CONTACTOR
DISTRIBUTION
BOARD
ON/OFF
MPH A3 A2 J2
J2
Command
SYS_ON
J9
CONTROL
CONSOLE
J1
ROOM
MAINPS.BOARD THERMO SWITCH TRANSFORMER
J2
MPH A1 AT1
_
J5
J12
MPH A6 A3
2–5
Command
MPH A1 K1
ROOM
CONTACTOR
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
MPH A3 T1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–5
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
HEATER.BOARD
J2
XS +XL TUBE 2
PU_CTRL.BOARD
J19
MPH A3 A3
J1
J1
HEATER CMD
STATUS
HV SW CMD
STATUS
MPH A5 A1
J4
HEATER CMD
STATUS
J1
J1
CMD2.BOARD
ROTCTL CMD
STATUS
J4
HV SW CMD
STATUS
J2
HEATER TUBE 1
XS+XL TUBE 1
HV SW CMD
STATUS
ROTCTL CMD
STATUS
HV TANK
J2
HEATER TUBE 2
kV TUBE 1
J1 MPH A2
kV TUBE 2
ROTCTL.BOARD
J4 ROTOR TUBE 1
J1
TUBE 2
MPH A5 A2
J5 ROTOR TUBE 2
MPH A3 A2
2–6
TUBE 1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–6
+15 V
MPH A 6 PS2
MPH A 5 PS1 MPH A 5 PS2
+15 V
AUTOTRANSFORME
MPH A6 A1
311 Vdc
MPH A3 T1
+5 V
J5
POWER
SUPPLY
J1
+24 V
–15 V
J10
J4
MAINPS.BOARD
J1
MPHA3 A2
J3
PUCTRL.BOARD
J23
J7
J7J5
CMD1.BOARD
POWER
SUPPLY
MPH A4 A3
J19
POWER
SUPPLY
J5
J23
LV ENABLE
LV ON
MPH A3 A1
J1 J6
J1
POWER
SUPPLY
J1
INVERT.BOARD
J2
MPH A3 A3
J5
CMD2.BOARD
LV ENABLE
24 V OK
J4
MPH A3 A2
2–7
FAN
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ROOM IF CPU
POWER
SUPPLY
+5 V
+15V
POWER
SUPPLY
–15 V
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ILLUSTRATION 2–7
TUBE 1
KV MEASURE
PU_CTRL.BOARD J22
J23
MPH A4 A3
COMMANDS
REF LEVEL
J2
J23
J22
STATUS
J2
J23
KV MEAS
J23
J9–J10
IGBT CMDS
J8
J8
FLOATING PS
INV CURRENT
MEAS
CMD1.BOARD
MPH A4 A1
INVERT.BOARD
J3
P1 P2 HF CURRENT
HIGH
VOLTAGE
KV+ KV–
HV TANK
P1 P2
J3
MPH A3 A3
MPH A2
HIGH
VOLTAGE
TUBE 2
2–8
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
INVERT.BOARD
DC_FILTER BOARD
DC POWER
MPH A3 A1
MPH A3 A3
J2
MPH A4 A3
DC LEVEL
J2
J5
J4
MAINPS.BOARD
DC LEVEL
MPH A4 A1
J1
J5
J6
DC MEASURE
DC POWER
J22
CMD1.BOARD
MPH A3 A2
DC LEVEL
PU_CTRL.BOARD
J5
DC POWER
J5
J5
HEATER.BOARD
CMD2.BOARD
MPH A5 A1
MPH A4 A2
2–9
J4
ROTCTL.BOARD
MPH A5 A2
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ILLUSTRATION 2–8
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–9
AUTOTRANSFORMER
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
MAINPS.BOARD
MPH A3 T1
J1
J7
115Vac
TUBE 1
FANS
MPH A3 A2
ST1
COMMANDS
MPH A4 A3
MPH A3 A2
J4
J3
ROTCTL.BOARD
J2 CURRENT MEAS
J4
J7 Commands
MPH A5 A2
SUPPLY
J6
J5
MPH A4 A2
CMD2.BOARD
PU_CTRL.BOARD
J19
SEC1
ROTOR
DRIVE
TUBE 1
STATUS
IGBT CMDS
ST2
SEC2
TUBE 2
2–10
MPH A3 A2
DRIVE
TUBE 2
ROTOR
CHILLER Board
MPH A5 A1
J2
J5
J3/J4
CH1
CHILLER or
LOST-WATER
COOLER
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
Blank page.
2–11
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–10
DCPS BLOCK DIAGRAM (SEE SM SCHEMATIC FOR DETAILS)
DC FILTER BOARD – MPH A3–A1
+ DC–BUS
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
F3
R1
0,47 W
100 A
F2
3000 mF
17 mF
100 A
F1
DS1
3000 mF
100 A
XJ3
4
– DC–BUS
XJ4
1
R7/2.7 kW
F4
1–2–3 + DC
15 A
10–11–12
1–2–3
– DC
10–11–12
A
2
3
5
4
6
21
MPH A3 K1 (CT2)
See ON/OFF
Block diagram
22
XJ5
MEAS–DC–BUS
1
B
EMC
FILTER
MPH A3 FL1
F5
5A
6
3
– MEAS–SUPPLY
+ MEAS–SUPPLY
1
MPH A1 SW1
1
+ DC
XJ2
– DC
3
XJ6
0 VM
MAINS PS – BOARD MPH A3–A2
XJ5
+ 10 VM
+ 15 VM
R
S
T GND
+ 10 V
5 VS
– 15 VM
DS3
0V
0 VM
0 VM
U8
0 VM
U9
U11
0 VM
U4
400 < DC < 780
+5V
+ 15 VM
+ 10 V
–ON–ENABLE
14
2
–OK–DC–BUS
U7
MEAS DC BUS 0
U5
U1
MEAS DC BUS 1
+ 10 VM
DS1
U4
DS7
+ 5 VS
20
DS2
9
U1
0V
0V
2–12
16
U6
– 15 VM
0 VM
U2
DC < 30 V
U4
U10
DS4
MAINS
1
11
+ 5 VS
–DC–DROP–RESET
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–10
DCPS BLOCK DIAGRAM (SEE SM SCHEMATIC FOR DETAILS) (CONT’D)
INVERTER BOARD – MPH A3–A3
T11
HV–TANK
MPH A2
T21
C100
P2
P2
HV+
P1
T12
HV–
P1
T22
To X–Ray tube
– DC–BUS
XJ2
ROTOR CONTROLLER BOARD
MPH A5–A2
1–2–3
(See stator Block
Diagram)
STATOR I/STATOR II
+ DC
10–11–12
HS
X2
I
C1000
1–XJ4
1–XJ5
X1
II
LS
HS
C1001
X1
LS
XJ3
4
P
P
12–16/XJ4–XJ5
C
I
4– XJ5
A
II
4–XJ4
X2
C
A
HEATER BOARD MPH A5–A1
+ DC
Q101
Q102
– DC
Q201
220 nF
220 nF
X301
XJ5
–ON–ENABLE
16
–OK–DC–BUS
14
2
MEAS DC BUS 1
13
14
+ 5 VS
20
–DC–DROP–RESET
Q202
X301
1
9
MEAS DC BUS 0
C205
C105
COMMAND 1
BOARD
MPH A4–A1
3
LF
TUBE
I
6
1
XJ2
XJ2
LF
TUBE
II
10
15
11
12
16
11
SF
TUBE
I
See
Block Diagram
page 4/70
+5V
HV–TANK–MPH A2
+ 5 VNF
9
0V
BP1
11
7
3
0V
2–13
SF
TUBE
II
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
+ DC–BUS
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–11
ON/OFF AND LV SUPPLIES BLOCK DIAGRAM
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ROOM DISTRIBUTION MPH A1
See Room Distribution
Block Diagram in Service Manual
UPPER
CABINET
TB1
MPH A1 AT1
TH
See
DCPS
BLOCK DIAGRAM
F16–10A
0V
TH
1
2
230 V
F17–10A
MPH A1 A1
MPH A3 FL1
MAINS–PS–BOARD
MPH A3–A2
XJ2
EMC FILTER
7
10
1
B
A
25
26
+ 15 VR
X2
MPH A3 K1
(CT2)
XJ5
THERMAL – SAFETY
DS11
4
X2
X2
A
X1
DS6
X1
MPH A1 K2
(CT1)
5 –GEN–ON
3
24 VL
3
B
6
4 –SYS–ON
See
DCPS
Block
diagram
6
16
–ON–ENABLE
X1
XJ5
R S
T GND
XJ1
Phase 3
Phase 2
Phase 1
MAINS
MPH A1 SW1
ö2–S
480 V
455 V
MPH A3 T1
3
F1–3A
9
F2–3A
21
F3–3A
23
24
20
15 VS
– 15 VS
1
5 VS
430 V
405 V
380 V
240 V
220 V
115 V
0480 V
17 –PH–ON
3ö
Detector
11–21 0 V
0
V
DS7
DS9
DS8
T1–T2–U12
See Tube Function
Block Diagram
Common–CT
24
115 V–S
20
23
220 V
ö1–S
1
0220 V
Phase 1–S
XJ4
XJ3
4
U13
C24/C25
R85/
82 kW
+ 300 V 3–6
DS12
0300 V
2–14
1–4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–11
ON/OFF AND LV SUPPLIES BLOCK DIAGRAM (CONT’D)
L
TRANSFORMER
MPH A6–A7
230 Vac
18 13
22
16
F2
3A
F5
0.1 A
1–4
3–6
10
9
1–4 3–6
XJ4
11–12
9–12
XJ6
7
10
MPH A6 PS2
15 VRF
4–6
1
3
8–11
F7
115 Vac
DS5
3.2 A
F14
SAT
0V
F12
3.2 A
F13
3.2 A
F11
3.2 A
F9A
3.2 A
14–15 17–18
33–34 36–37
XJ5
XJ7
3–6
To ION
chamber
230 Vcc
0 VRF
XJ1B
5
6
8
12
3–4–7
K1
K2
ON/OFF
6
19
1
25 ON
24
24
To Printer
MPH A9
XJ2
XJ9
1–4
7
XJ1
To
Program’X
MPH A7
2
BP1
ON
J12
6
19
1
25
0V
DS1
B XJ1A
DS8
15 VRF
DS4
P
17–18–36–37
BP2
OFF
– 15 V
DS3
DS9 DS10
14–15–33–34
14 Vac
17–18–36–37
014 Vac
+ 15 V
DS6
F4
3.2 AT
XJ13
XJ14
XJ15
XJ16
DS7
DS2
From
MPH A6–A7
TRANSFORMER
+5V
F9B
3.2 A
F6
3.2 A
14–15–33–34
14 Vac
F4
DISTRIBUTION
BOARD MPH A6–A3
XJ10
XJ2
J10
2–5 3–6
1
4
8
ROOM IF CPU MPH A6–A1
230 Vac
or 115 Vac for
wall Buckies
MPH A6–A4
COMMAND 1 – BOARD
MPH A4–A1
X5
DS15
–PH–OK
XJ5
25
26
6
12
XJ4
7
+ 15 VS
OFF
2
–SYS–ON
XJ2
MPH A6 PS1
+ 5 V/+ 15 V
CONTROL
CONSOLE
MPH A7
N
24 VL
3 17–21
F1
3A
L
24 VL–RTN
1
XJ3
N
6
2
24 VL RTN
24 VL
6
IN1
ö5
X5 15 VS
–GEN–ON
DT
U21
5
3 24 VL
–SYS–ON
+ 15 V – 15 V
4
U20
XJ2
16
–ON–ENABLE
15
–POW–ON–CMD
PU–CTRL–CPU
Q
4
45
DS17
DT1
U21
U2
U7
Phase
controller
–PH–ON 17
0 V 11–21
X10
23
24
20
– 15 VNF
+ 5 VNF
SAT
0V
XJ7
1–4 2–3
DS14
DT2
U21
24 V X6
X6
DS18
15 VS
+ 15 VNF
DS22
F5
5V
+ 15 V – 15 V
24 VS
0V
8–9
X6
5–6
DS21
MPH A5 PS2
N
MPH A5
PS1
R
F4
7–10
X10
DS19
DS11
DS20
F2
DS12
X6
X6
R
X10
+ 15 V
L
11–12
– 15 V
N
2–15
X10
DS13
+5 V
F3
XJ1
To CMD2
MPH A4–A2
+ 24 V – OLEO
31–32
33–34
F1–2A
X10
R
XJ7
L
–POW–ON
DS16
For gate
control
15 VS
0V
MPH A3–A4
R
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
EXTENSION RACK MPH A6
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ILLUSTRATION 2–12
SERIAL LINKS BLOCK DIAGRAM
PU – CTRL – CPU
MPH A4–A3
ROOM IF CPU
MPH A6–A1
J3
J5
Room if CPU–RESET (1)
Rebouclage – 1 – (0)
MAX485
3
DE–COM (1)
DE
A
6
23
F17–B
Console
TX
57
57
U37
4
TXD3
U47
68360
DI
7
B
23 F17–A
F17–A
MAX585
6
A
3
DE
A
6
7
1 R0
RXD3
7
B
24 F18–A
F18–A
24
F18–B
Console
RX 58
58
U36
B
6
A
1
DE
3
U35
7 B
DE
A
6
F1–A
1
1
F1–A
6
DI 4
A
4 R0
TDX4–485
DE
3
U18
U9
F1–B
7
B
7 B
35 TAV–TX 35
OUT 1
F1–B
3
DE
A
6
F2–A
2
2
F2–A
6
A
1
RXD4–485
3
R0
7
B
DE
F2–B
A
4 R0
3
6
7
B
DE
25
F19–B
PROGRAMY
59
59
TX
3
6
B
7
26 F20–A
F20–A
26
F20–B
PROGRAMY
60
RX 60
6
B
DI
A
DE
4
3
U40
F19–B
A
1 R0
25 F19–A
F19–A
U34
SMRXD1
7
36 TAV–RX 36
F2–B
U35
SMTXD1
DE
U19
U8
5MRYD2
OUT
F18–B
3
RXD4
3
F17–B
RS–REBOUCLAGE–X (0)
TAV.R
DE
U34
7 B
6
OUT 1
A
DE
3
U41
7 B
OUT 4
F20–B
TXD4
TAV.R
5MTXD2
J17
11
MAX
U67SMRXD2–232
12 232
J18
VT220
DEB.T
0V
U66
SMTXD2–232
5
5
14
3
13
Not used
4
2
6
8
U67
7
U66
RXD4–232
9
SMRXD2–48
5
(not used)
10
U49
68302
TXD2
RXD2
3
8
Test RX
U13
May
232
TXD4–232
TAV
TAV.T
7
RX–DX3
TX–DX3
T1
2
Test TX
R1
R2
2–16
11
MAX
232
14
12
13
9
8
T1
R1
R2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–12
SERIAL LINKS BLOCK DIAGRAM (CONT’D)
DISTRIBUTION – BOARD
MPH A6–A3
J2
VCC
3
PUPITRE(–TX)
PUPITRE(RX)
3
TAV(TX)
TAV(RX)
3
PROG_X(TX)
PROG_X(RX)
PRINT_X(TX)
PRINT_X(RX)
REBOUCLAGE 2 (0)
J1
7
A
B
A
B
R?
100
1%
0.125W
R?
100
1%
0.125W
6
6
7
R?
100
1%
0.125W
PUPITRE_RX_A
PUPITRE_RX_B
A
B
U43
MAX485
A
B
6
R?
10%
1%
0.125W
6
7
U25
MAX485
A
B
U31
MAX485
DE
_RE
4 2 DI
R0
1
A
B
R?
100
1%
0.125W
R?
100
1%
0.125W
6
6
7
R?
100
1%
0.125W
R?
10%
1%
0.125W
PROG_X_RX_A
PROG_X_RX_B
10
7
7
DS3
B19
36
36
27
27
11
11
8
8
RX
37
37
28
28
12
12
9
9
38
38
29
29
13
13
10
10
41
41
DS4
B47
30
TX
TAV or Integrated
Console
PROGRAM’X MPH A8–A1
J1
DS7
30
B1
16
16
11
11
42
42
31
31
TX
12
17
17
39
39
30
30
14
14
11
11
40
40
31
31
15
15
12
12
12
RX
DS8
B3
R?
10%
1%
0.125W
J1
R?
10%
1%
0.125W
PRINT_X_RX_A
PRINT_X_RX_B
R?
100
1%
0.125W
10
J10
PRINT_X_TX_A
PRINT_X_TX_B
7
26
R?
10%
1%
0.125W
PROG_X_TX_A
PROG_X_TX_B
7
26
R?
10%
1%
0.125W
TAV_RX_A
TAV_RX_B
R?
100
1%
0.125W
35
Console
TAV_TX_A
TAV_TX_B
7
35
R?
10%
1%
0.125W
DE
_RE
DE
_RE
4 2 DI
R0
1
3
6
U38
MAX485
DE
_RE
4 2 DI
R0
1
VCC
3
A
B
U44
MAX485
DE
_RE
4 2 DI
R0
1
3
PUPITRE_TX_A
PUPITRE_TX_B
7
U39
MAX485
4 2 DI
R0
1
VCC
6
DE
_RE
DE
_RE
4 2 DI
R0
1
3
A
B
U32
MAX485
4 2 DI
R0
1
VCC
J12
U26
MAX485
DE
_RE
4 2 DI
R0
1
3
J11
CONTROL CONSOLE
MPH A7–A2
R?
10%
1%
0.125W
B47
J4
DEBUG
DS5
5
3
B6
DS6
3
2
XJ4
RX
TX
To Print’X MPH A9
Not used
2
2–17
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ROOM IF CPU
MPH A6–A1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–13
TUBE FUNCTION – STATOR CONNECTIONS – TUBE MX100
ROTOR CTRL BOARD – MPH A5–A2
XJ4
LS/HS
Selection (X1)
Phase shift
capacitor
(C1000–C1001)
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
X2
MAINS
COMMON
AUX
X2
+ 15 V
10
K1
9
X5
23
24
MAINS
COMMON
AUX
0V
X2
X2
X2
1 XJ5
12–16
4
X2
10
K1
9
+ 15 V
X2
X5
–T2–SEL–START
X2
DS9
K1
+ 15 V
1
12–16
4
DS8
DS3
49
XJ1
X5
23
24
3
XJ7
3
XJ1
1
O/L–PUMP–A
XJ3
O/L–PUMP–B
DS6
XJ1
46 48 COMMON–SAFETY
THERMAL–SAFETY
1
XJ5
7
21
X3
MAINS
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
DS13
XJ5
–PUMP–ON
7
XJ2
U32
25
+ 15 VR
9
F1
3A
F4
3.2 A
1
F3
3A
20 23
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
DS5
XJ1
MAINS PS BOARD
MPH A3–A2
MPH A3–T1
480 V
220 V
115 V
115 VS
0480 V
Phase 1–S
See ON/OFF Block Diagram
2–18
CMD1 Board
MPH A4–A1
–RESET–INFO
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–13
TUBE FUNCTION – STATOR CONNECTIONS – TUBE MX100 (CONT’D)
MPH A1–A2
PLUG PANEL
X–RAY–TUBE 1
1
3
5
MAINS
COMMON
AUX
10
FAN
Black
White
Green
Stator
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ST1
Brown
7
115 Vac
Fan
M
Blue
FAN
40°
11
PRESSURE–SWITCH
Orange
12
PRESSURE–SWITCH
Yellow
ST2
XJA
XJB
3
3
1
1
Pressure
switch
MAINS
COMMON
AUX
1
3
5
X–RAY–TUBE 2
Black
White
Green
Stator
FAN
Brown
10
115 Vac
FAN
M
Blue
Fan
7
40°
PRESSURE–SWITCH
Orange
PRESSURE–SWITCH
Yellow
11
12
XJ22
XJ2
25
J19
INIT
–RESET–INFO
49
46
XJ4
–T2–SEL–START
mP
29
29
THERMAL SAFETY
35
INIT
35
39 COMMON–SAFETY 39
PU–CPU
MPH A4–A3
CMD2 Board
MPH A4–A2
2–19
48
Pressure
switch
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–14
BLOCK DIAGRAM – TUBE FUNCTION – STATOR CONNECTIONS – TUBE CGR
XJ4
ROTOR CTRL BOARD – MPH A5–A2
X2
MAINS
1
12–16
COMMON
AUX
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
LS/HS
Selection (X1)
Phase shift
capacitor
(C1000–C1001)
X2
4
X2
10
K1
9
X5
23
24
X5 CR41 21
0V
22
XJ5
+ 15 V
DS9
MAINS
K1
0V
X2
1
12–16
COMMON
X2
AUX
X2
4
X2
10
K1
9
X5
23
24
+ 15 V
+ 15 V
X5
X2
49
21
CR42 22
DS8
DS3
0V
X5
XJ1
XJ7
3
XJ1
1
O/L–PUMP–A
3
O/L–PUMP–B
DS6
XJ3
XJ1
46
48
47 WATER–SAFETY
COMMON–SAFETY
THERMAL–SAFETY
1
XJ5
7
21
X3
MAINS
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
DS13
XJ5
–PUMP–ON
7
XJ2
U32
25
+ 15 VR
9
F1
3A
F4
3.2 A
1
F3
3A
20 23
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
DS5
XJ1
MAINS PS BOARD
MPH A3–A2
MPH A3–T1
480 V
220 V
115 V
115 VS
0480 V
Phase 1–S
See ON/OFF Block Diagram
2–20
CMD1 Board
MPH A4–A1
–RESET–INFO
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–14
BLOCK DIAGRAM – TUBE FUNCTION – STATOR CONNECTIONS – TUBE CGR (CONT’D)
PLUG PANEL – MPH A1–A2
X–RAY–TUBE 1
SEC1
1
MAINS
P
3
COMMON
C
5
AUX
A
M
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ST1
10
PR1
7
11
70°C
1
12
2
THERMAL–SAFETY
1
40°C
3
WATER–SAFETY
2
ST2
XJA
XJB
4
SEC2
1
MAINS
P
3
COMMON
C
5
AUX
A
M
10
3
3
7
1
1
11
33°C 45°C
220 Vac
12
220 V
70°C
THERMAL–SAFETY
1
Not used
2
XJB
3
1
K1
K1
DS1
220 V
F1 3.2 AT
3
1
X–RAY–TUBE 2
HOUSING ST240 SV
XJA
K1
INTERFACE GAINE ST240 SV
Mounted on MPH A3–T1
XJ22
XJ2
25
INIT
J19
–RESET–INFO
49
46
48
47
XJ4
–T2–SEL–START
mP
29
29
THERMAL SAFETY
35
INIT
35
39 COMMON–SAFETY 39
PU–CPU 44
MPH A4–A3
WATER–SAFETY
44
CMD2 Board – MPH A4–A2
2–21
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–15
BLOCK DIAGRAM – TUBE FUNCTION – STATOR CONNECTIONS – TUBE MX 120
XJ4
ROTOR CTRL BOARD – MPH A5–A2
X2
MAINS
1
12–16
AUX
LS/HS
Selection (X1)
Phase shift
capacitor
(C1000–C1001)
X2
4
X2
10
K1
9
X5
23
24
X5 CR41 21
0V
CHILLER
BOARD
See Ill. 2–16
22
2
13
3
14
XJ5
+ 15 V
DS9
MAINS
K1
0V
X2
1
12–16
COMMON
AUX
X2
+ 15 V
+ 15 V
X2
49
X2
4
X2
10
K1
9
X5
23
24
DS8
DS3
X5
X5
21
NOT
USED
CR42 22
0V
XJ1
XJ3
3
XJ7
3
XJ1
1
O/L–PUMP–A
DS6
O/L–PUMP–B
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
COMMON
XJ1
46
48
47 WATER–SAFETY
COMMON–SAFETY
THERMAL–SAFETY
1
XJ5
7
21
X3
MAINS
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
DS13
XJ5
–PUMP–ON
7
XJ2
U32
25
+ 15 VR
9
F1
3A
F4
3.2 A
1
F3
3A
20 23
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
DS5
XJ1
MAINS PS BOARD
MPH A3–A2
MPH A3–T1
480 V
220 V
115 V
115 VS
0480 V
Phase 1–S
See ON/OFF Block Diagram
2–22
CMD1 Board
MPH A4–A1
–RESET–INFO
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–15
BLOCK DIAGRAM – TUBE FUNCTION – STATOR CONNECTIONS – TUBE MX 120
PLUG PANEL – MPH A1–A2
X–RAY–TUBE 1
SEC1
1
MAINS
1
3
COMMON
3
5
AUX
5
10
M
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ST1
10
7
7
11
11
12
70°C
12
THERMAL–SAFETY
1
40°C
1
2
2
WATER–SAFETY
5
5
6
OIL PUMP
OIL PUMP
6
ST2
XJA
XJB
1
MAINS
3
COMMON
5
AUX
A
BROWN
10
FAN
3
3
7
FAN
1
1
11
PRESSURE–SWITCH
12
PRESSURE–SWITCH
P
C WHITE
M
40°C
BLUE
220 V
YELLOW
PRESSURE
SWITCH
X–RAY–TUBE 2
XJ22
XJ2
25
INIT
J19
–RESET–INFO
49
46
48
47
XJ4
–T2–SEL–START
mP
29
29
THERMAL SAFETY
35
INIT
35
39 COMMON–SAFETY 39
PU–CPU 44
MPH A4–A3
WATER–SAFETY
44
CMD2 Board – MPH A4–A2
2–23
FAN
ORANGE
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–16
BLOCK DIAGRAM – TUBE FUNCTION – WATER CIRCULATION
5
ROTOR CTRL BOARD – MPH A5–A2
6
3
2
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
XJ6
4
115 Vac
1
PLUG PANEL – MPH A1–A2
X5
SEC1
XJ4
CR41
0V
21
1
22
2
XJ7
4
9
+ 15 V
DS9
10
K1
0V
2
X2
14
13
6
PLUG PANEL – MPH A1–A2
+ 15 V
DS8
DS3
X2
49
X5
X5
XJ1
0V
–T2–SEL–START
XJ7
3
XJ1
1
O/L–PUMP–A
3
O/L–PUMP–B
DS6
XJ3
48
1
22
2
WATER–SAFETY
COMMON–SAFETY
XJ5
7
21
SEC2
21
XJ1
47
1
X3
MAINS
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
DS13
XJ5
–PUMP–ON
7
XJ2
U32
25
+ 15 VR
9
F1
3A
MPH A3–T1
XJ5
CR42
F4
3.2 A
1
F3
3A
20 23
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
DS5
XJ1
MAINS PS BOARD
MPH A3–A2
480 V
220 V
115 V
115 VS
0480 V
Phase 1–S
See ON/OFF Block Diagram
2–24
CMD1 Board
MPH A4–A1
–RESET–INFO
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–16
BLOCK DIAGRAM – TUBE FUNCTION – WATER CIRCULATION (CONT’D)
PUMP T2
PLUG PANEL
MPH A1–A2
CH1
X–RAY–TUBE 1
40°C
3
1
4
2
J5
3
6
5
J3
Chiller or lost water cooler
115 Vac
K1
4
WATER–SAFETY
+ 15 V
J2
4
4
DS1
115 Vac
K1
K1
4
4
3
3
3
9
1
1
1
–WATER–SAFETY
10
2
2
2
–T2–SEL–START
2
–WATER–CMD
J4
FREE
14
WATER–SAFETY
–WATER–CMD
2
13
1
+ 15 V
K2
6
K2
X–RAY–TUBE 2
40°C
4
DS2
K2
3
3
4
CHILLER BOARD – MPH A5–A3
WATER–SAFETY
XJ22
XJ2
25
INIT
J19
–RESET–INFO
49
48
47
XJ4
–T2–SEL–START
mP
INIT
29
29
39 COMMON–SAFETY 39
PU–CPU 44
MPH A4–A3
WATER–SAFETY
44
CMD2 Board – MPH A4–A2
2–25
Control
water
flow
Water
circulation
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
PUMP T1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–17
SWITCHING TUBE BLOCK DIAGRAM
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
CPU–BOARD
MPH A4–A3
COMMAND 2–BOARD
MPH A4–A2
XJ19
U68
EPLD
OUTBUF
32
45
XJ4
HV_SWITCH_CTRL
HV_SWITCH_MOTOR_OFF
XJ1
32
6
45
38
47–48
+ 24 V
40–41
42–43
Bits
0V
U50
U45
41
T1_POSITION
41
36
49
T2_POSITION
49
37
48
HV_SWITCH_COMMON
48
41
47
HV_SWITCH_INDEX
47
K1
0V
INIT
39
47–48
47–48
XJ5
XJ1
+ 24 V – OLEO
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
XJ3
1
mA_Anode
3
mA_Cathode
2
mA_Return
COMMAND 1–BOARD
MPH A4–A1
2–26
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ILLUSTRATION 2–17
SWITCHING TUBE BLOCK DIAGRAM (CONT’D)
HEATER–BOARD
MPH A5–A1
XJ1
DS302
6
+ 15 V
X302
HV TANK
MPH A2
38
X302
XJ4
XJ3
1
2
0V
M
40–41
42–43
4
I+
1
HV+
II+
0V
XJ1
36
3
T1_POSITION
37
6
T2_POSITION
10
41
5
HV_SWITCH_COMMON
13
39
2
HV_SWITCH_INDEX
8
6
14
12
mA_Anode
mA_Cathode
mA_Return
2–27
I–
5
T1
T2
mA_A
mA_C
”
HV–
II–
To X–ray tubes
47–48
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ILLUSTRATION 2–18
AEC BLOCK DIAGRAM
TRANSFORMER
MPH A6 A7
See ON/OFF
Block Diagram
PU_CTRL_CPU
MPH A4 A3
J3
68360
ROOM_IF_CPU
MPH A6 A1
BRIGHT_ION
5V
U30
J5
J2
.
– 2
.
AEC_COMP
Reset_AEC
COUNTER
U30
HDLC
68302
DAC
U5
CLK_AEC
U4/
U14
U15
Q1
GAIN
U49
X1
X10
U17/U6
V OUT 1
M
U
X
V OUT 2
V OUT 3
V OUT 4
U12
U51
K3 to K10
AEC SELECTION
+ 15 V COMMON
CELLS SELECTION
2–28
26
27
28
29
30
5
31
6
23
32
7
33
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–18
AEC BLOCK DIAGRAM (CONT’D)
XJ3
13
XJ15
AEC1
F5-0.1 AT
+ 230 VDC
DS4
16
R4
XJ16
AEC2
XJ13
AEC3
P
R3
P
R6
+ 230 VDC
P
R5
3
XJ14
AEC4
P
F2-3 A
1
F1-3 A
XJ3
1–4
3–6
– 15 V
C
C
C
C
E
B
R
E
B
R
E
B
R
E
B
R
– 15 V
– 15 V
SHIELD
XJ11
26
27
28
D
V OUT 1
D
V OUT 2
D
29
D
30
5
31
6
H
23
32
7
33
A
J
K
F
H
H
H
2–29
A
J
K
F
A
J
K
F
A
J
K
F
V OUT 3
V OUT 4
SELECTION
SELECTION
SELECTION
SELECTION
+ 15 V
AEC1
AEC2
AEC3
AEC4
LEFT CELL
MIDDLE CELL
RIGH CELL
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
POWER AND DISTRIBUTION BOARD
MPH A6 A3
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
Blank page.
2–30
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–19
DIAGRAM OF INTERLOCK DOOR AND ROOM LIGHT
J7
A1 2
_RAD_PREP_
A
OPT
O
U77
_EXP_REQUEST
OPT
O
U77
_EXP_REQUEST_A
J5
_PREP_SW 1
2
K24
K23
U92
MAX
7
_EXP_EN
16
3
3
20
20
4
4
24
24
22
22
A4 17
DIST.BD
K20 FLUORO
OPT
O
U88
13
J5 See RF
J2
block diagram
18
DD
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
FOOT SWITCH
FLUORO
K14
A4 8
_FLUORO_PREP_A
OPT
O
U78
_EXP_SW
SAS PL1
13
U92
led SC1
_PREP_SW
CONTROL CONSOLE
see RF bloc diagram for RF
K13
K23 RAD
J9
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
J2
16
0VRF
485
U20
41
J12
3
0VRF
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
J7
*SW1
*CR36
led GR1
A2 4
K22
_RAD_PREP
J2
_FLUORO_PREP
_FLUORO_REQUEST
9
K24–K5 9
9
MM
TABLE BD
K20
5
From POSITIONNER
J7
J6
J4
1 Door switch
5
Jump
J8
J9
0VRF
7
2
4
7
K10
_PREP_SW
_FLUORO_REQUEST 30
6
X–RAY
ON
30
K9
VAC2
8–9
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
VAC1 1–2
From DIST BD
XJ5
J5
LINE
ON
J3
7
VAC2
3–6
9
WALL BUCKY BD.
2–31
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U92
led PG1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–20
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN DIRECT WORKSTATION
J7
U92
A1 2
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_
A
OPTO
U77
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
led GR1
A2 4
_EXP_REQUEST_A
K22
_RAD_PREP
J2
J7
J12
J2
_PREP_SW
1
16
16
3
3
2
20
20
4
4
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
OPTO
U77
K24
J5
K23
3
0VRF
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
U92
A4 17
7
MAX
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
U67
0VRF
485
U20
41
24
24
22
22
K23
DIST.BD
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
OPTO
U88
led GR2
_EXP_SW
_EXP_EN
K13
_WS_RAD
K19
CONTROL CONSOLE
INTERLOCK DOOR
EXP_DEMAND_1
Q2 5
EXP_DEMAND
J6
5
U69
J7
JUMP
JUMP
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
K12
led GR3
U92
A3 6
_START_EXP_A
OPTO
U78
_START_EXP
Q1 2
U65
_WS_DIR_UX
K19
U61
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23B
29
63
D0_D15
MA
X
U42
485
EXP_CMD EPL
D
U30
Q2
SEL_EXP_CMD0
SEL_EXP_CMD1
0VRF
WALL BUCKY .BD
K14
F23A
J9
U66
Q16
5
U65
_WS_DIR_UY
15
U65
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
2–32
_WS_RAD
K12
K13
*Used to start prep with only Exposure switch
K12:Workstation DIRECT Tubex
K13:Workstation RAD
K19:Workstation DIRECT Tubey
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
SEL_EXP_CMD0:selection Exposure in Rad or
Fluoro
SEL_EXP_CMD1:selection Exposure in Rad or
Fluoro
K14: EXP_DEMAND in Direct Mode
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–21
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR WALL BUCKY WORKSTATION SHEET 1/2
J7
Sheet 1
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_
A1 2 A
OPT
O
U77
led GR1
_EXP_REQUEST_A
OPT
O
U77
A2 4
J5
F6A
7
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
U92
A4 17
41
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
MAX
485
U20
K22
_RAD_PREP
1
2
J2
J12
J2
16
16
J7
3
3
20
20
4
4
24
24
22
22
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
K24
K23
3
_EXP_SW
0VRF
_EXP_EN
0VRF
K23
OPT
O
U88
CONTROL
CONSOLE
DIST.BD
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
K13
_WS_RAD
WALL BUCKY .BD
J6
5
J7
JUMP
JUMP
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
J9
INTERLOCK DOOR
J7A or J7B
9
9
K24–9
0VRF
_INHIBIT–EXP
By COLLIMATOR
see Rad interface Collimator Diagram
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
*Used to start prep with only Exposure switch
D0_D15
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
2–33
K13:WORKSTATION RAD
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator D.DUMOURIER
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
3/11/94
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U92
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–22
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN WALL_BUCKY WORKSTATION SHEET 2/2
WALL BUCK.BD (Two Wall Buckies available)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J6
J7
J3 WALL BUCKY 1
WALL BUCKY 2 J1
U81
Q5
12
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
14
14
16
16
22
DS1
K2
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U61
Q6
U81
15
U65
15
U66
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UY
K13
_WS_RAD
K3
K13
22
Q16
U67
led GR2
Q2
EXP_DEMAND_1
26
26
K15
led GR3
6
_START_EXP_A
OPT
O
U78
_START_EXP
11
_START_EXP_1
11
K21
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
63
4–6
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD
K8
START GRID
K7
4–6
START GRID
K2
DS3
U69
A3
DS2
5
EXP_DEMAND
U92
K1
EPL
D
U30
K1
DS4
K1
K8
K2
K7
1–2
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
2–34
START X–RAY
1–2
1–2
START X–RAY
J5
7
7
9
AC SUPPLY
9 FOR BUCKIES
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–23
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR ARTERIO SHEET 1/2
A1
2
A2
led GR1
_EXP_REQUEST_A
4
J5
J7
OPT
O
U77
OPT
O
U77
K22
_RAD_PREP
_PREP_SW
J2
J7
J12
J2
1
16
16
3
3
2
20
20
4
4
22
22
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
K24
K23
3
0VRF
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
U92
7
MAX
41
485
U20
_EXP_SW
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
K23
DIST.BD
A4
17
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
OPT
O
U88
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U92
Sheet 1
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_
A
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
CONTROL CONSOLE
WALL BUCKY .BD
K13
_WS_RAD
J6
INTERLOCK DOOR
or Jumps
J7
5
J2
J4–1
_PREP_SW
7
0VRF
5
J4–2
7
J8
ARTERIO
J9
7–9
K6
U67
U65
K3
led PG2
Q1 2
END_PREP
U67
_END_PREP124
24
28
28
K11
U65
led GR4
Q3
6
D0_D15
K16
K13:WORKSTATION RAD
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
9
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
2–35
K4
K3
K1
K3
K1
(K1–K3:see sheet 2
Arterio block diagram)
)
J7A
or J7B
BEGIN_END_EXP1
BEGIN_END_EXP
9
PREP INFO
K1
4–6
END PREP INFO
K5
1–2
BEGIN END
EXP INFO
_INHIBIT–EXP by
Collimator (see Collimator
block diagram)
K24–9
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–24
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR ARTERIO SHEET 2/2
J6
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J7
WALL BUCK.BD
J1
TO ARTERIO
U61
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U81
Q6
U66
Q16
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UY
15
U65
15
K13
_WS_RAD
16
16
22
22
K3
K13
EXP_DEMAND_1
U67
led GR2
Q2
A3
led DS3
26
26
4–6
5
K8
EXP_DEMAND
U92
K15
K1
K1
U69
led GR4
_START_EXP_A
6
ENABLE EXP
OPT
O
U78
_START_EXP
11
_START_EXP_1
11
led DS4
1–2
K1
K21
START X–RAY
K8
J5
7
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
63
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD
1–2
EPL
D
U30
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
2–36
9
AC SUPPLY
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–25
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TABLE_BUCKY WORKSTATION SHEET 1/2
J7
Sheet 1
A1 2
A2 4
_RAD_PREP_
A
OPTO
U77
led GR1
_EXP_REQUEST_A
K22
_RAD_PREP
J2
J7
J12
J2
_PREP_SW
1
16
16
3
3
2
20
20
4
4
22
22
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
OPTO
U77
K24
J5
K23
3
_EXP_SW
0VRF
U92
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
A4 17
7
41
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
K23
OPTO
U88
DIST.BD
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
K13
_WS_RAD
CONTROL CONSOLE
WALL BUCKY .BD
J6
5
JUMP
J7
JUMP
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
INTERLOCK DOOR
9
D0_D15
J9
0VRF
J7A or J7B
9
_INHIBIT–by collimator
If required see collimator
block diagram
K24–K9
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
*Used to start prep with only Exposure switch
K13:WORKSTATION RAD
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24 K9:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
2–37
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U92
led PG1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–26
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN TABLE BUCKY WORKSTATION SHEET 2/2
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
Sheet 2
(TWO TABLE BUCKY AVAILABLE)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J6
J7A or B
J10
BUCKY TABLE 1
U69
Q3
6
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UX
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U61
U69
Q4
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UY
9
10
10
12
12
K17
K21
K13
22
22
18
18
16
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UX
U81
Q8
U66
Q16
Q2
K18
_WS_RAD
K13
EXP_DEMAND_1
26
26
K15
4–6
EXP_DEMAND
led GR3
U92
_START_EXP_A
A3 6
K25
START GRID
K26
4–6
START GRID
K17
led GR2
5
OPTO
U78
_START_EXP
11
_START_EXP_1
11
K21
led DS1
K28
K25
K27
_EXP_START_BUCK_UX START X–RAY
1–2
K21
_EXP_START_BUCK_UY1–2
K26
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
63
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD
EPL
D
U30
K27
K19
U65
15
K28
20
20
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UY
19
U69
U67
DS2
K10
U81
Q7
J11
BUCKY TABLE 2
1–2
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
2–38
START X–RAY
J5
7
7
9
AC SUPPLY
9 FOR BUCKIES
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–27
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO1 SHEET 1/3
A1 2
A2 4
led GR1
_EXP_REQUEST_A
J7
OPTO
U77
K22
_RAD_PREP
_PREP_SW
J2
J7
J12
1
16
16
3
2
20
20
4
J2
1
3
2
4
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
OPTO
U77
K24
J5
K23
3
_EXP_SW
0VRF
U92
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
7
41
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
22
22
K23
DIST.BD
A4 17
OPTO
U88
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
CONTROL CONSOLE
WALL BUCKY .BD
K13
J6
INTERLOCK DOOR
or Jumps
J7
5
0VRF
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
J9
J7A or J7B
_PREP_SW
7
8–9
x
9
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
2–39
J12
7
1
D0_D15
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U92
Sheet 1
led PG1
_RAD_PREP_A
9
K18
K10
(see sheet2 page 20)
K22
PREP INFO
X–RAY Sequence with TOMOGRAPH
_INHIBIT–EXP by
Collimator see collimator
K24 block diagram
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–28
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO1 SHEET 2/3
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
(TWO TOMO TABLE BUCKY AVAILABLE)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J6
J7A or B
J10
BUCKY TABLE 1
U69
Q3
6
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UX
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U61
10
J12
TOMO1
10
K17
U69
Q4
DS2
22
22
18
18
K10
U81
Q7
16
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UX
K18
K28
K29
U66
Q16
U65
15
_WS_RAD
K13
_EXP_DEMAND_1
26
26
K15
4–6
3
START GRID
K25
U69
U67
Q2
led GR2
K17
4–6
5
K29
EXP_DEMAND
TOMO STROKE
START
3
K18
U92
_START_EXP_A
A3 6
led GR3
OPTO
U78
_EXP_START_BUCK_UX
led DS1
_START_EXP_1
11
11
_START_EXP
K28
K25
K21
4
1–2
2
_EXP_START_TOMO_UX 1
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
MAX
63
485
U42
EXP_CMD EPLD
U30
x
5
START X–RAY
X–RAY sequence
with TOMOGRAPH
J5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
7
1–2
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
2–40
AC SUPPLY
9 FOR BUCKY
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–29
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO1 SHEET 3/3
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
J7A or B
J6
U93
A1
A2
A3
A4
A1
A2
2
_TOMO_TIME1_A
4
_TOMO_TIME2_A
6
_TOMO_TIME3_A
8
_TOMO_TIME4_A
11
_TOMO_TIME5_A
13
_TOMO_SEL
OPTO
U97
J14
13
13
4
15
15
5
17
17
6
19
19
7
21
21
8
23
23
3
_TOMO_TIME1
_TOMO_TIME2
OPTO
U98
_TOMO_TIME3
_TOMO_TIME4
OPTO
U99
_TOMO_TIME5
_TOMO_SEL
0VRF
K18
9
See sheet 2
page 20
1
K28
See sheet 2
D0_D15
2–41
2
TOMO SELECTION
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ROOM_IF_CPU
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–30
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO2 SHEET 1/3
J7
U92
A1
2
_RAD_PREP
_A
led PG1
OPTO _RAD_PREP
U77
led GR1
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
A2
4
_EXP_REQUEST_A
K22
_PREP_SW
K24
J5
J7
J12
1
16
16
3
2
20
20
4
J2
1
3
2
4
_PREP_SW
*SW1
*CR36
_EXP_REQUEST
OPTO
U77
J2
K23
3
_EXP_SW
0VRF
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
U92
7
41
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
0VRF
24
24
22
K23
DIST.BD
A4 17
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
22
OPTO
U88
_DOOR_INTERLOCK
CONTROL CONSOLE
WALL BUCKY .BD
K13
J6
INTERLOCK DOOR
or Jumps
J7
5
0VRF
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
J9
J7A or J7B
_PREP_SW
7
J13
7
8–9
K19
K20
(see sheet 2)
K23
1
x
D0_D15
9
K22:PREP_SW
K23:EXP_SW
K24:Inhibit Exposure by Collimator
J7:Used to connect a handswitch
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
2–42
9
PREP INFO
X–RAY Sequence with TOMOGRAPH
_INHIBIT–EXP
by Collimator see collimator block diagram
K9
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–31
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO2 SHEET 2/3
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
(TWOTOMO TABLE BUCKY AVAILABLE)
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J6
J7A or B
J11
BUCKY TABLE 2
U69
Q3
6
12
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UY
J13
TOMO2
12
K21
U61
Q4
DS2
22
22
20
20
K20
U81
Q7
16
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UY
K19
K27
K30
U65
U66
Q16
15
_WS_RAD
K13
_EXP_DEMAND_1
26
26
K15
4–6
START GRID
K26
U69
U67
Q2
5
K21
led GR2
4–6
K30
EXP_DEMAND
led GR3
U92
_START_EXP_A
A3 6
OPTO
U78
K19
led DS1
_START_EXP_1
11
11
4
1–2
K26
K21
TOMO STROKE
START
3
_EXP_START_BUCK_UX
K27
_START_EXP
3
2
_EXP_START_TOMO_UX 1
F23A
F23B
D0_D15
29
63
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD EPLD
U30
5
START X–RAY
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
x
X–RAY Sequence
with TOMOGRAPH
J5
SEL_EXP_CMD0*
7
1–2
SEL_EXP_CMD1*
From DIST.BD
1–2
XJ5
*SEL_EXP_CMD0 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
*SEL_EXP_CMD1 Selection for RAD or FLUORO
2–43
AC SUPPLY
9 FOR BUCKY
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U69
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–32
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR TOMO BUCKY–TOMO2 SHEET 3/3
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
ROOM_IF_CPU
J7A or B
J6
J15
U93
A1
A2
A3
A4
A1
A2
2
_TOMO_TIME1_A
4
_TOMO_TIME2_A
6
_TOMO_TIME3_A
8
_TOMO_TIME4_A
11
_TOMO_TIME5_A
13
_TOMO_SEL
OPTO
U97
OPTO
U98
13
13
4
15
15
5
_TOMO_TIME1
_TOMO_TIME2
17
17
6
19
19
7
21
21
8
23
23
3
_TOMO_TIME3
_TOMO_TIME4
OPTO
U99
0VRF
_TOMO_SEL
K19
See sheet 2
K27
See
sheet 2
D0_D15
2–44
_TOMO_TIME5
9
1
2
TOMO SELECTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–33
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM COLLIMATOR ON FIRST TUBE SHEET 1/3
To first
COLLIMATOR
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
(TWO COLLIMATORS AVAILABLE)
U69
6
_WS_DIR_UX
Q1 2
J7A or B
J9
2
6
U69
Q7
C
K12
U61
Q3
6
U69
16
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UX
10
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UX
18
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
14
TABLE_WORKSTATION_D1
3
D
10
K14
18
K15
WALL_BUCK_
WORSTATION_U1
U69
Q5
12
14
4
K4
U
U66
Q6
XJ4
FREE_ADJUST_C1
15
_WS_RAD
22
Common info
6
to collimator
22
K2
K13
_PREP_SW7
(see page 22)
K12 / K14/
K15 ou K4
7
1
K11
CONTROL
CONSOLE
5
PREP_1_E1
TUBE_SELECTION_A1
A(Common H)
7
+15VRF
H
E(common H)
K16
(see page 22)
COMMON_H1
J
K24
_EXP_SW
K23
ENABLE_EXP_J1
K24
K23
led DS3
K24
15
_EXP_REQUEST
0VRF
1
K24
D0–D15
_INHIBIT_EXP
9
9
SW1
3
0VRF
*K9
2
K24
K9*
*K9:See sheet 2 (Inhibition by collimator on second Tube)
SW1:Normally set in position 2–3
2–45
R
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
J6
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–34
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM COLLIMATOR ON SECOND TUBE SHEET 2/3
TO second
COLLIMATOR
TABLE–TOMO–COLLIMATOR.BD
(TWO COLLIMATORS AVAILABLE)
J6
U69
Q2
8
_WS_DIR_UY
5
2
8
Q8
9
19
C
U69
_WS_TAB_BUCK_UY
12
_WS_TOMO_BUCK_UY
20
3
12
D
K6
20
K13
WALL_BUCK_
WORSTATION_U2
U69
Q6
15
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UY
16
16
4
K7
Common info
to collimator
U66
Q6
15
FREE_ADJUST_C2
TABLE_WORKSTATION_D2
U69
Q4
XJ5
J8
K5
U61
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
J7A or B
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
_WS_RAD
22
22
K1
K13
_PREP_SW 7
6
COMMON_H2
H
K5/K6/
K7/K13
7
U
K3
see RAD interface
block diagram
CONTROL
CONSOLE
K8
+15VRF
K9
1
PREP_1_E2
E(Common H)
5
TUBE_SELECTION_A2
A(Common H)
7
J
ENABLE_EXP_J2
See SHEET 1 FOR
INHIBIT EXPOSURE by
second COLLIMATOR (K9)
D0–D15
2–46
15
0VRF
R
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–35
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM COLLIMATORS SHEET 3/3
TABLE–TOMO
COLLIMATOR.BD
To COLLIMATORS
( Two collimators available )
ROOM_IF_CPU
J7A or B
J9
U83
A1
A2
A3
2
_FIELD_SIZE_A_A
4
_FIELD_SIZE_B_A
6
_FIELD_SIZE_C_A
A4
8
_FIELD_SIZE_D_A
A1
11
_FIELD_SIZE_e_A
OPTO
U100
OPTO
U101
OPTO
U90
XJ4
25
25
10
V
27
27
11
W
29
29
12
X
31
31
13
Y
33
33
14
HH
9
MM
_FIELD_SIZE_A
_FIELD_SIZE_B
_FIELD_SIZE_C
_FIELD_SIZE_D
_FIELD_SIZE_e
K16 (See sheet 1)
D0_D15
J8
0VRF
V
11
W
12
X
13
Y
14
9
K8 (See sheet 2 )
0VRF
2–47
XJ5
10
HH
MM
_FIELD_SIZE_A
_FIELD_SIZE_B
_FIELD_SIZE_C
_FIELD_SIZE_D
_FIELD_SIZE_e
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
J6
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–36
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN RF WORKSTATIONS SHEET 1/2 (PREP AND EXPOSURE SWITCHES)
POSITIONNER
SAS PL1
INTERFACE TABLE BD
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J9
J5
J2
K22
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U92
led PG1
A1
2
_RAD_PREP_A
A2
OPTO
U77
4
_RAD_PREP
3
3
_EXP_REQUEST
5
5
OPTO
U77
led GR1
K23
_EXP_REQUEST_A
1
_RF_PREP_REQUEST
4
_RF_EXP_REQUEST
K13
K23–K24
_PREP_SW_B
B
1
AA
2
K22
_EXP_SW_AA
0
_RF_SEL 13
EE
U92
A4
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
17
OPTO
U88
13
Q1
2
4
4
18
18
_WS_RF
U61
Q5
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
12
J5
L
K23
DS1
U65
PREP_INFO_L
2
15
K14
U66
T
4
_DOOR_INTERLOCK13
3
5
CR1
N
0VRF
J ENABLE _PREP_N
14
SW4=ON if wall bucky
K13=Enable prep by positionner
K14=Interlock ky room door
K23=Prep request
SW4 CR4 K22 Exposure request
x
STEPS FOR SEQUENCE
IN RAD MODE
INTERLOCK DOOR
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
D0_D15
7
41
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
J6
K23
K22=RF_prep request
K23=Exposure request
K24=Inhibit by collimator (not used0
J7
JUMP
JUMP
0VRF
5
5
J4–1
J4–2
J8
WALL BUCKY .BD
2–48
J9
0VRF
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–37
RAD INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN RF WORKSTATION SHEET 2/2 (EXPOSURE)
INTERFACE TABLE BD
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
U67
led GR2 K15
5
A3
20
SAS PL1
5
M ENABLE_EXP_INFO_M
38
T
EXP_DEMAND
U92
J2
K27_K14
EXP_DEMAND_1 38
POSITIONNER
J5
4
U69
6 _START_EXP_A
led GR3
OPTO
U78
_START_EXP_1
7
7
6
_RF_SEL
(see Sheet 1 )
COMMON_INFO_T
6
F
H
17
START_EXP_1
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
29
MAX
485
U42
EXP_CMD EPLD
U30
SEL_EXP_CMD0
SEL_EXP_CMD1
63
K16
led GR4
U67
BEGIN_END_EXP_1 40
Q3
6 BEGIN_END_EXP
K25_K14
19
7
BEGIN_END_EXP_
W INFO_W
40
T
4
U65
K14=WORKSTATION RF
K25=BEGIN_END_EXPOSURE
K27=EXPOSURE DEMAND
K16=BEGIN_END_EXPOSURE
K15=EXPOSURE DEMAND
D0_D15
2–49
COMMON_INFO_T
x
STEPS FOR SEQUENCE
IN RAD MODE
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
Q2
J9
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–38
FLUORO INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN RF WORKSTATIONS SHEET 1/2 (FLUORO SWITCH)
INTERFACE TABLE BD
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J9
J5
U92
led SC1
A4
8
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
_FLUORO_PREP_A
9
9
_FLUORO_REQUEST
OPTO _FLUORO_PREP
U78
POSITIONNER
J2
K24
9
SAS PL1
1
MM
K5
K20
FLUORO_SW_MM
FOOT_SWITCH
K24
U92
0
17
_DOOR_INTERLOCK_A
A4
OPTO
U88
_DOOR_INTERLOCK13
13
16
16
K14
_RF_SEL
U69
U66
_WS_FLUORO
19
Q8
4
T
Q1
_WS_RF
4
4
J5
x
INTERLOCK DOOR
41
FLUORO_INFO_R
CR1
18
7
R
K5=FLUORO WORKSTATION
K14=WORKSTATION RF
AND WALKL BUCKY
K24=FLUORO SWITCH
DS1
F6A
To PU_CTRL_CPU
F6B
2
K24
2
D0_D15
DD
24
U65
U66
18
MAX
485
U20
_EXP_EN
K20
J7
J6
0VRF
5
5
K20=FLUORO REQUEST
JUMP
J4_1
JUMP
J4–2
J8
WALL BUCKY .BD
2–50
J9
0VRF
STEPS FOR SEQUENCE
IN FLUORO MODE
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–39
FLUORO INTERFACE DIAGRAM IN RF WORKSTATIONS SHEET 2/2 (FLUORO X–RAY)
POSITIONNER
INTERFACE TABLE BD
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J9
J5
J2
SAS PL1
K17
led SC2
Q4
FLUORO_DEMAND_1
9
36
36
11
11
3
FLUORO_DEMAND
U65
U92
A1
_START_FLUORO
led SC3
11
_START_FLUORO_A
K1
OPTO
U87
K25
10
K21
_RF_SEL
(see Sheet 1)
4
21
Y
FLUORO_EXP_Y
D
J5 To PU_CTRL_CPU
29
MAX
485
U42
63
EXP_CMD
EPLD
U30
SEL_EXP_CMD0
SEL_EXP_CMD1
led SC4
U67
BEGIN_END_FLUORO
12
30
Q5
BEGIN_END_FLUORO
30
NOT USED
U81
x
K1=FLUORO_INFO
K21=START FLUORO
SEL_EXP_CMD0=Selection exposure in rad or fluoro
SEL_EXP_CMD1=Selection exposure in rad or fluoro
K17=FLUORO DEMAND
D0_D15
2–51
STEPS FOR SEQUENCE
IN FLUORO MODE
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
U67
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–40
INTERFACE WITH IMAGE INTENSIFIER
INTERFACE TABLE BD
J9
ROOM_IF_CPU.BD
J5
J4
5
U60
U82
Q4
9
28
_MAX_REG_FLUORO
28
J3 to IMAGE
INTENSIFIER
K
ABS_ON_K
K6
SW1
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
K5
U60
U82
12
26
_AUTO_BRIGHT_CTRL
Q5
U69
U66
Q8
16
_WS_FLUORO
19
K3
26
16
1
K5
K5
K16
J5 (From PU_CTRL_CPU)
34
HV_ON
MAX
485
68
HV_ON
U53
MAX
485
U70
X_RAY_ON_A
32
32
X_RAY_ON_B
34
34
OPTO
U1
SW3
F
10
H
3
M
2
DD
PREP_H
COMMON_F
K17
led SC2
U67
Q4
9
FLUORO_DEMAND_1 36
36
COMMON_F
FLUORO_M
COMMON_F
PREP_DD
K12
FLUORO_DEMAND
K23
From POSITIONNER
PREP_SW
See Sheet
1(Rad in RF)
U84
A3 15
_MAGNIFIER1_A
17
_MAGNIFIER2_A
A4
OPTO
U96
OPTO
U96
9
C
K19
COMMON_C
_MAGNIFIER 1
23
23
7
FF
_MAGNIFIER 2
25
25
8
HH
6
JJ
_RF_SEL
(See sheet 1 Fluoro
Interface Diagram)
Sw1–3–4:Set at Installation
D0_D15
2–52
MAGNIFIER 1_FF
MAGNIFIER 2_HH
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–41
SELECTION GENERATOR TO POSITIONNER IN RF MODE
TABLE.BD
ROOM_IF_CPU
J2
J5
4
COMMON K11–9–20–10–26––14
U69
U66
Q3
6
_WS_SFD
8
8
K11
_WS_TOMO
12
12
K9
U81
U66
Q5
12
SPOT_FILM_INFO_C
SW2
POSITIONNER
SAS PL1
T
COMMON_INFO_T
8
C
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
J9
7
A
TOMO_INFO_A
U69
U66
Q2
5
_WS_SPE
6
6
_WS_DIG
10
10
_WS_WALL_BUCK_UX
18
18
_WS_FILM
14
14
K20
SPECIAL_INFO_V
V
U69
U66
Q4
9
3
K10
12
DIGITAL_INFO_K
K
U81
U61
Q6
15
SW5
U69
U66
Q7
16
K26
WALL_BUCKY_INFO_BB 11
BB
SAS PL3
K2
_FIELD_COMMON_INFO_M
M
3
U65
U66
Q1
2
_WS_RF
K15
4
K14
4
TUBE_INFO_FF
FF
16
K9 or
K10 or
K11
_WS_TOMO
_WS_DIG or
_WS_SFD
D0_D15
2–53
TOMO_COMMON_B
B
4
J3
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ILLUSTRATION 2–42
SELECTION FROM POSITIONNER IN RF MODE
TABLE.BD
J5
J9
ROOM_IF_CPU
POSITIONNER
J3
U93
A1
BLOCKS DIAGRAMS
A2
A3
A4
A1
2
_TOMO_TIME1_A
4
_TOMO_TIME2_A
6
_TOMO_TIME3_A
8
_TOMO_TIME4_A
11
_TOMO_TIME5_A
13
_TOMO_SEL
15
_DSA_MODE_A
17
_SETUP_DSA_A
A2
A3
A4
U83
_FIELD_SIZE_B_A
A2
6
8
A4
A1
OPTO
U98
OPTO
U99
OPTO
U95
_FIELD_SIZE_A_A
A1
A3
OPTO
U97
11
OPTO
U100
_FIELD_SIZE_C_A
_FIELD_SIZE_D_A
OPTO
U101
_FIELD_SIZE_e_A
13 _EXP_WITHOUT_GRID_A
A2
OPTO
U90
27
27
1
29
29
2
A
_TOMO_TIME2
31
31
5
L
_TOMO_TIME3
33
33
6
R
_TOMO_TIME4
35
35
9
V
_TOMO_TIME5
37
37
16
F
_TOMO_SEL
21
21
15
X
_DSA_MODE
19
19
20
Y
_SETUP_DSA
B
N
_FIELD_SIZE_A
(see previous page )
10
A3
OPTO
U89
39
41
41
13
W
_FIELD_SIZE_B
43
43
14
S
_FIELD_SIZE_C
45
45
17
H
_FIELD_SIZE_D
47
47
18
AA
_FIELD_SIZE_e
17
17
22
BB
15
15
M
(see previous page )
21
EE
_RF_SEL
D0_D15
XJ3
MAGNIFIER1_FF
MAGNIFIER2_HH
To IMAGE
INTENSIFIER
_TOMO_TIME1
39
15
_SERIAL_EXP_A
SAS PL3
HH
J4
FF
1
HH
4
JJ
7
_REF_SEL
2–54
11
(See Sheet1 Fluoro
Interface Diagram)
K18
K17
8
C
_EXP_WITHOUT_GRID
_SERIAL_EXP
DD
7
T
12
FF
MAGNIFIER1_DD
MAGNIFIER2_T
COMMOM_FF
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CHAPTER 3 – DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
0$ #2& 3#33'.$-8'#33'.$-8 7+4*+/ 4*' #$+/'4
0$ #2& $0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& $0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& $0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& +-4'2 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& #+/ 07'2 511-8 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& +-4'2 #33'.$-8 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& /6'24'2 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& 0$ #2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
4#/, ! 0402 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& '#4*'2 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& 0402 0/420--'2 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& *+--'2 /4'2(#%' 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& 07'2 511-8 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& 00. 0#2& 2'1-#%.'/4
0$ #2& #$-' /4'2(#%' 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& &+342+$54+0/ $0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& !#-- 5%,8 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& #$-' 0.0 0--+.#402 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& '/302 0#2& 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& 07'2 511-+'3 2'1-#%'.'/4
0$ #2& '1-#%'.'/4 0( 20)2#.9" %0.10/'/43
3–1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
! &% " $ " "! ! ! !
# "! !
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
3–2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 001
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY WITHIN THE
MPH CABINET
Time:
1 of 2
Version No.:
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Prior to access components into the cabinet, you must follow the following steps.
D
Switch off the system.
D
Remove the cabinet front cover panel.
D
Switch the MAIN SWITCH to “ 0 ” position.
WARNING
THERE IS STILL POWER INSIDE THE CABINET !
For any D/R action inside the cabinet you must take the safety precautions as follows:
D
SWITCH OFF the main wall Breaker.
D
LOCK OUT and TAG OUT (Make sure nobody can power on while you are working into the cabinet).
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
Turn the Cabinet Door and set it against a wall. Use the Door Diagrams reference designators for
component location.
3–3
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
SECTION 2
TOOLS
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY WITHIN THE MPH
CABINET
Job Card DR 001
For some action, you will need to open further doors:
D
Open the MPH A4/A5 (electronic panel).
D
Open the MPH Extension Rack MPH A6.
4.1
Opening the MPH Rack Extension MPH A6 (see Illustration 1)
4.1.1
90° position
1. Loosen the two screws (Item 1) located on the Extension Rack door.
2. Pull the two sliders (Item 2) toward you.
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
3. Rest the door on the sliders.
4.1.2
Position 170°
1. Loosen the two screws (Item 1) located on the Extension Rack door.
2. Tilt the door to the mechanical stop of the Rack.
ILLUSTRATION 1
OPENING THE MPH RACK EXTENSION MPH A6
1
90° position
170° position
2
D
Open the MPH1 A1 A1Room Distribution panel.
3–4
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 002
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A4 A1 CMD1 BOARD REPLACEMENT
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
Date:
Time: 0h30 + calibration
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
TBD.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Remove MPH A4 front cover.
D
Disconnect all connectors from the board XJ 1 to XJ10, XJ23, and the 4 optical fibers.
D
Remove screws retaining the board.
3–5
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A4 A1 CMD1 BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 002
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A4
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
XJ
5.2
Reassembly
D
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
2A
2A
1A
5A
5A
XJ
XJ
Refer to central listing in the service manual:
– Check presence of ST1 shunt.
– Check IN1 position is ON (Down).
D
5.3
Proceed in the reverse order.
Calibration
Power ON and perform:
D
HV calibration, Job Card DR 025.
D
KV + and Minus calibration, Job Card DR 025.
D
Perform functional checks (VF 001) in Chapter 4.
3–6
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 003
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A4 A2 CMD2 BOARD REPLACEMENT
1 of 2
Version No.:
Date:
Time: 0h30 + calibration
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
TBD.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Remove MPH A4 front cover.
D
Disconnect all connectors from the board XJ 1 to XJ5.
D
Remove screws retaining the board.
3–7
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A4 A2 CMD2 BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 003
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A4
F1
F2
F3
F4
XJ F5
5.2
Reassembly
D
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
2A
2A
1A
5A
5A
XJ
XJ
Refer to central listing in the service manual:
– R253 and R 225 are factory adjusted.
– Jumper CC1 must be connected between points 1 and 2.
D
5.3
Proceed in the reverse order.
Calibration
Power on and perform:
D
KV + and Minus calibration, Job card DR 025.
D
Run diagnostics MENU 1, HEAT, ANOD, Job card VF 004 in Chapter 4.
D
Heating current calibration, Job card RG 006 in SM.
D
Perform functional checks (Job card VF 001) in Chapter 4.
3–8
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 004
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A4 A3 CPU BOARD REPLACEMENT
1 of 4
Version No.: 1
Date:
Time: 0h30 + calibration
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
TBD.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
If there is no data base backup on site, save parameters (IST 013). If this is not possible, proceed.
D
Remove MPH A4 front cover.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board .
D
Remove screws retaining the board.
3–9
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A4 A3 CPU BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 004
2 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A4
F1
F2
F3
F4
XJ F5
5.2
Reassembly
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
2A
2A
1A
5A
5A
XJ
XJ
D
If it has not been possible to save parameters, it might be possible to get them back using the new board:
swap the R20 PROM. (! Do not make any short circuit on pins. – Observe antistatic
recommendations).
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Save the parameters.
D
Switch off and swap the U20 PROM.
D
Restore the parameters onto the new PROM.
3–10
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A4 A3 CPU BOARD REPLACEMENT
3 of 4
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
If you are unable to restore parameter (No back up and no save possible), run a complete calibration
as per Service Manual.
D
Otherwise, perform:
– HV calibration (Job Card DR 025).
– Heating current calibration, Job Card RG 003 in SM.
– Set Date and time (Diag, menue MODA) See SM Job Card RG 001, § 5.7.
– Perform CPU memory backup, see SM Job Card IST 013, § 5.7.
D
Perform functional test (Job card VF 001) in Chapter 4.
3–11
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
5.3
Job Card DR 004
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A4 A3 CPU BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 004
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Blank page
3–12
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 005
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 4
Version No.: 1
MPH A3 A1 DC FILTER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Date:
Time: 1 h
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
WARNING
EXTREME CAUTION!
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Remove the plexiglas cover.
D
Dismount the cable between the DC Filter board and the Inverter (1).
D
Dismount the orange cables (2) on the DC Filter board.
D
Remove the 4 connectors (XJ2 to XJ5).
D
Dismount the 3 MAINS bars on the fuse (3).
D
Dismount the screws (4).
D
Remove the 8 screws (5) and take the part out.
3–13
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A1 DC FILTER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 005
2 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
4
CT2
MPH A3 K1
5
XF2
MPH A3 T1
3
4
2
MPH A3 A2
3
MPH A3 A2
1
2
3
7
6
3–14
1
MPH A3 A3
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A1 DC FILTER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
5.3
3 of 4
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure bars are well tightened; connectors well seated, orange cables well tightened.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Perform functional checks (Job Card VF 001 in Chapter 4).
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
5.2
Job Card DR 005
3–15
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A1 DC FILTER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 005
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Blank page
3–16
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 006
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A3 A2 MAIN POWER SUPPLY BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Time: 0h30
1 of 4
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open the electronic panel, MPH A4/A5.
D
Remove the plexiglas cover.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board (6 connectors and a flat cable).
D
Remove the mounting 6 screws.
D
Remove the board.
3–17
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A2 MAIN POWER SUPPLY BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 006
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
2
MPH A3 A2
3–18
2 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A2 MAIN POWER SUPPLY BOARD
REPLACEMENT
5.3
3 of 4
Reassembly
D
Check fuses rating. as per Central listing in SM. section 3
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Make sure connections are well sit or tightened.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Check that the LED’s are on , as per central listing in SM. section 3
D
Perform functional checks.
CAUTION
Take electrical safety precautions when measuring the voltages.
3–19
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
5.2
Job Card DR 006
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A2 MAIN POWER SUPPLY BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 006
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Blank page
3–20
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 007
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A3 FL1 EMC FILTER ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT
Time: 1h
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
WARNING
EXTREME CAUTION!
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
1. Remove the EMC covers.
2. Remove the plexiglas cover.
3. Dismount the metallic cover of Room Distribution
4. Dismount the fuses rail fixed on the EMC Filter cover.
5. Remove the 3 links on contactors A3 K1 (2).
6. Disconnect the 3 mains cables on the main switch MPH A1 SW1 (3).
7. Loosen the 2 screws olsdin the EMC filter in the lower part.
8. Remove the 2 screw on the top and remove the assembly.
3–21
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 FL1 EMC FILTER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 007
ILLUSTRATION 1
MPH A3 FL1
EMC FILTER
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
2
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure bars are well tightened; connectors well seated, orange cables well tightened.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Perform functional checks (Job Card VF 001 in Chapter 4).
3–22
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 008
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A3 A3 INVERTER REPLACEMENT
1 of 4
Version No.: 1
Date:
Time: 1h
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
WARNING
EXTREME CAUTION!
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open the electronic panel, MPH A4/A5.
D
If needed, remove the EMC covers on the hv tank, to improve access.
D
Remove the plexiglas cover.
D
Disconnect the 4 optical fiber plugs.
D
Remove connectors J1, J2, J3.
D
Disassemble the 2 wires on the HV tank primary winding wires (1).
D
Dismount the 2 X 2 orange cables (2) on the DC Filter board (MPH A3 A1).
3–23
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A3 INVERTER REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 008
D
Dismount the cable between Inverter and DC Filter board.
D
Remove XJ 7 connector on Main power supply board (MPH A3 A2).
D
Loosen the 2 lower retaining screws and unscrew the 4 others (4).
D
Remove the inverter by sliding it upwards and front.
2 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
4
2
3
4
1
3–24
MPH A3 A3
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A3 INVERTER REPLACEMENT
5.3
3 of 4
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Make sure connections are well sit or tightened.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check: (on both tubes)
D
KV + and – calibration, Job card DR 025.
D
mA calibration, Job Card DR 025.
D
Perform functional checks.
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
5.2
Job Card DR 008
3–25
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A3 A3 INVERTER REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 008
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Blank page
3–26
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 009
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
MPH A2 HV TANK REPLACEMENT
Date:
Time: 1h30 + calibration
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open the electronic panel, MPH A4/A5.
D
Remove the EMC covers on the HV tank.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the HV tank:
– HV cables,
– Motor cable,
– Ground cables,
– HV primary cables,
– KV feedback,
– other plugs.
D
Remove screws holding the HV tank on the front (1).
D
Slide out the HV tank.
3–27
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A2 HV TANK REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 009
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
ILLUSTRATION 1
1
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Make sure connections are well sit or tightened.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check: (on both tubes)
D
HV calibration, Job Card DR 025.
D
KV + and – calibration, Job card DR 025.
D
mA calibration, Job Card DR 025.
D
Heating current calibration, Job Card RG 003 in SM.
D
Perform functional checks (VF 001 in Chapter 4).
3–28
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 010
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A2 A2 HV TANK SWITCH MOTOR
REPLACEMENT
Time: 1h30
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open the electronic panel, MPH A4/A5.
D
Remove the EMC covers on the hv tank.
D
Disconnect the motor power cable at the back of the motor (1).
D
Remove the 3 screws holding the motor cover (2).
D
Remove the setscrew with cone point from the motor shaft (Illustration 2) and remove the
motor (4 screws).
3–29
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A2 A2 HV TANK SWITCH MOTOR REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 010
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
1
ILLUSTRATION 2
5.2
Reassembly
D
5.3
Proceed in the reverse order.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Run application and perform tube switch.
D
Perform functional check on both tube.
3–30
2
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 011
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
MPH A5 A1 HEATHER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Date:
Time: 0h30
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open the Electronic Panel MPH A4/A5.
D
Remove MPH A5 rear cover.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board (XJ1 to XJ4).
D
Loosen the screws retaining and remove the board.
D
Shift upwards and remove.
3–31
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A5 A1 HEATHER BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 011
2 of 2
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A5
(REAR VIEW)
MPH A5 A1
1
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Run DIAG, Menue 1, Heat.
D
Perform functional checks (VF 001).
3–32
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 012
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A5 A2 ROTOR CONTROLLER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Time: 0h30
1 of 4
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open the Electronic Panel MPH A4/A5.
D
Remove MPH A4 rear cover.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board (XJ1 to XJ5).
D
Loosen the screws and remove the board.
D
Shift upwards and remove.
3–33
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A5 A2 ROTOR CONTROLLER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 012
2 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 1
COUPLING JUMPER CC1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A5
(REAR VIEW)
MPH A5 A2
1
3–34
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A5 A2 ROTOR CONTROLLER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
5.2
Job Card DR 012
3 of 4
Reassembly
The new spare part is rotor controller board design for drive mixed stator types (Stator 50/110 and 23:23).
This board is compatible with all MPH/SCPU generator versions
5.2.1
Pre–requisite: Position of CC1 jumper
a. Generator MPH V3 with PU–CPU SW ≥ V2.3
Only this configuration can drive mixed stator types
CC1 Jumper must be placed in V2 position.
CC1 Jumper must be placed in V1 23/23 position for 23/23 stator
c. Generator SCPU all SW
CC1 Jumper must be placed in V1 23/23
5.2.2
Reassembly
Proceed in the reverse order
Ensure connectors are well seated
5.3
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Run DIAG, Menu 1, ANOD, see VF 004 in Chapter 4.
D
Perform functional checks (VF 001).
3–35
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
b. Generator MPH with PU–CPU between SW V1.xx to V2.2
CC1 Jumper must be placed in V1 50/110 position for 50/110 stator
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A5 A2 ROTOR CONTROLLER BOARD
REPLACEMENT
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Job Card DR 012
3–36
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 013
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A5 A3 CHILLER INTERFACE BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Time: 0h30
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open the Electronic Panel MPH A4/A5.
D
Remove MPH A4 rear cover.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board.
D
Loosen the screws retaining the metal frame holding the board (1).
D
Remove the board.
3–37
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A5 A3 CHILLER INTERFACE BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 013
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A5
(REAR VIEW)
MPH A5 PS1
MPH A5 PS2
MPH A5 A3
CHIILER
INTERFACE
BOARD
1
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Check chiller control operation.
D
To be completed later.
3–38
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 014
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A5 PS 1, PS 2 POWER SUPPLY REPLACEMENT
Time: 0h30
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open the Electronic Panel MPH A4/A5.
D
Remove MPH A5 rear cover.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the PS.
D
Remove the screws retaining the PS and remove.
3–39
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A5 PS 1, PS 2 POWER SUPPLY REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 014
2 of 2
ILLUSTRATION 1
MPH A5
(REAR VIEW)
MPH A5 PS2
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A5 PS1
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Power on and check output voltages with a DVM (+ 24 V or + 15 V).
D
On PS 1, Adjust +5 volts (–0, + 0.1 v) measured onthe CPU board, MPH A4 A3 (Test point P 5 V).
D
Perform functional checks (VF 001).
3–40
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 015
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A6 A1 ROOM I/F CPU BOARD REPLACEMENT
Time: 0h30
1 of 4
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board (J1, J2, J5, J6, J9, J10).
D
Loosen the screws retaining the metal frame holding the board (1).
D
Shift upwards and remove.
D
Remove the PROM U 57 if not ordered along with the replacement board.
CAUTION
Take EMC precautions for this action.
3–41
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 A1 ROOM I/F CPU BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 015
ILLUSTRATION 1
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
VIEW WITH
PANEL CLOSED
MPH A6 A1
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Fit the PROM U 57.
D
Set U 62 and SW 1 as per Central listing in the Service Manual.
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Power on and perform functional checks (VF001).
5.4
MPH A6 A1 Room I/F Board PROM U U 57 replacement
5.4.1
Disassembly
D
Perform Job Card DR 015.
D
Remove the prom U57. (Warning: Take electromagnetic precautions).
CAUTION
Take EMC precautions for this action.
3–42
2 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 A1 ROOM I/F CPU BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 015
3 of 4
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
ILLUSTRATION 2
U 57
3–43
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 A1 ROOM I/F CPU BOARD REPLACEMENT
5.4.2
5.4.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
Power on and perform functional checks (VF 001).
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
D
3–44
Job Card DR 015
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 016
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A6 A2 TABLE INTERFACE BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Time: 0h30 + calibration
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board (XJ2, XJ3, XJ4, XJ5).
D
Loosen the screws retaining the metal frame holding the board.
D
Shift upwards and remove.
3–45
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 A2 TABLE INTERFACE BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 016
ILLUSTRATION 1
MPH EXTENSION RACK
FRONT PANEL
VIEW WITH
PANEL CLOSED
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A6 A2
5.2
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Set SW 1, 2, 3, 4, as per Central listing in the Service Manual.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
3–46
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 017
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
MPH A6 A3 DISTRIBUTION BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Date:
Time: 0h30
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Open down the front panel door.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board (XJ 2 to 16).
D
Remove the II sensor board MPH A6 A6 if present.
D
Cut the tieraps if necessary.
D
Loosen the screws retaining the metal frame holding the board (1).
D
Shift upwards and remove.
3–47
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 A3 DISTRIBUTION BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 017
ILLUSTRATION 1
MPH EXTENSION RACK
REAR PANEL
VIEW WITH
PANEL OPEN
1
MPH A6 A6
1
MPH A6 A5
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
TABLE
TOMO
DISTRIBUTION COLLIMATOR
BOARD
BOARD
MPH A6 A3
MPH A6 A3
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Check fuse rating as per Central listing in the Service Manual.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Power on and perform functional checks.
3–48
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 018
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
MPH A6 A4 WALL BUCKY BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Date: 07/96
Time: 0h30
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board.
D
Loosen the 8 screws retaining the metal frame holding the board (1).
D
Shift upwards and remove.
3–49
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 A4 WALL BUCKY BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 018
ILLUSTRATION 1
MPH EXTENSION RACK
REAR PANEL
VIEW WITH
PANEL OPEN
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
1
MPH A6 A4
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Check presence of J8 – J9 Jumper as per Central listing in the Service Manual.
D
Reconnect cable On J8, J9 if your system is PRESTIGE SI.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Power on and perform functional checks.
3–50
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 019
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
MPH A6 A5 TABLE TOMO COLLIMATOR
BOARD REPLACEMENT
Time: 0h30
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
Date:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board (XJ).
D
Loosen the screws retaining the metal frame holding the board (1).
D
Shift upwards and remove.
3–51
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 A5 TABLE TOMO COLLIMATOR BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 019
ILLUSTRATION 1
MPH EXTENSION RACK
REAR PANEL
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
VIEW WITH
PANEL OPEN
1
MPH A6 A5
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Set SW 1 and jumper TP1 and TP2 as the replaced board, or refer to IST 009 in the SM.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Power on and perform functional checks.
3–52
2 of 2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 020
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
MPH A6 A6 II SENSOR BOARD
REPLACEMENT
Date:
Time: 0h30 + calibration
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly:
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the board.
D
Remove the screws holding the board (1) and remove.
3–53
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 A6 II SENSOR BOARD REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 020
2 of 2
ILLUSTRATION 1
MPH EXTENSION RACK
REAR PANEL
1 VIEW WITH
PANEL OPEN
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A6 A6
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Set SW 1 as per Central listing in the Service Manual.
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Power on.
D
Perform calibration RG 004:
– §5.3 (Adjust R6),
– §5.5 (HVPM, SCOP) (NOT NEEDED if your system is fitted with IMAGEUR image Chain).
D
Perform calibration RG 006 : HVPM . DIG.. (IF Digital is present on your system).
3–54
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 021
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 1
MPH A6 PS1/ PS2 POWER SUPPLIES
REPLACEMENT
Date:
Time: 1h + calibration
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Perform Job Card DR 001.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
D
Remove the protective cover:
– Loosen the 4 screws (1).
– Slide left and remove.
D
Disconnect all cable connectors from the power supply you need to replace.
D
Remove the screws holding the power supply.
3–55
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH A6 PS1/ PS2 POWER SUPPLIES
REPLACEMENT
Job Card DR 021
2 of 2
ILLUSTRATION 1
MPH EXTENSION RACK
REAR PANEL
VIEW WITH
PANEL OPEN
MPH A6 A5
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
TABLE
TOMO
COLLIMATOR
BOARD
MPH A6 PS2
POWER SUPPLY + 15 V
MPH A6 PS1
POWER SUPPLY +/– 15 V, + 5 V
1
5.2
5.3
Reassembly
D
Proceed in the reverse order.
D
Ensure connectors are well seated.
Calibration
Power on and perform/check:
D
Power on and verify the voltage ( PS1: +/–15, +5v , PS2: +15v ) with a DVM.
D
Adjust voltage if necessary as per Central listing in the Service Manual.
D
For the PS 2, adjust voltage +5V (60, + 0.1v) on the Room I/F cpu Board MPH A6 A1, Test point VCC
(+5V).
D
Power on and perform functional checks.
3–56
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 022
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 8
Version No.: 3
REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM–X
COMPONENTS
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
PROGRAM–X front panel MPH A8–A2.
D
PROGRAM–X control board MPH A8–A1.
D
New back–up battery.
D
PROGRAM–X display unit MPH A8–A3.
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
D
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Screwdrivers: 5,8 mm.
D
Flat wrenches: 8,10 mm.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
D
Check that installation is switched OFF.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Replacement of PROGRAM–X Front Panel MPH A8–A2 (see Illustration 1)
1. Lift up Control Panel (6).
2. Loosen screws (5) to release PROGRAM–X Front Panel MPH A8–A2 (4) from two U–channels (3).
3. Remove connector (PROGRAM–X Front Panel to PROGRAM–X Control board).
4. Remove ground connection from PROGRAM–X Control board.
5. Remove PROGRAM–X Front Panel (4).
6. Install new PROGRAM–X Front Panel.
7. Carry out the removal operations, in the reverse sequence (4 thru 1).
3–57
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM–X
COMPONENTS
5.2
Job Card DR 022
2 of 8
Replacement of PROGRAM–X Control Board MPH A8–A1 (see Illustration 1)
1. Remove protection cover (8).
2. Remove connectors connecting Control board to:
– PROGRAM–X Front Panel MPH A8–A2, XP5 (W17).
– PROGRAM–X Display Unit MPH A8 A3, XP6 (W16).
– A/N keyboard MPH A8–A4, XP4 (W15).
3. Disconnect cable W14 (ground), cable W18 (service terminal) and cable W32 (connection to
MPH A1).
4. Remove four Phillips screws securing PROGRAM–X Control Board (9) to plate (11).
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
5. Remove PROGRAM–X Control Board (9).
6. Check that the straps, on the new board, are in the same positions as those on the old board.
7. Install new PROGRAM–X Control Board.
8. Carry out the removal operations, in the reverse sequence (1 thru 4).
9. Check that the back–up battery is correctly connected, and check the position of the jumper
(see Illustration 4).
5.3
Replacement of PROGRAM–X Display Unit MPH A8–A3 (see Illustration 1)
1. Remove cover (12).
2. On the PROGRAM–X Control board (9), disconnect connector XP6.
3. Remove three screws (14) securing Display Unit (1) to stand (13).
4. Remove Display Unit (1) with connecting cable, W16.
5. To install a new screen in the Display Unit, see 5–4, below.
6. To reassemble, carry out the disassembly operations, in the reverse sequence (4 thru 1).
3–58
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM–X
COMPONENTS
Job Card DR 022
3 of 8
ILLUSTRATION 1
PROGRAM–X CONSOLE WITH COMPONENTS
4
2
1
5
3
14
13
6
7
MPH A8-A4
12
11
8
9
MPH A8-A1
10
3–59
MPH A8-A2
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A8-A3
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM–X
COMPONENTS
5.4
Job Card DR 022
4 of 8
Replacement of PROGRAM–X Screen (see Illustration 1)
1. Remove cover (12).
2. On the PROGRAM–X Control board (9), disconnect connector XP6.
3. Remove three screws (14) securing Display Unit (1) to stand (13).
4. Remove Display Unit (1) with connecting cable W16.
– See Illustration 2.
5. Remove four screws (1) to separate front panel (3) from rear cover (2).
6. Remove cable W16 (connecting screen to PROGRAM–X Control board).
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
– See Illustration 3.
7. Remove four screws (1).
8. Remove screen (2) from housing.
9. Install new screen.
10. To reassemble, carry out the disassembly operations, in the reverse sequence (7 thru 1).
5.5
Replacement of A/N Keyboard (see Illustration 1)
1. Slide out keyboard (7) and lift off slides.
2. Disconnect cable W15 (connecting keyboard to PROGRAM–X Control board).
3. Remove keyboard from slides.
4. Install new A/N keyboard on slides.
5. To reassemble, carry out the disassembly operations, in the reverse sequence (2 followed by 1).
5.6
Replacement of back–up battery
D
To replace the back–up battery, see sm.
3–60
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM–X
COMPONENTS
Job Card DR 022
5 of 8
ILLUSTRATION 2
DISPLAY UNIT MPH A8 A3 (CROSS–SECTION)
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
ILLUSTRATION 3
PROGRAM–X SCREEN
3–61
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM–X
COMPONENTS
Job Card DR 022
SECTION 6
PROGRAM–X CONTROL BOARD
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
6.1
6.2
LED Functions
&%
&%
2&&.
!&,,/7
2&&.
!&,,/7
2&&.
!&,,/7
/.3/,& 2&$&04*/.
/.3/,& 42".3-*33*/.
&26*$& &2-*.", 2&$&04*/.
&26*$& &2-*.", 42".3-*33*/.
&.&2"4/2 2&$&04*/.
&.&2"4/2 42".3-*33*/.
Switch Positions (see Illustration 4)
4)25 ."4/-*$ #"$+50
"."4/-*8 /2 90& /' "."4/-*$ ."4/-*$ #"$+50
02/(2"- "%%2&33*.( ,*-*4
"$+50 #"44&29 "$+50 #"44&29 *%&/ 0/,"2*49
5::&2 *8&% '2&15&.$9 /2 6"2*"#,& '2&15&.$9
5::&2 0/7&2 3500,9
/4 53&%
4)25 3–62
6 of 8
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM–X
COMPONENTS
Job Card DR 022
7 of 8
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
ILLUSTRATION 4
PROGRAM–X CONTROL BOARD MPH A8–A1
3–63
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM–X
COMPONENTS
Job Card DR 022
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Blank page
3–64
8 of 8
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 023
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
REPLACEMENT OF X–RAY TUBE AND
EXPOSURE COUNTER RECORDING
Time:
1 of 4
Version No.:
Date:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
New X–ray tube.
D
Service Terminal and calibration and service diskettes.
D
9–wire cable from Emergency Kit.
D
Dosimeter.
D
Digital voltmeter.
D
2-mm-thick copper plates.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
D
Check that installation is switched OFF.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
To replace the X–ray tube (usually following arcing, or faults in heater or anode rotation), record counter
readings as follows:
1. Connect the Service Terminal and start up.
2. Select MENU 2 and enter <F5> (NEXP).
3. Enter <F1> to select X–ray tube.
4. Enter <F5> once to display each counter, and enter values on form (see page 3).
3–65
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
SECTION 2
TOOLS
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF X–RAY TUBE AND
EXPOSURE COUNTER RECORDING
Job Card DR 023
2 of 4
5. Reset counters by entering <CONTR>–<H> twice on Service Terminal (Time ON and NEXPG
counters cannot be reset).
6. Replace X–ray tube (see sm Job Card RG002 and RG003).
7. Run Job Card RG 004.
8. Run Job Card RG 010 if Print-X is installed (Calibration, Dose in Rad Mode).
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
9. Run Job Card RG 011: Magnifier Ratio and Calibration of Ion Chamber.
3–66
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF X–RAY TUBE AND
EXPOSURE COUNTER RECORDING
Job Card DR 023
3 of 4
MPH GENERATOR COUNTER READING RECORD
MPH GENERATOR
COUNTER READING
RECORD
Date of
reading:
Date of putting
into service:
Date of putting
into service:
Address of installation:
Generator Identification
Generator Identification
Serial No.
Option (fluoro, AEC, etc):
Type (1T, 2T,
50/60 Hz)
Software version:
Counter name
X-ray system:
Tube 1:
Tube 2:
Description
Tube 1
NO WARM-UP
Number of times no warm up" softkey
pressed (CPX)
RX GSF
Small Focal. Total Rad x-ray on-time
(hours)
RX GLF
Large Focal. Total Rad x-ray on-time
(hours)
RX SCOP
Fluoro. total Rad x-ray on-time (hours)
ROTANOD
Total stator on-time (hours)
NEXPSF
Number Rad Exposures Small Focal
NEXPLF
Number Rad Exposures Large Focal
N - 100 % SF
Number of 100% technique rad exposures
Small Focal
N - 100 % GF
Number of 100% technique rad exposures
Large Focal
NAMOR
Tube spit counter
KJSF
Total Kilojoules Small Focal
KJLF
Total Kilojoules Large Focal
TIMEON
Total time MPH is turned on (in hours,
cannot be reset)
NEXPG
Total lifetime number of Rad exposures
(cannot be reset)
3–67
Tube 2
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Installation
configuration
Software version:
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF X–RAY TUBE AND
EXPOSURE COUNTER RECORDING
Job Card DR 023
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Blank page
3–68
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 024
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
REPLACEMENT OF PRINT–X COMPONENTS
1 of 4
Version No.:
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
Printer, MPH A9 A1.
D
Power supply, MPH A9 A2.
D
Standard screwdrivers.
D
Tube wrenches: 7 and 8 mm.
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
SECTION 2
TOOLS
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
D
Check that the installation is switched OFF.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Printer MPG6 A1
See Illustration 1.
1. Disconnect 12 V cable from rear of printer.
2. Disconnect RS232 cable from rear of printer.
3. Remove the four screws from printer support (Item 3).
4. Replace printer (1), and secure with four screws to the support.
5. Connect 12-V cable to rear of printer.
6. Connect RS232 cable to rear of printer.
3–69
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PRINT–X COMPONENTS
5.2
Job Card DR 024
2 of 4
Power Supply MPH A9 A2
See Illustration 1.
1. Remove the rear cover (Item 2) from the stand (8 screws).
2. Disconnect the cables as follows:
– cable MPH A9–A2 XJ1 to printer MPH A9–A1 (Item 7).
– cable MPH A9–A1 to Control Console MPH A7–A2 XJ4 (Item 5).
3. Disconnect cable W34 (Item 4) as follows:
– cable MPG 6 A2 to terminal AC (L) and AC (N) and FG (green/yellow cable).
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A9–A2
MPH A6–A3
AC (L) ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
XJ1A
AC (N) ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
XJ1B
FG
––––––––––––––––green/yellow–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
4. Remove the two screws behind the power supply support (Item 6).
5. Replace power supply and carry out Steps 1 thru 4 in reverse order (4 thru 1).
6. Tiewrap the cables to the power supply mount using the tiewraps.
7. Reinstall the rear cover (Item 2) on the printer stand (8 screws).
3–70
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PRINT–X COMPONENTS
Job Card DR 024
3 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 1
Print-X assembly
1
2
MPH A9 A1
3
7
XJ1
6
MPH
A9 A2
5
4
3–71
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
MPH A9 A1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
REPLACEMENT OF PRINT–X COMPONENTS
Job Card DR 024
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Blank page
3–72
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card DR 025
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
kV/mA MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION
1 of 8
Version No.:
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
None.
D
1 Service Terminal.
D
1 MPH Service diskette.
D
1 ammeter (5mA – 100mA) – (Flucke 8060A).
D
1 oscilloscope, double trace with memory.
D
1 HV probe (Macklett with or without display),
or
1 Keithley probe (type 35080 with measurement pack 32867C and 32869C).
D
2 coaxial cables, 50W, L = 5m.
D
2 oscilloscope probes (X1 or X10).
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
D
Take all precautions necessary for work in an ionization environment.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
1. Competence in using the Service Terminal and the ”MPH Installation” software (LG001).
2. Programming the techniques performed (RG001).
3. X–ray tube parameters entered in memory (RG002).
4. X–ray tube filament heater calibration (RG003).
3–73
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
SECTION 2
TOOLS
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
kV/mA MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION
Job Card DR 025
2 o f8
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Menu structure
Menu 6
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
F1
F3
KMADJ
F1
F7
HVADJ
DOSE
F3
kV
mA
Menu 6 is used to adjust or check the kV+/kV– voltage divider, and to calibrate the kV and mA setpoints as
follows:
1. Connect the HV probe in series with the X–ray tube or position the Keithley probe in the X–ray beam.
2. Switch on the generator. Connect the Service Terminal and call Menu 6.
MENU 6
KMADJ
HVADJ
DOSE
F1
F3
F7
3–74
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
kV/mA MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION
5.2
Job Card DR 025
3 of 8
kV Voltage Divider Calibration Menu
1. Enter <F3> (HVADJ)
kV
L
F1/F2
F3/F4
80kV
HV+
50mA
F5/F6
F9/F10
This voltage is independent of the X–ray tube and focal spot. Therefore, use the function keys to select
the X–ray tube (using direct technique) and focal spot (F1/F2, F3/F4) to be adjusted.
2. Connect one channel of the oscilloscope to the external voltage divider (Macklett model: anode
polarity, 1V = 10kV) (Keithley model: 0.1V = 10kV).
3. Connect the other channel to TP2 MEAS_KV COMMAND 1 BOARD (MPH A4–A1) (0.5V = 8 kV).
– ’Scope scanning time = 10ms/square.
– ’Scope used in memory function with triggering on the rising front of the external kV voltage divider.
4. On the Service Terminal, check the HV+ selection. If necessary, correct using F6 or F5.
5. Check that the X–ray current = 50mA, and correct, if necessary, using F9/F10.
6. Execute an exposure (Rad Prep and Exposure).
7. Check that the ’scope is correctly synchronized.
3–75
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Note:
T1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
kV/mA MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION
5.2.1
Job Card DR 025
4 of 8
kV+ Form Adjustment on COMMAND 1 Board (MPH A4–A1)
MPH A4-A1
ST1A
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
P1
D
Note:
ST1B
P2
kV+ waveform
kV- waveform
Using P1, adjust the form of the internal voltage divider kV+ rising edge.
If the adjustment cannot be made, use keys F9/F10 to change the X–ray current and repeat the
adjustment procedure.
kV
overcompensation
40 kV
undercompensation
t
5.2.2
kV– Waveform Adjustment
D
Macklett probe: apply the kV– return signal, from the external voltage divider, to the ’scope, in place
of the kV+ return signal.
D
Keithley probe: do not modify the connections made above. Adjust using P2 (as in Para 5.2.1).
3–76
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
kV/mA MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION
5.2.3
Job Card DR 025
5 of 8
Calibration & Measurement Chains
1. Call Menu 6 (Enter <F1>)
KMADJ
kV
mA
F1
F3
2. Enter <F1>
Note:
T1
L
40kV
F1/F2
F3/F4
F5/F6
N=0?
50 mA
F9/F10
This adjustment is used to calibrate the kV measurement sent by the microprocessor and is independent
of the X–ray tube and focal spot. Therefore, the function keys should be used to select the X–ray tube
(with direct technique) and focal spot to be adjusted.
3. Measure the kV value, using the Macklett or Keithley probe. In the case of a Keithley probe with pack
32867C, use F5 to select 60kV for the first step.
4. Check that the X–ray tube output display = 50mA. If necessary, correct using keys F9/F10.
5. Execute an X–ray exposure.
6. On the oscilloscope (or using the Macklett probe if available) note the kV value to one decimal place.
7. Enter the kV reading, completing to three integer digits plus the one decimal place, i.e. complete with a
leading zero if the value is less than 100.
Example:
for 40.2
Enter <0> <4> <0> <2>
8. Enter <W> to validate. If the value is incorrect, enter <BK SP> to erase, and repeat the procedure.
9. Repeat the procedure for 80kV and 120kV. In the case of a Keithley probe, change the pack for 120kV
(32869C in place of 32867C).
10. On the Service Terminal, enter <Q> and check the kV values on Application for 40kV, 120kV and
100kV, over 50ms.
3–77
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
kV
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
kV/mA MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION
5.2.4
Job Card DR 025
6 of 8
mA Measurement Calibration
MENU 6
KMADJ
HVADJ
F1
F3
kV
mA
F1
F3
1. Enter <F1>
KMADJ
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
This menu is used to calibrate the microprocessor mA measurement.
2. Connect an ammeter (20mA rating) to the shunt (ST1A–ST1B) of the COMMAND 1 Board
(MPH A4–A1).
3. Enter <F3>.
MA
10 mAS
XX.XX?
X.XX
read value
corrected value
4. Enter the value corresponding to the ammeter reading.
Example:
for 10.01 mA
Enter <1> <0> <0> <1>
and validate with <W>.
5. Enter <F3>.
MA
10 mAM
XX.XX?
XX.XX
XXX.X?
XXX.X
6. Enter the read value, validate <W>.
7. Set the ammeter to > 200 mA.
8. Enter <F3>.
MA
100 mAM
9. Enter value, validate <W>.
3–78
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
kV/mA MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION
Job Card DR 025
7 of 8
10. Enter <F3>.
MA
100 mAL
XXX.X?
XXX.X
11. Enter value, validate <W>.
Note:
Press <F3> to leave the calibration unchanged.
MENU6KMADJ HTADJ
F1
F3
<-
R:
Return
KMADJ
HVADJ
:
:
Q:
Exit
MENU6 Calibration of kV and mA measurements
Calibration of kV voltage dividers
3–79
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
->
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
kV/mA MEASUREMENT CALIBRATION
Job Card DR 025
DISASSEMBLY/
REASSEMBLY
Blank page
3–80
8 of 8
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CHAPTER 4 – DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Overview
The MPH is included in a SAS architecture. The diagnostics are divided in two modes.
These modes are as follows:
D
MPH Power on/Reset Diagnostics (PRD): this set of diagnostics runs at each start of
the MPH firmware independently of the mode of work (application, service or
diagnostic).
There is two CPU boards, one for the Power Unit control and one for the Room Interface
with communicate thru a HDLC link.
For each PRD, the CPUs send a tracking code to the resident leds.
A set of eight switches is present on the two MPH cpus and allows the operator to select
the PRD to loop on one specific test or on all the tests. In case of error, the Power Unit
Control cpu sends an error message to a serial link dedicated to the TAV display and halts.
The Room Interface cpu (slave cpu board) reports an error message to the
PU_CTRL_CPU (master cpu board) via a HDLC link. The tracking code of is still
displayed on the resident leds and is then an error code.
The goal is to ensure that the cpu is working.
D
MPH Diagnostics (SLD):
The goal is to determine which FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) is faulty in case of a MPH
application error.
The purpose of the MPH diagnostics is to provide an as automatic as possible way to
determine the faulty FRU’s with a confidence level which is 95%.
The MPH has been split into several major functions , each function being present on
several boards.
So, one MPH diagnostic checks a part of a function situated on one board.
Some tests could require by agreement manual operations on the TAV or inside the MPH.
The TAV will prompt the user when external stimulus is required. All operator inputs are
entered via the TAV or insite.
The SLD are selected by the operator who can choose a functional test, which includes all the
tests on each board for a defined function, or a single test, which represents the test of a part of
a function on one board.
The operator can also select a loop on test(s) mode.
The diagnostics inside the MPH include the following functions:
D
the set of test procedures, each one driving a specific diagnostic and so hardware lines.
D
some hardware functions dedicated to diagnostic purpose on each board.
4–1
DIAGNOSTICS
1–1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS BLOCK DIAGRAM
ROOM INTERFACE
POWER
UNIT
CONTROL
TAV
DIAGNOSTICS
POWER UNIT
Display
CONTROL
ROOM INTERFACE
TAV
Appli.
Diagnostic
Protocol
Tests
procs
HDLC link
Hardware
functions
1–2
Block convention
The blocks that are not completely grey are not completely tested.
4–2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 2
PRD DESCRIPTION
2–1
Functional Overview
2–1–1 Functional requirements for PRD
Input Data
The high frequency generator Power On/Reset sequence MPH PRD, is initiated by one of the
following conditions:
D
Power applied to MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU boards.
D
Reset signal generated by board resident manual reset switch.
The occurrence of any of these signals will reset the CPU boards.
PU_CTRL_CPU board
The reset will force the CPU32+ core of the 68360 processor to read the two first addresses of
the Flash–EEPROM which are the initial system stack pointer (SSP) and the initial program
counter (PC). The PC is the start of PRD.
If the code read from the switches is normal mode, PRD are executed.
Upon completion of each respective test, the PU_CTRL_CPU board resident switches are
read.
If the code read from the switches is equal to the loop on code, the test will be executed again.
A loop on all tests mode is also used.
This sequence continues until the switch code is changed or power removed from the
PU_CTRL_CPU board.
All PRD tests are Flash–EEPROM resident and during the normal execution sequence, no
manual interaction is required. All switches are normally set OFF.
ROOM_IF_CPU board
The reset will force the 68000 core of the 68302 processor to read the two first addresses of the
EPROM which are the initial system stack pointer (SSP) and the initial program counter (PC).
The PC is the start of PRD.
If the code read from the switches is normal mode, PRD are executed.
If the code is equal to debug or monitor mode, PRD are bypassed.
Upon completion of each respective test, the PU_CTRL_CPU board resident switches are
read.
If the code read from the switches is equal to the loop on code, the test will be executed again.
A loop on all tests mode is also used.
This sequence continues until the switch code is changed or power removed from the
PU_CTRL_CPU board.
4–3
DIAGNOSTICS
If the code is equal to debug or monitor mode, PRD are bypassed.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
All PRD tests are EPROM resident and during the normal execution sequence, no manual
interaction is required. All switches are normally set ON.
Output Data
Prior to the execution of each respective test, a tracking code is output to the resident on board
LED display. In the event of a test failure in a non–loop mode, the PU_CTRL_CPU sends an
error code to the TAV via the RS232 channel, and then is forced to the halt state and the
tracking code becomes an error code.
Functional Processing And Performance
The purpose of this group of tests is to verify operation of functions on the MPH CPU boards
that are required to be functional to establish reliable communications. This set of diagnostics
enforces a confidence building sequence of test execution.
The primary functions of the board are tested and if these functions are within test limits, they
are used to test other board functions.
If the primary functions are not testable, the test sequence is aborted.
The following synoptics demonstrates the functions verified during the PU_CTRL_CPU and
ROOM_IF_CPU PRD sequence. Diagnosis is to a Field Replaceable Unit level (CPU boards
for PRD).
DIAGNOSTICS
The boards functions should be tested in the specified sequence presented in the following
paragraph.
As PU_CTRL_CPU, ROOM_IF_CPU board can execute PRD sequences itself. It is the
reason why communication between both boards is the last PU_CTRL_CPU (master board)
PRD sequence which can’t be ended since ROOM_IF_CPU PRD sequences are not finished.
4–4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Distribution
board J12
MPH A6–A5
J1
MADRID
Console
MPH A7
J11
ROOM_IF_CPU board
J2
PRD Leds
68302
PRD switches
MPH A6–A1
HDLC
link
PRD Leds
68360
PRD switches
SCC4
OR
TAV
Service
Terminal
J18
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL_CPU board
MPH A4–A3
4–5
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
2–2
asm 2165118–100
User/Operator Interface
2–2–1 MPH Power on / Reset Diagnostics. Summary Of Switches And LEDS Utilization
PU_CTRL_CPU Read the tracking code on Leds
DS1 DS2 DS3 DS4 DS5 DS6 DS7 DS8
Most Significant Bit
Least Significant Bit
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ON
OFF
CPU
68360
DIAGNOSTICS
U46
5V P15V M15V
RESET
HALT
PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD MPH A4–A3
4–6
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PRD7
PRD6
PRD5
PRD4
PRD3
PRD2
PRD1
PRD0
FEH
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
EPROM checksum
84H
F
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
68360 Internal RAM
99H address
9AH data
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
Short RAM
97H address
98H data
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
f
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
RAM test
(extended mode)
97H address
98H data
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
f
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
Long RAM
97H address
98H data
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
f
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
68360 Processor Test
BEH
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
f
68360 Watch_dog
Test
8FH
F
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
87H
88H
89H
8AH
8BH
8CH
8DH
8EH
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
NAME OF TEST
Error code
on LEDS
Normal mode
Extended mode
Debug mode
Monitor mode
non applicable
Loop on all tests
Loop on all tests
(extended mode)
non applicable
Alive test
68360 Internal timers
Timer 1 Linearity
Timer 2
Timer 3
Timer 4
Timer 1 Interruption
Timer 2
Timer 3
Timer 4
f : led on, F : led off
4–7
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL_CPU board Leds signification
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU Read the tracking code on Leds
HALT
Most Significant Bit
5V M15V P15V
DS8
DS9
DS10
DS11
CPU
68302
DS12
DIAGNOSTICS
DS13
DS14
DS15
Least Significant Bit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
OFF
U62
4–8
ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1
RESET
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board Leds signification
DS8
Error code
on LEDS
Normal mode
Extended mode
Debug mode
Monitor mode
non applicable
Loop on all tests
Loop on all tests
(extended mode)
non applicable
Alive test
FEH
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
EPROM checksum
84H
F
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
68302 Internal RAM
99H address
9AH data
F
F
f
f
f
F
F
f
F
F
f
f
f
F
F
f
Short RAM
97H address
98H data
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
f
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
RAM test
(extended mode)
97H address
98H data
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
f
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
Long RAM
97H address
98H data
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
f
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
68302 Processor Test
BEH
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
f
68302 Watch_dog
Test
8FH
F
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
88H
89H linearity
8BH interruptions
8AH linearity
8CH interruptions
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
68302 Internal timers
10ms
Timer 1
Timer 2
f : led on, F : led off
4–9
DIAGNOSTICS
DS15 DS14 DS13 DS12 DS11 DS10 DS9
NAME OF TEST
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU & ROOM_IF_CPU PRD Description
PU_CTRL_CPU & ROOM_IF_CPU Alive Test
The purpose of this test is to verify minimum CPU functionalities.
This test will have the following functionality:
D
Verify a limited subset of the processor instruction set.
D
Verify ability to initialize each register of the CPU32+ or 68000 core.
D
This test do not use the RAM.
In the event of a failure, the board diagnostics is unpredictable, therefore isolation should be
the board level.
PU_CTRL_CPU FlashEEPROM or ROOM_IF_CPU EPROM checksum test
The purpose of this test is to verify the integrity of the Flash–EEPROM/EPROM located on
the MPH CPU boards. This test will have the following functionality:
D
Verify checksum of each Flash–EEPROM/EPROM device.
In the event of a failure, change the CPU board (diagnosis should be made to the memory
configuration logic).
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL_CPU & ROOM_IF_CPU RAM memory test
The purpose of this test is to verify the random access memory used by the software as a data
and stack area. This test could run in three different mode, the first one (short part) runs in
normal mode, the second and third ones (extended or long part) run only if somebody ask for
them with the switches.
PU_CTRL_CPU & ROOM_IF_CPU Short RAM memory test
The test should have the following functionality:
D
Verify ability to correctly address board resident volatile RAM devices.
D
Verify ability to write and read with one pattern each memory cell of the volatile RAM
array.
D
Test the 68360/68302 internal RAM.
In the event of a failure, change the CPU board (diagnosis should be made to the defective
RAM component or memory location).
PU_CTRL_CPU & ROOM_IF_CPU RAM Test (Extended Mode)
The test should have the following functionality:
D
Verify ability to correctly address board resident RAM devices.
D
Verify ability to write and read with different patterns each memory cell of the volatile
RAM array
In the event of a failure, change the CPU board (diagnosis should be to the defective RAM
component or memory location).
4–10
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU & ROOM_IF_CPU Long RAM Test
The test should have the following functionality:
D
Verify ability to correctly address board resident RAM devices.
D
Verify ability to write and read each memory cell of the RAM array.
D
Verify for each 32 bits cell that other cells are still zero.
In the event of a failure, change the CPU board (diagnosis should be to the defective RAM
component or memory location).
ROOM_IF_CPU 68302 tests
1. Processor Test
The purpose of this test is to verify any instruction that has not yet been verified or used
by the PRD. The test should have the following functionality:
–
call,
–
conditional jump,
–
multiply,
–
divide,
–
addition,
–
subtraction,
–
software interrupts.
In the event of a test failure, change the CPU board (diagnosis should be made to the
68360/68302 processor).
2. Watch_dog test
The purpose of this test is to verify that the sequence of reset due to a watchdog timeout
is working properly.
So, the watchdog timer is loaded with 20ms as in application mode.
When the count reaches the reference, the timer sets an output of the microcontroller
which generates a reset.
So, this test verifies that the reset occurs 20ms after the end of the counting sequence.
If no reset occurs, the microcontroller goes in halt state (with the associated treatment)
if ”loop on test mode” is not selected. If a reset occurs, the status of the sequence before
the reset is read to know if the test has been performed with the good timing. If it is not
the case, the microcontroller goes in halt state (with the associated treatment) if ”loop on
test mode” is not selected.
In the event of a test failure, change the ROOM_IF_CPU board (diagnosis should be
made to the processor or to the reset management function).
4–11
DIAGNOSTICS
D Verify ability of processor to execute:
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
3. Internal Timers
The purpose of this test is to verify operation of the 68302 internal timers and periodic
interrupt. These timers are used for AEC clock and time measurement.
They are initiated after PRDs of the ROOM_IF_CPU.
The test should have the following functionality:
D Verify linearity of counting sequence.
D Verify operation of the interrupt generated by the 68302 timers.
In the event of a test failure, change ROOM_IF_CPU board (diagnosis should be made
to the 68302 processor).
PU_CTRL_CPU 68360
1. Processor Test
The purpose of this test is to verify any instruction that has not yet been verified or used
by the PRD. The test should have the following functionality:
DIAGNOSTICS
D Verify ability of processor to execute:
–
call,
–
conditional jump,
–
multiply,
–
divide,
–
addition,
–
subtraction,
–
software interrupts.
In the event of a test failure, change the PU_CTRL_CPU board (diagnosis should be
made to the 68360/68302 processor).
2. Watch_dog test
The purpose of this test is to verify that the sequence of reset due to a watchdog timeout
is working properly.
So, the watchdog timer is loaded with 41,9ms as in application mode.
When the count reaches the reference, the timer sets an output of the microcontroller
which generates a reset.
So, this test verifies that the reset occurs 41,9 ms after the end of the counting sequence.
If no reset occurs, the microcontroller goes in halt state (with the associated treatment)
if ”loop on test mode” is not selected. If a reset occurs, the status of the sequence before
the reset is read to know if the test has been performed with the good timing. If it is not
the case, the microcontroller goes in halt state (with the associated treatment) if ”loop on
test mode” is not selected.
In the event of a test failure, change the PU_CTRL_CPU board (diagnosis should be
made to the processor or to the reset management function).
4–12
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
3. Internal Timers
The purpose of this test is to verify operation of the 68360 internal timers. These timers
are used for time, mAs, bright exposure and VRTX clock.
They are initiated after PRDs of the PU_CTRL_CPU.
The test should have the following functionality:
D Verify linearity of counting sequence.
D Verify operation of the interrupt generated by the 68360 timers.
DIAGNOSTICS
In the event of a test failure, change PU_CTRL_CPU board (diagnosis should be made
to the 68360 processor).
4–13
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Console
debug
TAV
UART
UART
Drivers RS232
Drivers RS232
PRD
PU_CTRL_CPU board
BACKGROUND
Flash Eeprom
DIAGNOSTICS
Bus 68360
DC–DC
–15V
+15V
DC–DC
DECOD
PRD switches
PRD leds
+5V
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
CS6
CS3
68360
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
CS5
BP Abort
UART
CS2
SRAM
+5V
Drivers
RS485
SMC2
Background
SRAM
save + clock
UART
CS
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
XILINX
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
DAC
CS
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
MUX
CS
V/F
CS
Input register
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–14
ROOM_IF_CPU board
SCC4
CS0
Drivers
RS485
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Power_On Reset Diagnostics
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites: – None
PU_CTRL_CPU ALIVE TEST ERROR CODES
Error (not displayed on console but on leds on the board)
Power_On Reset Diagnostics
00h
FEh
84h
97h
98h
99h
9Ah
BEh
8Fh
87h
88h
89h
8Ah
8Bh
8Ch
8Dh
8Eh
Unknown code
CPU Alive test failure
EPROM test failure
RAM Address test failure
RAM data test failure
mc68360 Internal RAM Address test failure
mc68360 Internal RAM Data test failure
mc68360 Processor test failure
mc68360 watch_dog test failure
mc68360 Timer1 linearity test failure
mc68360 Timer2 linearity test failure
mc68360 Timer3 linearity test failure
mc68360 Timer4 linearity test failure
mc68360 Timer1 Interrupt test failure
mc68360 Timer2 Interrupt test failure
mc68360 Timer3 Interrupt test failure
mc68360 Timer4 Interrupt test failure
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check on PU_CTRL_CPU the following connections:
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J23) and CMD1 (XJ23)
4–15
DIAGNOSTICS
Description
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board: PRD
Supply control
CPU–68302
ALIM_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
PB–RESET
Room interface
RAD_PREP_A
PB_ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
LEDS
START_EXP_A
STRAP WATCHDOG
– 68302
– EPROM
REF10V
(BUS D)
RF CONNECTOR
SUPPLY TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– 10V, 1V24 REFERENCE
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RF SUPPLY CONNECTOR
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
–15V
EXPOSURE CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
SWITCH RAD
D(15:0)
– SRAM
EXP_EN
LEDS
– OPTOCOUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAIS
– DATA BUFFER
Operator interface
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
– REVISION REGISTER
– ROOM INTERF. DRIVERS
– PRD REGISTERS
OPERATOR CONNECTOR
PU_CTRL_CPU interface
(EPLD)
(IRQ7)
(SCC)
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
ARCNET COAX
HDLC
TAV
(UART)
D(15:0)
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
PUPITRE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTERS
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– PROGRAMMABLE GAIN
– TRACKING COUNTER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
SCOPIE interface
– 8 bits DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
– RS445 DRIVERS
AEC interface
(EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
PU_CTRL_CPU CONNECT.
(UART)
(BUS D)
– RS484 DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
– TEST REGISTERS
DIAGNOSTICS
SUPPLY CONNECT
(ANALOG.)
– Power on SAFETY
– SCOPIE REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
4–16
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG.)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
Power_On Reset Diagnostics
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites: – None
ROOM_IF_CPU ALIVE TEST ERROR CODES
Error (not displayed on console but on leds on the board)
Power_On Reset Diagnostics
00h
FEh
84h
97h
98h
99h
9Ah
BEh
8Fh
88h
89h
8Ah
8Bh
8Ch
Unknown code
CPU Alive test failure
EPROM test failure
RAM Address test failure
RAM data test failure
mc68302 Internal RAM Address test failure
mc68302 Internal RAM Data test failure
mc68302 Processor test failure
mc68302 watch_dog test failure
mc68302 10ms Interrupt test failure
mc68302 Timer1 linearity test failure
mc68302 Timer2 linearity test failure
mc68302 Timer1 Interrupt test failure
mc68302 Timer2 Interrupt test failure
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check on CPU the following connections:
– Between ROOM_IF_CPU (J2) and DISTRIBUTION (J11)
4–17
DIAGNOSTICS
Description
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 3
SLD
3–1
Here to use
3–1–1 TAV Tests Operator Interface
The MPH dialogs with a PC–resident program (called TAV) through a serial communications
link in order to select and execute the different tests available.
Here are described the different possibilities of selecting and executing tests, how they are
organized and how the results are stored.
Tests Hierarchy
The tests have been grouped functionally, there is a main menu level and then 10 submenus
related to the functions.
PUCTRL
F1: ON/OFF TEST
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD1
PUCTRL
F2: LVPS TEST
ROOMIF
CMD1
F3: DCPS TEST
PUCTRL
F4: TUBE TEST
PUCTRL
1. Read Buffers
2. Command Buffer
3. Power ON Signal
1. Read Buffers
2. Command Buffer
3 ADC
4. RS485 Interface Drivers
5. Exposure Enable
6. Analogic
7. RS485
8. LV_ENABLE Signal
1. Read Buffers
2. Command Buffer
CMD1
3. DC Level Network
MAIN PS
4. DC Level Detection
DC FILTER 5. DC Level Measure
CMD2
ROTOR
HEATER
HV TANK
4–18
1. Read Buffers
2. Command Buffer
3. Tube Selection
4. Tube Stator Selection
5. Heater Tube Selection
6. HV Switch Command
7. HV Switch Motor
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
PUCTRL
ROOMIF
II SENSOR
F6: KV TEST
PUCTRL
ROOMIF
F7: KV TEST CONTD.
1. kV Test Relay
2. Current Measurement & IGBT FPS
3 kV Safeties
4. kV Rise and Regulation
5. kV Max Safety
INVERTER 6. Power Components
7. Final Cross Check
PUCTRL
CMD1
PUCTRL
CMD2
HEATER
F10: ROTOR TEST
1. Read Buffers
2. Command Buffer
3. ADC
4. DAC
5. RS485 Interface Drivers
6. Exposure Enable
7. Exposure Management
8. RS485
CMD1
F8: MA TEST
F9: HEATER TEST
1. RS 485
2. Switches and Leds
3. Exposure Enable
4. Exposure Management
5. Room Input
6. Room Output
7. RS485
8. Analogic
9. Switches and Leds
0. HVPM IPM test
PUCTRL
CMD2
ROTOR
1. Xilinx 1ms Internal Timer
2. Read Buffers
3. Command Buffer
4. ADC Measurement
5. mAs Shunt Measurement
6. mA Max Safety
1. Read Buffers
2. Command Buffer
3. ADC
4. DAC
5. XS Current Control
6. XL Current Control
7. XS Regulation Safety
8. XL Regulation Safety
9. Final Cross Check
1. Read Buffers
2. Command Buffer
3. Current Control & HS Mode
4. Max Current Safety
5. IGBT Drivers
6. Final Cross Check
4–19
DIAGNOSTICS
F5: INTERFACE TEST
asm 2165118–100
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Tests Selection
On the main TAV menu, go to MENU 2 and then select TESTS (F1). By doing so, you enter the
MAIN TEST MENU, whose submenus have been presented on the previous paragraph. Once
on the main menu, you can go down to a submenu by pressing F1 .. F10. There is a set of keys
on the PC–keyboard that have a meaning concerning tests selection and execution:
D
F1 .. F10: While on the main menu, they allow going down to a submenu, as seen on
the tests hierarchy. For instance, to view MA TESTS menu, push F1.
At the top screen line, the name of the menu is displayed.
D
1 .. 9,0: These keys allow the selection (toggle) of a group of tests for execution when
we are on the main menu, or a single test when we are on a submenu. On the main menu,
it selects (toggles the selection) all the tests grouped by F?, being ? the key pushed
(1 .. 9,0). If we are on a submenu, it selects the single test designed by the key, for instance
for ON/OFF Tests, key 2 toggles the selection for Command Buffer Test. When a test or
group is selected, its test box is highlighted.
D
A, B, C, D, E, F: These keys are used for the tests that during its execution, require
DIAGNOSTICS
an additional information. They represent a choice among 6 different values.
D
W Select All: Selects all the tests within scope, all the tests in a submenu. Don’t use
on the main menu. If this feature is active, its dialog box is highlighted.
D
T Select No Operator: Selects all the tests within scope that don’t need the
operator action to be performed, all the tests in a submenu or all the test if we are on the
main menu. If this feature is active, its dialog box is highlighted.
D
R Return: Go to the previous menu level.
D
Q Quit: Quit TAV menus.
D
V Execution: Executes the tests selected. While tests are executed, the test box
associated to the menu and to this feature blinks. If loop on tests is selected, it displays
at the top of the screen the number of loops carried out and the number of errors
encountered. If ’no stop on error’ is not selected, the execution will be stopped if an error
is encountered and the error information will be displayed instead, in this case, press
again ’V’ when the error information is no longer needed.
D
Z ExeErr: When a set of tests is selected and being executed, it doesn’t stop if an error
is encountered, storing its information for later display.
D
U Loop: Select loop on tests.
4–20
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Main Menu Screen
TESTS MAIN MENU
2:LVPS
9:Heater
0:Rotor
W: SelAll
––––––––––––––––
F1: ON/OFF
F3: DCPS
F5: INTR_SW/LE
F7: KV continued
F9: HEATER
F3
F5
F7
F9
F2
F4
F6
F8
F10
3:DCPS
R: Return
TEST MENU
4:TUBE
V: Exec
5:INTER
Q: Exit
6:KV
Z: ExeErr
7:kV ctd
U: Loop
8:mA
T: SelNop
––––––––––––––––
F2: LVPS
F4: TUBE
F6: KV
F8: MA
F10: ROTOR
On the main menu, the keys W, T have a global scope, toggling the selection for all the tests in
all the submenus. The 1 .. 9,0 keys, toggles the selection for the submenus associated to each
one: 1 to HEATER TESTS, 2 to ROTOR TESTS , and so on.
4–21
DIAGNOSTICS
1:ON/OFF
F1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Submenu Screen Example
HEATER TESTS
Test 1
Test 2
Test 9
Test 10
DIAGNOSTICS
W: SelAll
Test 3
Test 4
Test 5
Test 6
Test 7
Test 8
R: Return
V: Exec
Q: Exit
Z: ExeErr
U: Loop
T: SelNop
–––––––– PUCTRL ––––––––
1: Read Buffers 2: Command buffer 3: ADC 4: DAC
–––––––––– CMD2 ––––––––––
5: XS current control 6: XL current contrl
7: XS regulation safety 8: XL regulation safety
–––––––– HEATER –––––––––
9: Final Cross Check
On the submenus, the keys W, T have a local scope, toggling the selection for all the tests in the
submenus. The 1 .. 9,0 keys, toggles the selection for the single tests associated to each one: 1
to Read Buffers Test, 2 to Command Buffer Test , and so on.
Tests Execution
When tests are beeing executed, the display box V: Exec will blink, and the display box related
to the test will blink as well. If tests are executed from the main menu, it is the submenu display
box that blinks.
If the option Execution without stopping on error is selected, the errors found are stored and
can be displayed later (see menu LIST). Otherwise, the execution is stopped and the error
information will be displayed on the uppermost line:
Err *** U*** AD**** ED**** AA********
Error
Code Status
User
Data
Actual
Data
Expected
Address
Actual
In the latter case, press V again to go back to tests selection.
In the options loop on tests and no stop on error are selected, the number of loops performed
and the number of total errors are displayed on the uppermost line.
While tests are beeing carried out, press V to stop the execution at the end of the running test.
4–22
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Stored Diagnostics Errors Display
On the main TAV menu, go to MENU 2 and then select LIST (F3).
Error n
* =
***
*
Nb
Date
F3
F4
^H: Clear
R: Return
Q: Exit
Z: AppErr
U: DiaErr
DIAGNOSTICS
MENU LIST: Displays last 16 error codes occuring,
number of occurence and the date of the first
F3/F4: Displays last or next error
^H (Ctrl H): To clear 16 codes from memory, enter ^H
and enter ^H again to confirm
In this screen, we can select application error codes (Z) or diagnostics error codes (U). The
screen shown corresponds to Diagnostics:
Error n
* =
Error Index
***
Error
Code
*
Nb
Date
Number of Times Date of Last
it Appeared
Appereance
4–23
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
3–1–2 Functional requirements for MPH SLD
Introduction
The purpose of the MPH SLD is to provide an as automatic as possible way to determine the
faulty FRU’s with a confidence level which is TBD.
The diagnostic design described here will be implemented as a functional procedure, the
purpose being to run the MPH functions and identify which board or FRU is faulty as regard to
the concerned function.
The diagnostic functional description involves all the MPH functions and the different FRU’s
identified as part of the generator.
3–1–3 MPH functions
DIAGNOSTICS
The MPH functions diagnosed by the SLD are the following:
D
On/Off Function
D
Low Voltage Power Supply
D
DC Power Supply
D
Tube Selection
D
kV Command
D
mA Measure
D
Heater
D
Rotor Controller
D
Switches and LED’s
D
Room Interface
3–1–4 MPH FRU’s
The Field Replaceable Units involved in the above functions are the following:
D
PU_CTRL_CPU board
D
ROOM_IF_CPU board
D
CMD1 board
D
CMD2 board
D
HEATER board
D
ROTCTL board
D
MAINPS board
D
DCPS board
D
HV tank
D
+/– 15, 5V Power supply
D
24V Power supply
D
Auto transformer
D
EMI Filters
4–24
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
Air Filters
D
Fuses (Pocket 1)
D
Fuses (Pocket 2)
D
ON/OFF Contactor
3–1–5 SLD design description
The method used to describe the MPH SLD follows the different functions identified above.
For each function, a general block diagram showing the FRU’s is given, followed by all the
tests necessary to diagnose properly the described function. Each test is detailed by its
pre–requisites, its sequencing and a hatched block diagram of the involved FRU.
DIAGNOSTICS
One exception is made for CPU boards, since it supports all the functionalities of the
generator. In this case, most of the tests are similar from one function to another, so that the
description of the test is lead by the functions. Each test description gives the sequencing and
the functions it involves, in order that the test can be reported in the diagnostic software as part
of each function.
4–25
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 4
APPLICATION ERROR CODES
4–1
Software Processing
4–1–1 Class I Error Treatment
Stops the exposure and inhibits it.
Stop the filaments heating.
Set the anode rotation in free run.
Stops a running tube switch.
4–1–2 Class II Error Treatment
No treatment, the exposure restarts if number of spits, for this exposure, is less than 7.
4–1–3 Class III Error Treatment
Stops the exposure and inhibits it.
4–1–4 Class IV Error Treatment
Stops the exposure and inhibits it.
Stop the filaments heating.
Set the anode rotation in free run.
Stops a running tube switch.
DIAGNOSTICS
4–1–5 Error transmission Mechanism
All the errors codes are sent to the APPLICATION task where they are treated and sent to the
control panel (TAV/Integrated Console/Control Console).
The error code is stored in the last 16 errors list if it is different from the last error code that
occurred.
For the thermic errors, the temperature led flickers on the control panel until the default
disappears.
Note:
Errors codes are composed of three numbers, if four numbers are displayed, the first
number is the number of the tube (1 or 2).
Ex: error code 1 710
Tube identifier
(1 or 2)
4–26
Error code
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
Action
110
TUB_SEL_ROT_ON
New tube demand while rotor
is running
classIV
Exposure inhibited
No tube commutation
Reset error
Repeat the tube or technic
change
112
MA_SCALE_ERR
mA scale switches replies and
demand mismatch. Those signals are tested 20ms after the
scale change command and
each 10ms.
kV and mA test switches
replies and demand mismatch.
kV and mA test switches is
made after each power on. The
replies status are tested 20ms
after the change command and
each 10ms.
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
mA
MENU2 TEST F8
KVMA_TEST_SEL
_ERR
Note: If it appears in output
of diagnostic test, ignore it.
114
ROT_SEL_ERR
Rotor tube switches replies and
demand mismatch
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
tube and rotor
MENU2 TEST F4
MENU2 TEST F10
115
HEAT_SEL_ERR
Heat tube switches replies and
demand mismatch
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
tube and heater
MENU2 TEST F4
MENU2 TEST F9
117
TUBE_SEL_ERR
High voltage tube switches
replies and demand mismatch
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
tube
MENU2 TEST F4
118
TUB_SEL_HEAT_ON
New tube demand while heat is classIV
running on one or the two focus Exposure inhibited
No tube commutation
Reset error
Repeat the tube or technic
change
119
TUB_SEL_KV_ON
New tube demand while kV
measured > 9kV
Reset error and wait few
minutes
Repeat the tube or technic
change
4–27
classIV
Exposure inhibited
DIAGNOSTICS
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
DIAGNOSTICS
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
200
MAX_TUBE
_CURRENT
Tube current max detection
(mA_max signal)
class II
Not displayed on control desk
Increment tube spit
number
Restart the exposure
201
UNKNOWN_RES_SAF
Tube spit without safety signal
set (res_safety signal)
class II
Not displayed on control desk
Increment tube spit
Restart the exposure
202
KV_REGUL_ERROR
KV regulation error (regul_out
signal)
class II
Not displayed on control desk
Increment tube spit
Restart the exposure
203
KVMAX_FAILURE
KV max detection (kv_max
signal)
class II
Not displayed on control desk
Increment tube spit
Restart the exposure
204
KV_DROP
KV drop on both side
(kv_drop_cat and kv_drop_an
signals)
class II
Not displayed on control desk
Increment tube spit
Restart the exposure
205
KV_DROP_AN
KV drop on anode side
(kv_drop_cat signal)
class II
Not displayed on control desk
Increment tube spit
Restart the exposure
206
KV_DROP_CAT
KV drop on cathode side
(kv_drop_cat signal)
class II
Not displayed on control desk
Increment tube spit
Restart the exposure
207
MAX_INV_CURRENT
Max inverter current detection
(i_inv_max signal)
class II
Not displayed on control desk
Increment tube spit
Restart the exposure
4–28
Action
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
Action
300
HEATF_XL_PREH
Heat fault detection during preheat on large focus (heatfault_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
301
HEATF_XL_BOOST
Heat fault detection during
boost on large focus (heatfault_xl signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
302
HEATF_XL_HEAT
Heat fault detection during heat classIV
on large focus (heatfault_xl sig- Exposure inhibited
nal)
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
303
PRES_XL_PREH
No current in large focus heat
circuit during preheat (presence_xl signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
304
PRES_XL_BOOST
No current in large focus heat
circuit during boost (presence_xl signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
305
PRES_XL_HEAT
No current in large focus heat
classIV
circuit during heat (presence_xl Exposure inhibited
signal)
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
306
OVER_XL_PREH
Overload current detection in
large focus heat circuit during
preheat (over_xl signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
307
OVER_XL_BOOST
Overload current detection in
large focus heat circuit during
boost (over_xl signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
308
OVER_XL_HEAT
Overload current detection in
large focus heat circuit during
heat (over_xl signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
4–29
DIAGNOSTICS
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
DIAGNOSTICS
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
Action
309
HE_HEAT_XL
One of the heat safety signal is
activated while large focus heat
circuit is not running (heatfault_xl, overl_xl, presence_xl
signals)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
320
HEATF_XS_PREH
Heat fault detection during preheat on small focus (heatfault_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
321
HEATF_XS_BOOST
Heat fault detection during
boost on small focus (heatfault_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
322
HEATF_XS_HEAT
Heat fault detection during preheat on small focus (heatfault_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
323
PRES_XS_PREH
No current in small focus heat
circuit during preheat (presence_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
324
PRES_XS_BOOST
No current in small focus heat
circuit during boost (presence_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
325
PRES_XS_HEAT
No current in small focus heat
circuit during heat (presence_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
326
OVER_XS_PREH
Overload current detection in
small focus heat circuit during
preheat (over_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
327
OVER_XS_BOOST
Overload current detection in
small focus heat circuit during
boost (over_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
4–30
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
Action
328
OVER_XS_HEAT
Overload current detection in
small focus heat circuit during
heat (over_xs signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
329
HE_HEAT_XS
One of the heat safety signal is
activated while small focus
heat circuit is not running
(heatfault_xs, overl_xs, presence_xs signals)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
heater
MENU2 TEST F9
410
DC_BUS_ERROR
DC bus out of range
(dc_bus_fault signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
on/off and DC bus
MENU2 TEST F1
MENU2 TEST F3
Then follow the faulty tree
ON/OFF and DCPS
411
FPS_ERROR
Inverter floating power supply
default (fps_fault signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
on/off and DC bus
MENU2 TEST F1
MENU2 TEST F3
Then follow the faulty tree
ON/OFF
412
LV_SUPPLY_ERR
Low voltage power supply
error (_lv_enable signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
on/off and lvps
MENU2 TEST F1
MENU2 TEST F2
Then follow the faulty tree
ON/OFF
420
MAIN_DROP
Main power supply error
(MAIN_DROP signal)
classI
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
501
ERR_PILE
The battery for the non volatile
RAM reach its maximum time
of use 3 years
Error is displayed at
each switch ON
Change the RAM on
PU_CTRL_CPU and battery
on program’x (if present).
See preventive maintenance
on SM ch4
502
ERR_RAM
RAM checksum faulty.
Exposure inhibited
until checksum be
made.
MENU5 of maintenance
menu.
4–31
DIAGNOSTICS
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
Action
504
Shift between the error code
table and the internal code.
Error code table too large
Floating calculation error.
VRTX error
classI
Exposure inhibited
Reset error
ERR_COD_TAB_FAIL
DIAGNOSTICS
ERR_COD_TAB_FULL
ERR_FLOAT
VRTX_ERR
505
WATCHDOG_ERROR
Reset due to watch_dog timeout
classI
The CPU is reset
Reset error
506
TUBE_CMD_ERROR
Demand tube number > 3
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error
507
ROT_CMD_TUB_CH
New rotor command while tube classIV
is changing
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
511
NO_KV_FEEDBACK
KV < 6kv 500ms after exposure_command (kv_inf_kv0
signal)
classIII
Stop exposure
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
kV
MENU2 TEST F6
MENU2 TEST F7
512
KV75_ERROR
KV don’t reach 75% of asked
classIII
value 10ms after the start of the Stop exposure
exposure
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
kV
MENU2 TEST F6
MENU2 TEST F7
513
HE_INVERTER
Inverter safety is set out of
exposure (safety, kv_inf_kv0,
exp_time_max, restarting_safety, kv_drop,
kv_drop_an, kv_drop_cat,
kv_max, mA_max, regul_out,
i_inv_max, kv_sup_75kvn signals)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
kV
MENU2 TEST F6
MENU2 TEST F7
515
CONNECTIC_FAULT
Link with CMD1 and CMD2
board is corrupted (_continuity
signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
Check cables between
PU_CTRL_CPU and CMD1
and CMD2 boards.
516
ADC_FAIL
A/D inverter does not end the
conversion or the re_read of
demands (ich_lf or ich_sf or
kv_demand) is too far from the
sent value
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
kV and heater
MENU2 TEST F6
MENU2 TEST F7
MENU2 TEST F9
Note: If it appears in output
of diagnostic test, ignore it.
4–32
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
520
ETHER_ERROR
Error in communication ethernet
Ethernet serial link
not used
classIV
Exposure inhibited
521
HDLC_ERROR
RX_CHECKSUM_ERR
RX_OVERRUN
RX_CRC_ERROR
RX_ABORT_SEQ
Error in communication
between ROOM_IF_CPU and
PU_CTRL_CPU boards
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
522
SCC3_ERROR
Error in communication with
TAV/GPX
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
Then check with faulty tree
serial link
523
SCC4_ERROR
Error in communication control classIV
desk
Exposure inhibited
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
Then check with faulty tree
serial link
524
SMC1_ERROR
Error in communication with
APR
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
Then check with faulty tree
serial link
525
SMC2_ERROR
Error in communication debug
terminal
Serial link not used
classIV
Exposure inhibited
526
TST_COM_ERR
Check each 10s the communication between
PU_CTRL_CPU and
ROOM_IF_CPU boards. Error
when message missing or
wrong message from
ROOM_IF_CPU.
Exposure inhibited
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostics
Interface
MENU2 TEST F5
then check with faulty tree
serial link
540
END_OF_T_BOOST
Boost time > 400ms
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
543
TMAX_10S_
OVERFLOW
Safety.
Exposure time maximum, 10s
(exp_time_max signal)
classIII
Stop exposure
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
kV MENU2 TEST F6
MENU TEST F7
4–33
DIAGNOSTICS
Action
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
DIAGNOSTICS
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
Action
544
EXP_CMD_NOT_OK
Exposure command while PU
not ready (rotor not running or
class I, III or IV error not reset
or rotor or inverter or tube
safety set or selected tube not
corresponding to the asked
tube)
classIII
Stop exposure
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
Then check with faulty tree
interface
545
REPETITIVE_ERROR
7 tube spits detected during the
exposure
classIII
Stop exposure
Reset error
If it reappears, warm-up the
tube then find the default in
running diagnostic kV
MENU2 TEST F6
MENU2 TEST F7
547
THERM_INV
Inverter temperature, calculated classIV
each 10ms, reaches maximum
Exposure inhibited
Led flickers on the
control panel while
inverter temperature
does not authorize a
new exposure
Wait for cooling, red triangle
OFF
550
XILINX_CONF_ERR
Xilinx not configured.
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interfcae
MENU2 TEST F5
551
UNKNOWN_SAFETY
Safety without safety signal set
(safety signal)
classIII
Stop exposure
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
kV
MENU2 TEST F6
MENU2 TEST F7
552
ERR_MAS_MAX
Exposure stopped by mAs
counter instead of time counter.
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
mA
MENU2 TEST F8
Then run heating current
calibration SM RG003
553
ERR_TEMPS_MAX
Exposure stopped by time
counter instead of mAs counter.
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
kV MENU2 TEST F6
MENU2 TEST F7
4–34
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
554
MA_METER_SAT
mA > 20mA during fluoro
Reset error
If it reappears, run mA
(MENU6 kmadj) and heating
current calibration SM
RG003
557
TOMO TOO SLOW
X-Ray cut by generator instead
Tomograph if Tomo time prior
Reset error
Check Tomograph time cut
Off
558
TOMO TOO QUICK
X-Ray cut by Tomograph
before generator if generator
time prior
Reset error
Check Tomograph time cut
Off
559
NO_MA_FEEDBACK
mA < 0.15mA ( x100 scale),
mA < 1.5mA (x10 scale) or
mA < 4 (x1 scale) 20ms after
the start of exposure
classIII
Stop exposure
Reset error
If it reappears, find the
default by running mA and
heater diagnostics
MENU TEST F8
MENU TEST F9
If still no problem found,
tube filament has short circuit
If heater diagnostics run with
no errors, check mA kV measurement circuit.
710
ST_OVL_HS_ACC
Overload current in rotor controller circuit in high speed
acceleration (_start_ovl signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
711
ST_OVL_HS_RUN
Overload current in rotor controller circuit in high speed run
(_start_ovl signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
712
ST_OVL_HS_BR
Overload current in rotor controller circuit in high speed
brake (_start_ovl signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
713
ST_OVL_LS_ACC
Overload current in rotor controller circuit in low speed
acceleration (_start_ovl signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
4–35
Action
DIAGNOSTICS
Effect
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Cause
Effect
Action
714
ST_OVL_LS_RUN
Overload current in rotor controller circuit in low speed run
(_start_ovl signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
716
THERMAL_SAFETY
Tube thermal safety (thermal_safety signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Led flickers on the
contrl panel all the
time thermal safety is
present
Wait for cooling (thermic led
OFF and red triangle OFF)
See tube fonctions
block diagram
717
ST_OVL_LS_BR
Overload current in rotor controller circuit in low speed
brake (_start_ovl signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
718
LS_RTN_ERR
Rotor speed selection error
(signal _ls_rtn)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
719
THERM_ROT
Rotor inverter temperature, cal- classIV
Wait for cooling (thermic led
culated each 10ms, reaches
Exposure inhibited
OFF and red triangle OFF)
maximum
Led flickers on the
control panel while
rotor inverter temperature does not authorize
a new rotor cycle
(acceleration, run and
brake)
720
CUR_ST_HS_ACC
No current in rotor controller
circuit in high speed acceleration (cur_start_on signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
721
CUR_ST_HS_RUN
No current in rotor controller
circuit in high speed run
(cur_start_on signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
722
CUR_ST_HS_BR
No current in rotor controller
circuit in high speed brake
(cur_start_on signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
DIAGNOSTICS
MPH Internal Code
Code
4–36
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
Effect
Action
723
CUR_ST_LS_ACC
No current in rotor controller
circuit in low speed acceleration (cur_start_on signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
724
CUR_ST_LS_RUN
No current in rotor controller
circuit in low speed run
(cur_start_on signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
725
CUR_ST_LS_BR
No current in rotor controller
circuit in low speed brake
(cur_start_on signal)
classIV
Stop the exposure
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
726
HE_ROTOR
Rotor inverter current overload
while rotor is off (start_ovl signal)
classIV
Exposure inhibited
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
rotor
MENU2 TEST F10
901
HDLC_COMM
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
Buffer length max or less than
1 byte
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
902
RX_OVERRUN
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
”over run” communication
error
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
903
RX_CRC_ERROR
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
”CRC” communication error
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
904
RX_ABORT_SEQ
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
”abort sequence” communication error
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
905
HDLC_ERROR
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
”carrier” communication error
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
4–37
DIAGNOSTICS
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
DIAGNOSTICS
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MPH Internal Code
Code
Cause
906
UART_ERROR
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
Error in communication
between PRINT’X or debug
console and ROOM_IF_CPU
board.
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
interface
MENU2 TEST F5
Then check with faulty tree
Print’X
907
ERR_FLOAT
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
Error during floating calculation
Reset error
908
ERR_ALIM
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
Power supply error (ALIM_OK
signal)
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
lvps
MENU2 TEST F2
909
ERR_REF10V
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
10V reference power supply
error (REF10V_OK signal)
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
lvps
MENU2 TEST F2
910
ERR_VREF
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
Room power supply error
(_VREF_TEST signal)
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
lvps
MENU2 TEST F2
911
TST_COM_ERR
Sent by ROOM_IF_CPU board
to PU_CTRL_CPU board
During the communication test
between PU_CTRL_CPU and
ROOM_IF_CPU, the message
sent by PU_CTRL_CPU is
wrong.
This test is made each 10s
Reset error.
If it reappears, find the
default in running diagnostic
lvps
MENU2 TEST F2
Then check with faulty tree
serial link
Effect
4–38
Action
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
Diagnostic error list
Error Code
Designation
See page
001, 002, 003
Calibration of heating current RG 003
4–45
31, 32, 52
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Command Buffers Test
4–46
33, 34, 53
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Read Buffers Test
4–49
35, 36, 37, 38, 54, 55, 57
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU ADC and Measurement Function Test
4–53
39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 58, 59,
60
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU DAC Converter Test
4–57
44, 45, 46, 47, 300, 301
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU EXP ENABLE
Signal Test
4–62
48, 270, 271, 272, 273,
274, 275, 276, 277, 278,
302, 303
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Exposure
Management Test
4–66
52, 31, 32
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Command Buffers Test
4–70
53, 33, 34
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Read Buffers Test
4–71
54, 55, 57, 35, 36, 37, 38
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU ADC and Measurement Function Test
4–72
62, 63
MPH ON/OFF
CMD1 POWER_ON signal test
4–75
74
MPH LV POWER SUPPLY
CMD2 LV_ENABLE signal test
4–79
85
MPH DC FILTER
CMD1 DC Level Network test
4–83
86, 87
MPH DC FILTER
MAINPS DC Level Detection test
4–87
88, 89, 90
MPH DC FILTER
DC_FILTER DC level measure test
4–91
101
MPH TUBE SELECTION
CMD2 Tube Selection test
4–93
102
MPH TUBE SELECTION
ROTCL Tube Stator Selection test
4–95
4–39
DIAGNOSTICS
4–2
asm 2165118–100
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Error Code
Designation
See page
103
MPH TUBE SELECTION
HEATER Heater Tube Selection test
4–97
104
MPH TUBE SELECTION
HEATER HV Switch Command test
4–99
105, 106
MPH TUBE SELECTION
HV TANK HV Switch Motor test
4–101
117, 118
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 KV TEST Relay test
4–105
119, 120, 121, 122, 123,
124, 125, 317
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 Current Meas & IGBT FPS test
4–109
126, 127, 128, 129, 130,
131, 132,
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 kV Safeties test
4–113
133, 134, 135, 136, 137,
138, 139, 140, 141, 317
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 kV Rise and Regulation test
4–117
142, 143, 144, 145, 146,
147, 317
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 kV MAX Safety test
4–121
148, 149, 150, 151, 152,
153, 154, 155, 156, 317
MPH KV COMMAND
INVERT Power Components tests
4–125
157, 158, 159, 160, 161,
162, 163, 164, 165, 317
MPH KV COMMAND
Final Cross check
4–129
176, 177, 178
MPH MA MEASURE
CMD1 mA Measure Shunt validation
4–135
179, 180
MPH MA MEASURE
CMD1 mA MAX Safety test
4–138
191, 192, 193
MPH HEATER
CMD2 XS Current Control test
4–142
194, 195, 196
MPH HEATER
CMD2 XL Current Control test
4–146
197, 198, 199, 200, 201
MPH HEATER
CMD2 XS Regulation & Safety test
4–150
202, 203, 204, 205, 206
MPH HEATER
CMD2 XL Regulation & Safety test
4–154
207, 208, 209, 210, 211,
212, 213
MPH HEATER
Final Cross check
4–158
224, 225, 226, 227
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
CMD2 Current Control and HS Mode test
4–162
4–40
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm 2165118–100
Error Code
Designation
See page
228, 229, 230, 231
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
CMD2 Max Current Safety test
4–166
232, 233, 244
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
CMD2 IGBT Drivers test
4–170
234, 235, 236, 237, 238,
239
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
Final Cross check
4–174
244, 232, 233
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
CMD2 IGBT Drivers test
4–178
250
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU Switches and LED’s test
4–180
256, 257
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Xilinx 1ms internal timer test
4–182
258, 259, 260, 261, 262,
263, 264, 265, 266, 267,
268, 269
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU Serial Interface Drivers Test
4–184
270, 271, 272, 273, 274,
275, 276, 277, 278, 302,
303, 48
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Exposure
Management Test
4–186
279, 280, 318
MPH II_SENSOR BOARD
II_SENSOR HTPM Test
4–188
285, 286, 287, 308, 309,
310
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
ROOM_IF_CPU Serial Interface Drivers Test
4–191
299
PU_CTRL_CPU ROOM_IF_CPU
Communication Test
4–194
300, 301, 44, 45, 46, 47
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU EXP_ENABLE
Signal Test
4–195
302, 303
270, 271, 272, 273, 274,
275, 276, 277, 278, 48
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU
BOARDSPU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Exposure
Management Test
4–196
304, 305, 306
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
Inputs Buffers Test
4–199
307
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
Output Buffers Test
4–203
308, 309, 310
285, 286, 287
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD ROOM_IF_CPU
Serial Interface Drivers Test
4–191
311, 312, 313, 314, 315
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDROOM_IF_CPU Analogic
test
4–205
4–41
DIAGNOSTICS
REV 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error Code
Designation
See page
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDROOM_IF_CPU Switches
and LED’s test
4–211
317, 119, 120, 121, 122,
123, 124, 125
133, 134, 135, 136, 137,
138, 139, 140, 141
142, 143, 144, 145, 146,
147, 148, 149, 150, 151,
152, 153, 154, 155, 156,
157, 158, 159, 160, 161,
162, 163, 164, 165
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 Current Meas & IGBT FPS test
CMD1 kV Rise and Regulation test
CMD1 kV MAX Safety test
INVERT Power Components tests
Final Cross check
4–212
318, 279, 280
MPH II_SENSOR BOARD
II_SENSOR HTPM test
4–213
DIAGNOSTICS
316
4–42
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
Diagnostic error code description
DIAGNOSTICS
4–3
asm 2165118–100
4–43
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
UART
UART
Drivers RS232
Drivers RS232
Drivers
RS485
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
CS6
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
DIAGNOSTICS
UART
SMC2
Background
SRAM
save + clock
Drivers
RS485
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
BP Abort
PRD switches
–15V +15V
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
PRD leds
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
XILINX
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
CS
DAC
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
MUX
CS
Input register
V/F
CS
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–44
ROOM_IF_CPU board
BACKGROUND
SCC4
CS0
Flash Eeprom
PU_CTRL_CPU board
Read Buffer Test
Console
debug
TAV
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error Code 001, 002, 003
ERROR IN HEATING CURRENT CALIBRATION
(RG 003)
Calibration stoppage.
Heater current instability algorithm fault – error 001.
Too many spits or aborted exposure – error 002.
No mA return – error 003.
Code 001
Restart calibration of focal spot if reappers – Change tube.
Code 002
1) Warm–up tube with low mA and increase kV value, step by step.
2) Restart calibration if persist – Change tube.
Code 003
DIAGNOSTICS
Run diagnostic test = mA and calibration of mA return = Menu 6.
4–45
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 31, 32
Error 52
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Command Buffers Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
Purpose : The purpose of this test is to verify that the hardware command lines are properly output from the PU_CTRL_CPU.
The principle of the test is to write and read values and take decisions by comparison.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
DIAGNOSTICS
Sequence : The PU_CTRL_CPU software executes the following steps :
– Tests the ”DC_BUS_OK” and ”ON_ENABLE” to know if there is some voltage remaining on the DC bus. If it is the case, the
test controls the DC bus to stop, initializes a message to the user : ”waiting DC bus to stop”, retest the DC bus every 100ms.
– Check if the signal ”DONE” (port PB13 of 68360) is high (configuration complete) or low (no available configuration) : if
”DONE” is high, the sofware can read the internal revision register and check if it is compatible with both software and hardware
configuration.
– Writes all the outputs with a zero.
– Writes in each buffer AAh, 55h, 00 and verifies the read values including margin effect on the other buffers.
PU_CTRL_CPU COMMAND BUFFERS ERROR CODES
Error
Hardware
Status
31
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU Board Command Buffers Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1
3
DC_BUS_FAULT incompatible with ON_ENABLE
DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
32
Read write failure
Actual address : address of the failure
Actual Data : value read
Expected Data : value expected at this address
52
Xilinx configuration not finished
4–46
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Action :
User Status
Conclusion
31
Any
PU_CTRL_CPU, CMD1 or MAINPS or cables between
CMD1 and MAINPS faulty. Not conclusive
32
Any
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty. Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board.
52
Any
Xilinx or associated logic failure.Replace PU_CTRL_CPU.
DIAGNOSTICS
Error
4–47
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Console
debug
TAV
UART
UART
Drivers RS232
Drivers RS232
PU_CTRL_CPU board
Read Buffer Test
BACKGROUND
Flash Eeprom
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
CS6
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
DIAGNOSTICS
Drivers
RS485
SMC2
Background
SRAM
save + clock
UART
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
–15V
BP Abort
PRD switches
+15V
PRD leds
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
XILINX
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
DAC
CS
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
MUX
CS
V/F
CS
Input register
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–48
ROOM_IF_CPU board
SCC4
CS0
Drivers
RS485
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 33, 34
Error 53
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Read Buffers Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– PU_CTRL_CPU Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK.
– PU_CTRL_CPU Command Buffers passed OK.
Purpose : The purpose of this test is to check all the input lines from CMD1 and CMD2 boards (except line_drop line which causes
a ”NMI” interrupt to the PU_CTRL_CPU by hardware).
Moreover, this SLD tests the two SAFETIES interrupts and the EXP_75 interrupt wired to the port C (edge active interrupt of
68360).
The inputs are connected to three couples of eight input buffers.
Each input comprises a low band–pass filter connected to the input of a buffer.
A pull–up resistor is connected on each input. Two test signals are present on the PU_CTRL_CPU board. Each one is connecting
the half of the resistors to the +5V in application mode.
In diagnostic mode, these relays allow the software to connect either a 5V to the resistors or a 0V.
Sequence : The PU_CTRL_CPU software executes the following steps :
– Check if the signal ”DONE” (port PB13 of 68360 is high (configuration complete) or low (no avaible configuration). If ”DONE”
is high, the software can read the internal revision register and check if it is compatible with both software and hardware configuration.
– The test consists in connecting a low logical level to some inputs and a high to other ones and to check the value read accross
the buffers by the software.
Then the opposite level is connected to the same inputs and another check is done by software. This is done by putting the CMD1
and CMD2 output buffers in the high impedance state.
– Enables EXPOSURE_75, SAFETY and RESTARTING_SAFETY interrupts.
– Sets those signals to active state and checks interrupts occur.
– Restores initial configuration.
Test type : No manual interactions.
4–49
DIAGNOSTICS
Test type : No manual interactions.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU READ BUFFERS ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU Board Read Buffers Failure
Description
stocked buffer error
User_status = XY
X = buffer number (1 = U71 or U73, 2 = U57 or U69, 3 = U50 or U45)
Y = step in the test
Actual Data = read value
(see schematics for more details on the bits )
Expected Data = expected value
33
34
Interrupt error
User Status = XY (X = INT number in fault : 1 for EXP_75 + 2 for SAFETY + 4 for RES_SAFETY)
(Y = step : 7 for falling edge of the 3 ; Bh for rising edge of EXP_75)
53
Xilinx configuration not completed.
DIAGNOSTICS
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on PU_CTRL_CPU the following connections :
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J22) and CMD1 (XJ2)
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J23) and CMD1 (XJ23)
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J19) and CMD2 (XJ4)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
33
Any
Follows the described Identification Procedure.
34
Any
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty. Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board.
53
Any
Xilinx or associated logic failure.Replace PU_CTRL_CPU.
Identification Procedure :
STEP 1
– Disconnect the following flat cables :
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J22) and CMD1 (XJ2)
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J19) and CMD2 (XJ4)
– If the test still fails, PU_CTRL_CPU faulty. Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board.
– If the test indicates no error, go to STEP 2.
STEP 2
– Reconnect the flat cable between PU_CTRL_CPU (J22) and CMD1 (XJ2).
– If the test fails, CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
– If the test indicates no error, CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
4–50
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–51
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Console
debug
TAV
UART
UART
Drivers RS232
Drivers RS232
PU_CTRL_CPU board
A/D Converter and
Measurement Function
Test
BACKGROUND
Flash Eeprom
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
CS6
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
DIAGNOSTICS
Drivers
RS485
SMC2
Background
SRAM
save + clock
UART
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
–15V
BP Abort
PRD switches
+15V
PRD leds
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
XILINX
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
DAC
CS
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
MUX
CS
V/F
CS
Input register
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–52
ROOM_IF_CPU board
SCC4
CS0
Drivers
RS485
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 35, 36, 37, 38
Error 54, 55, 57
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU ADC and Measurement Function Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK.
– ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the multiplexors located before the A/D converter are selectable, that the A/D
is selectable and working properly (the offset and linearity of the A/D converter are within acceptable limits). The
test is also designed to verify that the analog buffers, the mAs measurement and time measurement functions are working properly.
Test type : No manual interactions. LOOP–ON allowed
Sequence : The PU_CTRL_CPU software executes the following steps :
– Read status register and check if ’_UNDER+15V’, ’_UNDER–15V’ signals are all at ’1’ level.
– A special meas_test switch selects in parallel with the multiplexor the following 4 voltage references :
input number 1 : 8.26V
240mV accuracy
input number 2 : 2.5V
80mV accuracy
input number 3 : –8.26V
240mV accuracy
input number 4 : –2.5V
80mV accuracy
– The sofware first tests its ability to select the right input of each multiplexor. So each input is successively selected
and a A/D conversion is made.
– Then, the sofware verifies that for each MUX the value read for the input number 1, 2, 3, 4 are matching the reference voltages with the above accuracy. The signal ”_BUSY_ADC” which means ”end of conversion” is tested
here. This test verifies that the MUX and buffer and the ADC and the address decoding are working.
– Then, by using the input 1, 2, 3 and 4 the software determines the linearity and the offset of the ADC and checks
if they are within acceptable limits : this is sufficient to insure a slope within a 5% tolerance window to the nominal
slope. Offset should be less than 240mV.
– Then the software switches the reference voltage of 8.26V on the mA buffer.
– The signal INHIB_KV_75 (inside the Xilinx) is generated. It allows the mAs clock to reach the microprocessor
without KV_75 presence.
– Then the software does a mAs measurement during 400ms and verifies that the value read matchs 666mAs
(8.33V=666mA for the high mA scale) with a precision of +/– 10%.
– Then the software resets the INHIB_KV_75 signal. It resets the mAs and time counters and generate the KV_75
signal in order to start the mAs counters.
– Then the software does a mAs and time counting measurement during 400ms and verifies that the mAs value read
matches also 666mA with a precision of +/–10%.
4–53
DIAGNOSTICS
– Check if the signal ”DONE” (port PB13 of 68360) is high (configuration complete) or low (no avaible configuration) : if ”DONE” is high, the sofware can read the internal revision register and check if it is compatible with
both software and hardware configuration.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU ADC AND MEASUREMENT FUNCTION ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU Board ADC and Measurement Function Failure
Description
ADC Conversion failure due to busy signal (not terminated after 50 m sec)
Multiplexer , selection , buffer , offset , slope or ADC failure
User Status : MUX input with bad selection [1,2,3,4]
Actual Data : value read *
Expected Data : value expected at this selection *
mAs measurement failure
Actual Data : effective mAs read (1bit.mAs)
Expected Data : 29Ah (666mAs)
User Status : 1 if real KV75 ; 0 if inhibKV75
time measurement failure
Actual Data : effective time read (100 pulses /ms)
Expected Data : 9C40h (40000 = 400ms)
Under +15V failure
Under –15V failure
Xilinx configuration not completed
35
36
37
38
54
55
57
* 1 bit equal 1mV
DIAGNOSTICS
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on PU_CTRL_CPU the following connections :
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J23) and CMD1 (XJ23)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Any
Any
Conclusion
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty. Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board.
4–54
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–55
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Console
debug
TAV
UART
UART
Drivers RS232
Drivers RS232
PU_CTRL_CPU board
D/A Converter Test
BACKGROUND
Flash Eeprom
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
CS6
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
DIAGNOSTICS
Drivers
RS485
SMC2
Background
SRAM
save + clock
UART
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
–15V
BP Abort
PRD switches
+15V
PRD leds
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
XILINX
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
DAC
CS
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
MUX
CS
V/F
CS
Input register
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–56
ROOM_IF_CPU board
SCC4
CS0
Drivers
RS485
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 39, 40, 41, 42, 43
Error 58, 59, 60
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU DAC Converter Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– PU_CTRL_CPU Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK
– ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– PU_CTRL_CPU ADC and measurement function test passed OK
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the D/A converter used for output the kV voltage reference, I_sf current reference and I_if current reference works properly.
This DAC is in fact four DAC working in parallel.
The access of each DAC independently is verified first.
Then, the offset, slope and monotonicity are verified for each DAC.
Test type : No manual interactions. LOOP–ON allowed
Sequence : The PU_CTRL_CPU software executes the following steps :
– Read status register and check if ’_UNDER+15V’, ’_UNDER–15V’ signals are all at ’1’ level.
– Successively, the PU_CTRL_CPU software writes 5V in each DAC and verifies that the output of the one selected
is at 5V and the others at 0V.
– Then for each DAC, the software :
=> Selects the output, writes 0V and determines the offset of the DAC coupled to the ADC. The offset must be less
than +/–60mV.
=> Then verifies the slope by writing successively FF0h (9.961V theoretically) and 00Fh (0.036V theoretically) and
reading the generated output.
The slope is defined as : (output in V ”FF0h” – output in V ”00Fh”) / (9.961–0.036).
This slope is the product of the DAC and the ADC slopes.
Then the DAC slope must be 2.44mV/bit with a +/–5mV precision.
=> Then verifies the linearity and monotonicity by writing codes from 00Fh to FF0h with 010h steps and verifies
that the readback is always increasing.
4–57
DIAGNOSTICS
– Check if the signal ”DONE” (port PB13 of 68360) is high (configuration complete) or low (no avaible configuration) : if ”DONE” is high, the sofware can read the internal revision register and check if it is compatible with
both software and hardware configuration.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU D/A CONVERTER ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU Board D/A Converter Failure
39
40
41
DIAGNOSTICS
42
43
58
59
60
Description
DAC selection error
User Status : corresponds to the test step
Actual Data : value read *
Expected Data : 1388H = 5000 *
DAC offset error
User Status : DAC which has a bad offset [1, 2, 3, 4] see signification above.
Actual Data : offset read * ***
Expected Data : 1EH = 30 or FFE2H = –30 *
DAC slope error
User Status : DAC which has a bad slope [1, 2, 3, 4] see signification above.
Actual Data : slope read **
Expected Data : 64h = 100%
DAC linearity and monotonicity error
User Status : DAC which has a bad linearity [1, 2, 3, 4] see signification above.
Actual Data : value read as the greatest *
Expected Data : value read as the smallest *
ADC busy error
Under +15V error
Under –15V error
Xilinx configuration not completed
* 1 bit equal 1mV
** in percentage of the nominal value
*** offset may be negative value
4–58
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on PU_CTRL_CPU the following connections :
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J23) and CMD1 (XJ23)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
39
Any
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty, replace it.
40
0001
Do not care because this DAC is not used.
41
0001
Do not care because this DAC is not used.
42
0001
Do not care because this DAC is not used.
40
0002
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty, replace it.
0003
0004
41
0002
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty, replace it
0003
42
0002
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty, replace it.
0003
0004
43
–
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty, replace it.
4–59
DIAGNOSTICS
0004
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
UART
UART
Drivers RS232
Drivers RS232
Drivers
RS485
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
CS6
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
DIAGNOSTICS
UART
SMC2
Background
SRAM
save + clock
Drivers
RS485
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
BP Abort
PRD switches
–15V +15V
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
PRD leds
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
XILINX
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
CS
DAC
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
MUX
CS
Input register
V/F
CS
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–60
ROOM_IF_CPU board
BACKGROUND
SCC4
CS0
Flash Eeprom
PU_CTRL_CPU board
EXP_EN Signal Test
Console
debug
TAV
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board
EXP_EN Signal Test
CPU–68302
Supply control
ALIM_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
PB–RESET
Room interface
RAD_PREP_A
PB_ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
LEDS
START_EXP_A
RF CONNECTOR
RF SUPPLY CONNECTOR
SUPPLY TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– 10V, 1V24 REFERENCE
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
–15V
EXPOSURE CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
STRAP WATCHDOG
SWITCH RAD
– 68302
(BUS D)
– EPROM
REF10V
SUPPLY CONNECT
D(15:0)
– SRAM
EXP_EN
LEDS
– OPTOCOUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAIS
– DATA BUFFER
Operator interface
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
– REVISION REGISTER
– ROOM INTERF. DRIVERS
– PRD REGISTERS
OPERATOR CONNECTOR
PU_CTRL_CPU interface
(IRQ7)
(SCC)
PU_CTRL_CPU CONNECT.
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
HDLC
– RS445 DRIVERS
TAV
(UART)
(UART)
D(15:0)
AEC interface
(EPLD)
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
PUPITRE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTERS
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– PROGRAMMABLE GAIN
– TRACKING COUNTER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
SCOPIE interface
– 8 bits DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
– TEST REGISTERS
(BUS D)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
DIAGNOSTICS
(EPLD)
– RS484 DRIVERS
(ANALOG.)
– Power on SAFETY
– SCOPIE REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
4–61
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG.)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 44, 45, 46, 47
Error 300, 301
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU EXP ENABLE Signal Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK on both boards.
– ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
Purpose : Verify that when the operator pushes and releases the exposure switch, both CPU board see this signal change.
Test type : Interactive. The operator must push and release the exposure switch when asked by the console.
Sequence : The ROOM_IF_CPU software and PU_CTRL_CPU sofware execute the following steps :
PU_CTRL_CPU
ROOM_IF_CPU
DIAGNOSTICS
– The software tests the signal DC_BUS_OK and
ON_ENABLE to know if there is some voltage remaining
on DC bus. If it is the case, the test controls the DCbus to
stop, initializes a message to the user : ”waiting DC bus to
stop”, retest the DC bus every 100ms.
– The software enables EXP_EN interrupt and checks initial
signal state
– The software asks ROOM_IF_CPU software to run exposure_enable test
– The software reads the ”RD_SALLE_1” register and
check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal is on ’1’ level
– The software asks the operator to press exposure switches.
– The software reads EXP_EN signal and verifies its state
– The software reads EXPOSURE_ENABLE signal under
interrupt (Port PC10 of 68360).
– The software asks the operator to release the exposure
swicthes.
The software read EXP_EN signal and cheks its state.
– The software reads EXPOSURE_SIGNAL signal and
checks its states under interrupt.
4–62
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU EXP ENABLE SIGNAL ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Boards EXP ENABLE Signal Test Failure
Description
44
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1
3
DC_BUS_FAULT incompatible with ON_ENABLE
DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
45
Initial status failure
46
EXP_EN signal SET failure
47
EXP_EN RESET failure
300
ROOM_IF_CPU board VREF test failure
301
ROOM_IF_CPU board EXP_EN signal state failure
User Status : 1 EXP_EN not set
2 EXP_EN not reset
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CPUs the following connections :
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J23) and CMD1 (XJ23)
– Between PU_CTRL_CPU (J3) and ROOM_IF_CPU (J5)
D
Check the connections between ROOM_IF_CPU and DISTRIBUTION board then
Control desk (TAV or GPX or MADRID dsek or table)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
44
–
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
45
–
Check exposure_enable signal on rack extension side. (See
procedure below). If ok check exposure_enable signal on
ROOM_IF_CPU. If OK replace PU_CTRL_CPU board
46
47
–
Check
connections
between
PU_CTRL_CPU,
ROOM_IF_CPU, DISTRIBUTION boards. If ok, replace
PU_CTRL_CPU board.
300
301
Check 15VREF power
ROOM_IF_CPU board.
Any
supply.
If
OK,
replace
Check exposure_enable signal on rack extension side. (See
process below). If ok replace ROOM_IF_CPU board
Check extension rack :
– Check if leds PG1 and GR1 are on when exposure switches are depressed.
– check fuse F11 on distribution board
– Check interfcae baord (or table board in ace of RF room) or control console or distribution board in case of rad room. (See interface block diagram)
4–63
DIAGNOSTICS
RECOMMENDED ACTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
UART
UART
Drivers RS232
Drivers RS232
Drivers
RS485
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
CS6
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
DIAGNOSTICS
UART
SMC2
Background
SRAM
save + clock
Drivers
RS485
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
BP Abort
PRD switches
–15V +15V
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
PRD leds
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
XILINX
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
CS
DAC
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
MUX
CS
Input register
V/F
CS
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–64
ROOM_IF_CPU board
BACKGROUND
SCC4
CS0
Flash Eeprom
PU_CTRL_CPU board
Exposure Management Test
Console
debug
TAV
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board
Exposure Management Test
Supply control
CPU–68302
ALIM_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
PB–RESET
Room interface
PB_ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
LEDS
START_EXP_A
STRAP WATCHDOG
– 68302
(BUS D)
– EPROM
REF10V
RAD_PREP_A
RF CONNECTOR
RF SUPPLY CONNECTOR
SUPPLY CONNECT
SUPPLY TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– 10V, 1V24 REFERENCE
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
–15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
EXPOSURE CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
SWITCH RAD
D(15:0)
– SRAM
EXP_EN
LEDS
– OPTOCOUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAIS
– DATA BUFFER
Operator interface
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
– REVISION REGISTER
– ROOM INTERF. DRIVERS
– PRD REGISTERS
OPERATOR CONNECTOR
PU_CTRL_CPU interface
(IRQ7)
(SCC)
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
HDLC
– RS445 DRIVERS
TAV
(UART)
D(15:0)
AEC interface
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
PUPITRE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTERS
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– PROGRAMMABLE GAIN
– TRACKING COUNTER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
SCOPIE interface
– 8 bits DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
(UART)
(EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
PU_CTRL_CPU CONNECT.
– TEST REGISTERS
(BUS D)
– RS484 DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
DIAGNOSTICS
(EPLD)
(ANALOG.)
– Power on SAFETY
– SCOPIE REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
4–65
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG.)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 48
Error 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278
Error 302, 303
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Exposure Management Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK for both board.
– ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
Purpose : This test checks if ROOM_IF_CPU board is hardware connected. This test uses two spares lines. F10 differential line
can be multiplexed as a software data test (output = CLK_TEST). This line is loopbacked in the Altera’s Epld on
ROOM_IF_CPU_BOARD and be checked in the Xilinx (line F11 = ’SPARE_IN’).
This test checks ”timer_cut_off” function without enabling exposure. This test includes clock multiplexer, Xilinx internal 24 bits
timer with readback by 68360, programmable delay generator with edge interrupt feedback on 68360.
This test checks Xilinx programmable internal filter on the ”Exposure command” and ”EXT_CUT_OFF” lines without enabling
exposure.
Test type : No manual interactions.
DIAGNOSTICS
Sequence : The PU_CTRL_CPU software executes the following steps :
D
The PU_CTRL_CPU software tests the signal DC_BUS_OK and ON_ENABLE to
know if there is some voltage remaining on DC bus. If it is the case, the test controls the
DCbus to stop, initializes a message to the user : ”waiting DC bus to stop”, retest the DC
bus every 100ms.
D
Check if the signal ”DONE” (port PB13 of 68360) is high (configuration complete) or
low (no avaible configuration) : if ”DONE” is high, the sofware can read the internal
revision register and check if it is compatible with both software and hardware
configuration.
D
Disable exposure : CUT_EXPOSURE = inactive.
D
Select CLK_TIMER = CLK_INT = CLK_TEST (sofware clock driver).
D
Reset timer : RESET_COMPTEUR=’0’
D
Program internal delai (24 bits register to be compare with timer).
D
Enable TIMER_CUT_OFF edge interrupt on (PC8 port on 68360)
D
Enable timer : RESET_COMPTEUR = active
D
Write CLK_TEST=’1’ , CLK_TEST=’0’ (software clock edge).
D
Read and check 24 bits timer value (compare with number of positive clock edges).
D
Redo the two last actions.
D
When the number of positive clock edges is equal to ’DELAI’, TIMER_CUT_OFF must
be active, an interrupt must be detected on PC8.
Xilinx 24 bits internal timer
4–66
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Xilinx internal filter
D
Enable ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET (drivers of ROOM_IF_CPU board are tri–stated).
D
Check TEST_IF_CPU_RESET loopback.
D
Change RS_BIT_TEST level (loopback of SPI_CLK).
D
Select ”Exposure Command” filter clock (CLK_50KHZ, CLK_5KHZ, CLK_500HZ or
CLK_50HZ).
D
Select CLK_INT = CLK_TEST (software clock driver).
D
Enable input feedback : REBOUCLAGE= active.
D
Generate 2500000 software clock pulses (write CLK_TEST=’0’, CLK_TEST=’1’) and
check if EXT_CUT_OFF_FILT (port PC9 of 68360) and EXP_CMD_FILT(port PC0 of
68360) propagation delays (number of software clock pulses) are correct.
D
Repeat the four last actions for the 4 clock filters
ROOM_IF_CPU board detection
D
Exposure command signal test
ROOM_IF_CPU
PU_CTRL_CPU
– Checks exposure_command initial state (xilinx input)
– The software reads the ”RD_SALLE_1” register and
check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal is on ’1’ level
– Enable exposure_command signal and ask operator to
press exposure switches.
– Checks exposure_enable and exposure_commands signals
state (activated) and enable exposure_command to be transmitted to PU_CTRL_CPU board.
– Checks exposure_command state (xilinx input)
– Ask operator to release exposure switches.
– Checks exposure_enable and exposure_commands signals
state (not activated)
_ Disables exposure_command signals
– Checks exposure_command state (xilinx input)
– Reset CLK_INT and CLK_TIMER
– Enables interrupt on EXP_CMD signal
4–67
DIAGNOSTICS
– Disable exposure command to CMD1 board.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU EXPOSURE MANAGEMENT ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Boards Exposure Management Failure
Description
DIAGNOSTICS
48
DC BUS failure
User Status : 1
3
DC_BUS_FAULT incompatible with ON_ENABLE
DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
270
ROOM_IF_CPU board detection failure
user_status 1 ad, ed
2
271
Xilinx Timer 24 bits
user_status 1 ad, ed
2
272
Signal ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET failure
273
Xilinx filter test failure
user status 1
2
274
Xilinx configuration not completed
275
EXP_CMD at xilinx input wrong initial state
276
EXP_CMD not active
277
EXP_CMD remains active
278
no EXP_CMD interrupt
302
ROOM_IF_CPU board VREF test failure
303
ROOM_IF_CPU board EXP_CMD signal state failure
User Status : 1 EXP_EN not set
2 EXP_EN not reset
10 EXP_CMD not set
2 EXP_CMD not reset
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU the following connections :
– PU_CTRL_CPU (J3) and ROOM_IF_CPU (J5)
– PU_CTRL_CPU (J23) and CMD1 (J23)
D
Check the connections between ROOM_IF_CPU and DISTRIBUTION board then
Control desk (TAV or GPX or MADRID dsek or table)
4–68
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
48
–
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
270
Any
Replace PU_CTRL_PU board
271
001
Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board.
271
002
Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board.
272
273
Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board.
any
Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board
274
Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board
275
Check exposure_command signal on ROOM_IF_CPU and
extension rack side. If OK, replace PU_CTRL_CPU board
276
Check exposure_command signal on ROOM_IF_CPU and
extension rack side 9Follow the procedure below). If OK,
replace PU_CTRL_CPU board
277
Check Exposure_command signal of ROOM_IF_CPU and
extension rack side (Follow the procedure below). If ok,
replace PU_CTRL_CPU board
278
Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board
302
Check 15VREF power supply (DS1 ON). If OK, replace
ROOM_IF_CPU board.
303
Check exposure command signal on rack extension side.(follow the procedure below) If OK, replace ROOM_IF_CPU
board.
Check extension rack :
– Check if leds PG1 and GR1 are on when exposure switches are depressed.
– check fuse F11 on distribution board
– Check interfcae baord (or table board in ace of RF room) or control console or distribution board in case of rad room. (See interface block diagram)
4–69
DIAGNOSTICS
D
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 52
See Error 31, 32
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
DIAGNOSTICS
Command Buffers Test
4–70
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 53
See Error 33, 34
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
DIAGNOSTICS
Read Buffers Test
4–71
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 54, 55, 57
See Error 35, 36, 37, 38
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL_CPU ADC and Measurement Function Test
4–72
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–73
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL
CMD2
PU_CTRL
kV TEST
KV TEST STATUS
LV_ENABLE
KV REF
EXPO COMMAND
PU_CTRL
EXPO ENABLE
REGULATION
COMMAND
KV STATUS
IMPULSE
U37
U38
4–74
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
mA MAX
U40
MAX CURRENT
CHOICE
CONTACTOR CMD
INVERT
Q22
INVERT
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
+
–
U36
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
HV TANK
mA MEASURE + RETURN
_POW_ON
ON / OFF
3 PHASE
U2–U3
DETECTION
U6–U7
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
PU_CTRL
U17
U27
X1–X2
FUSES
_SYS_ON
PU_CTRL
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
PU_CTRL
LOW VOLTAGE PS
INVERT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
MAINPS
GEN_ON
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
ctrl. cons.
KV>75%
NETWORK LEVEL
FILTER
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
U47
U17
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
MAINPS
U28
PU_CTRL
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
LV
SUPPLIES
KV
RETURN
IGBT COMMANDS
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
SAFETY
HV
TANK
–
FLOATING
mA RANGE
mA MEASURE
KV MEASURE
U18
KV DROP
SAFETY
U52–U53–U56–U57
SAFETY
PU_CTRL
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
LINEAR
REGULATION
SAFETY
CURRENT
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
+
U59
U60
NETWORK LEVEL
TUBE
PU_CTRL
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
U19
U26
U29
3 EPLD’S
U22
U33
U51
MAINPS
SAFETY
REGULATION
REGULATION
PU_CTRL
+
–
U48
U49
+
U61
>125KV
>100KV
RISE DMD
PU_CTRL
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
ON/OFF FUNCTION : POWER_ON Signal Test
CMD1.BOARD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 62, 63
MPH ON/OFF
CMD1 POWER_ON signal test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF Command Buffers passed OK.
– ON/OFF Read Buffers passed OK.
The principle of the test is to power on the generator, and check if the PU_CTRL_CPU can drive through
CMD1.BOARD the main contactor command. This assumes that a part of the ON/OFF function is running properly,
enough at least to communicate with the system.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU checks the DC_BUS status. If it is on then
D
DC_BUS ON PU_CTRL_CPU drives the ON/OFF contactor command OFF.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then drives the ON/OFF contactor command ON and checks the
_POW_ON return from CMD1.BOARD is Active (_POW_ON =0)
D
PU_CTRL_CPU drives the ON/OFF contactor command OFF and checks the
_POW_ON return from CMD1.BOARD is Inactive. (_POW_ON =1)
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then checks after 20 seconds that the DC level is under 30 Volts, before
leaving the test.
CMD1 POWER_ON SIGNAL ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD1 Board POWER_ON signal Failure
Description
62
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1
2
63
pow_on status error
User Status : 1
2
ON_ENABLE signal never validated after OFF cmnd
(_pow_on test not executed)
ON_ENABLE signal never validated after OFF cmnd (how
ever _pow_on test executed)
_POW_ON not ON after _POW_ON_CMD
_POW_ON reset error
4–75
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J23)
– Between CMD1 (XJ5) and MAINPS (XJ5)
– Between CMD1 (XJ4) and DISTRIBUTION (J9).
D
Action :
Error
User Status
62
001
No conclusion. Check Not executed (pre–req not met)
002
Fault not located at CMD1 level : No action.
Any
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
DIAGNOSTICS
63
Conclusion
4–76
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–77
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
LV_ENABLE
RUN
EPLD
BRAKE
CMD1
NETWORK LEVEL
PU_CTRL
ROTCTL STATE
IGBT CMDS
COMMANDS
AND
SAFETIES
3 PHASE REBUILD
+
LEVEL DETECTION
CONTROL
Q6
2 PHASE
MEASURE
U3–U16–U15
4–78
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
U35
CMD2
HEATER
PU_CTRL
LV_EN
SPEED SELECTION
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
LVPS FUNCTION : LV_ENABLE Signal Test
CMD2.BOARD
MAX CURRENT
CLOCKS
LEVEL SAFETY
ROTCTL
COMMON
MEASURE
U15
HIGH SPEED
CMD1
CMD1
HS RELAY RETURN
U12–U25–U26
LV POWER
LV_ENABLE
SUPPLY
CONTROL
U30–Q19–>Q22
_24V_OK
TUBE SELECTION
COMMAND
AND STATE
U30
U11
CMD1
PU_CTRL
ROTCTL
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL
RELAY COMMAND
LV_ON
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 74
MPH LV POWER SUPPLY
CMD2 LV_ENABLE signal test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Volt. Command Buffers passed OK.
– Low Volt Read Buffers passed OK.
The purpose of this test is to verify that CMD2.BOARD checks the low voltage power supplies (+5V,+15V,–15V) received from
CMD1.BOARD with a good confidence level and try to identify the faulty component by distinguishing between the power supply
control located on CMD2.BOARD and the low voltage power supplies themselves.
Purpose :
The principle of the test is to compare the _lv_enable signal indicated to the PU_CTRL_CPU.BOARD with a separate 24 Volts level detection used specifically as a diagnostic circuit, in order to find out whether the _lv_enable detection or the Power Supplies are faulty. This test checks the consistency of the two detection systems. It assumes that
whenever the +15 Volts, –15 Volts or +5 Volts are faulty, there is no diagnostic possible because the generator cannot
be switched ON and the communication with the system is limited.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU checks the position of the _lv_enable signal which needs to be
memorized in the ROTCTL EPLD for the purpose of the test.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the 24 Volts level detection and compares both results.
CMD2 LV_ENABLE SIGNAL ERROR CODES
Error
74
MPH CMD2 Board LV_ENABLE signal Failure
Description
LV_ENABLE 24V cross check
User Status : 1 _lv_enable fault
2 _24V_ok fault
3 _lv_enable and _24V_ok fault
4–79
DIAGNOSTICS
D
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
See ON/OFF and Power supplies Bloc Diagram
D
Check on MAINSPS Board :F1,F2,F3
Check the five Low Voltage fuses on CMD1 : F1, F2, F3, F4, F5
DIAGNOSTICS
D
D
Check on MAINPS the following connections :
– Between MAINPS (XJ3) and Auto–Transformer
– Between MAINPS (XJ4) and LV POWER SUPPLIES LV1 and LV2
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ5) and LV POWER SUPPLIES LV1 and LV2
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Using a multimeter, check on CMD2 the following voltages :
Voltage
Test Point
+ 15 Volts
P15V
– 15 Volts
M15V
+ 5 Volts
P5V
+ 24 Volts
P24V
D
Conclusion
If one of these three is failing,
Change LV1 Power Supply 15V.
If this one is failing, change LV2 Power Supply 24V.
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
74
001
CMD2 or Power Supplies faulty. If fuse and Power Supplies
checks made, replace CMD2 board.
002
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
003
If fuse check made, LV2 Power Supply 24V faulty. Replace
LV2 Power Supply 24V.
4–80
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–81
DIAGNOSTICS
CPU
CMD2
PU_CTRL
kV TEST
KV TEST STATUS
LV_ENABLE
KV REF
PU_CTRL
DIAG CODES
KV STATUS
REGULATION
SAFETY
IMPULSE
REGULATION
3 EPLD’S
COMMAND
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
U19
U26
U29
+
U59
U60
U37
U38
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
LINEAR
REGULATION
KV MEASURE
PU_CTRL
4–82
MAINPS
NEW
CCT DC1 U8–U9
NETWORK LEVEL
TUBE
PU_CTRL
REGULATION
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
SAFETY
U18
KV
mA MAX
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
U40
LV
SUPPLIES
CTRL CONS
_SYS_ON
U17
INVERT
Q22
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
+
–
U36
U27
INVERT
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
NETWORK LEVEL
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
ON / OFF
FUSES
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
PU_CTRL
3 PHASE
U2–U3
DETECTION
U4–U5
U6–U7
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
LOW VOLTAGE PS
INVERT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
MAINPS
ON COMMANDS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
MAINPS
FILTER
KV>75%
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
SAFETY
mA MEASURE
U28
MAX CURRENT
mA RANGE
PU_CTRL
U47
U17
IGBT COMMANDS
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
SAFETY
PU_CTRL
RETURN
FLOATING
CURRENT
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
KV DROP
SAFETY
U52–U53–U56–U57
HV
TANK
–
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
EXPO ENABLE
+
–
U48
U49
+
U61
>125KV
PU_CTRL
>100KV
EXPO COMMAND
RISE DMD
U22
U33
U51
PU_CTRL
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
DCPS FUNCTION : DC Level Network Test
CMD1.BOARD
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 85
MPH DC FILTER
CMD1 DC Level Network test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC_PS Command Buffers passed OK.
– DC_PS Read Buffers passed OK.
The purpose of this test is to verify that CMD1.BOARD distributes the network level information to CMD2.BOARD and
PU_CTRL_CPU.BOARD.
The principle of the test is to modify, from the PU_CTRL_CPU, the CMD1 DC bus level read cctswith known levels.
One transition occurs for each of the 3 signals sequentially, so as to test completely the corresponding logic. The
levels are coded on 2 bits DC_BUS_MEAS_0 and DC_BUS_MEAS_1.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets diagnostics bits to indicate test status.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU reset the safety signal DC_BUS_FAULT
D
PU_CTRL_CPU check status no.1 of the 4 signals DC_BUS_MEAS_0,
DC_BUS_MEAS_1, DC_BUS_FAULT, ON_ENABLE.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU wait a calibrated delay and checks the status no.2 of the 4 signals.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then resets the corresponding diagnostics bits and the safety signal..
Signal
Status 1
Status 2
DC_BUS_MEAS_0
1
0
DC_BUS_MEAS_1
1
0
dc_bus_fault
0
1
on_enable
1
0
4–83
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CMD1 DC LEVEL NETWORK ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD1 Board DC Level Network Failure
Description
dc_bus measurement error
User Status : 1 first status failure
User Status : 2 second status failure
Actual Data :
XYZT *
Expected Data : XYZT *
85
* X = ON_ENABLE status; Y = DC_BUS_FAULT status; Z = DC_BUS_MEAS_1 status; T = DC_BUS_MEAS_0
status (effective value 0 or 1 )
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J23)
D
Action :
User Status
85
Any
Conclusion
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
DIAGNOSTICS
Error
4–84
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–85
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD1
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
È
MAINPS.BOARD
CMD1
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
DCPS FUNCTION : DC Level Detection Test
LV POWER
SUPPLY
DC VOLTAGE
ENCODED MEASURE
MEASUREMENT
SAFETY RANGE
CMD1
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
DC Filter
È
ÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈ
U11–Q1
DC FILTER DISCHARGE
U1–U4–U9–U10
3 PHASE
REBUILD AND
TRANSFORMERS
COMPARISON
T1–T2
U3–U12
RECTIFIER
ISOLATED 220 Vac
& FILTER
LV POWER
SUPPLIES
U13–C24–C25
CT1
220 Vac
115 Vac
POWER ON
CASING COOLING
ROTCTL
asm 2165118–100
ON COMMANDS
CT2
RELAYS
X1–X2–X3
CMD1
CMD1
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
AUTO TRANSFORMER
4–86
ISOLATION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 86, 87
MPH DC FILTER
MAINPS DC Level Detection test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC_PS Command Buffers passed OK.
– DC_PS Read Buffers passed OK.
– CMD1 DC Level network passed OK.
The purpose of this test is to verify that it is possible to simulate a voltage level on MAINPS.BOARD and read it back through
CMD1.BOARD and PU_CTRL_CPU.BOARD.
The principle of the test is to modify, from the PU_CTRL_CPU, the DC level detected on MAINPS.BOARD by
replacing the DC voltage measure by a known reference on the measure cct, and read the equivalent level on the CPU.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU checks if the DC_BUS is OFF else it drives it OFF
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets diagnostic bits which effect is to drive through CMD1.BOARD at
MAINPS.BOARD a voltage change in place of the normal measure, so as to detect a level
equivalent to 700 V.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that the 4 signals : DC_BUS_MEAS_0, DC_BUS_MEAS_1,
DC_BUS_FAULT, ON_ENABLE signify this 700V level : status 1 .
D
After this CPU releases its diag command and checks that the level returns to its original
value : status 2.
Signal
Status 1
Status 2
DC_BUS_MEAS_0
1
0
DC_BUS_MEAS_1
1
0
dc_bus_fault
0
1
on_enable
0
1
4–87
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
MAINPS DC LEVEL DETECTION ERROR CODES
Error
MPH MAINPS Board DC Level Detection Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 DC_BUS_FAULT incompatible with ON_ENABLE
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
MAIN DC measurement error
User Status : 1 first status failure
User Status : 2 second status failure
Actual Data :
XYZT *
Expected Data : XYZT *
86
87
* X = ON_ENABLE status; Y = DC_BUS_FAULT status; Z = DC_BUS_MEAS_1 status; T = DC_BUS_MEAS_0
status (effective value 0 or 1 )
DIAGNOSTICS
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on MAINPS the following connections :
– Between MAINPS (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ5)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
86
0001
MAINPS faulty. Replace MAINPS board.
0002
No conclusion. pre–req. not acheived.
Any
MAINPS faulty. Replace MAINPS board.
87
Conclusion
4–88
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–89
DIAGNOSTICS
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
DC Filter FUNCTION: DC Level Measure Test
DC_PS.BOARD
D1–D2–D3–L1–C1–C2–C3
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈ
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
INVERT
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
ROTCTL
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
HEATER
AC / DC
CT2
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
CAPACITOR
DC VOLTAGE
MAINPS
MEASUREMENT
R7–R8–R9–R10–R11–R12
DISCHARGE
R2
asm 2165118–100
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈ
FILTER
È
È
È
È
SUPPLY NETWORK
4–90
CT2
380 Vac – 480 Vac
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 88, 89, 90
MPH DC FILTER
DC_FILTER DC level measure test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC_PS Command Buffers passed OK.
– DC_PS Read Buffers passed OK.
– CMD1 DC Level network passed OK.
– MAINPS DC Level detection passed OK.
The purpose of this test is to check the DC voltage generated by DC_FILTER.BOARD and measured by MAINPS.BOARD.
The principle of the test is to close the main contactor of the generator and check the level change from the measurement path from DC_FILTER.BOARD, MAINPS.BOARD, CMD1.BOARD to PU_CTRL_CPU.BOARD.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D If necessary, the PU_CTRL_CPU commands the closure of the main contactor by setting
the DC_ON command on CMD1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks that the DC level is in the safe range, as indicated by the
DC_BUS_FAULT and ON_ENABLE signal and that one of the 2 DC_BUS_MEAS
signals at least is at 1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then opens the main contactor and checks after around five seconds that
the voltage level is under 400 Volts : DC_BUS_FAULT is 1 and DC_BUS_MEAS both
at 0.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then checks after 20 seconds that the DC level is under 30 Volts, before
leaving the test: DC_BUS_MEAS both at 0 DC_BUS_FAULT and ON_ENABLE at 1.
4–91
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DC_FILTER DC LEVEL MEASURE ERROR CODES
Error
MPH DC_FILTER Board DC Level Measure Failure
Description
DC_BUS error DC_BUS_FAULT incompatible with ON_ENABLE
88
89
DC_BUS level measure error
User Status : 1 initial level error
2 slope error status 2
3 slope error status 3
For user_status 2 and 3 only : Actual Data : XYZT *
Expected Data : XYZT *
90
DC_BUS not ON after the ON command
* X = ON_ENABLE STATUS; Y = DC_BUS_FAULT
status; Z = DC_BUS_MEAS_1 status; T =
DC_BUS_MEAS_0 status (effective value 0 or 1)
RECOMMENDED ACTION
DIAGNOSTICS
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
Check on DC_FILTER the following fuses : F1, F2, F3, F4, F5
D
Check on DC_FILTER the following connections :
– Between DC_FILTER (XJ2) and MAINPS (XJ6)
– Between DC_FILTER (XJ3) and CT2 contactor (Auxiliary)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
88
–
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
89
001
DC_FILTER or CT2 faulty, or line input voltage out of range:
Chedk Incoming power to contactor and DC filter.
002
DC_FILTER or CT2 contactor faulty.
003
90
–
If led DS1 on DC_FILTER board is OFF, check fuses F1, F2
and F3:
If OK, check CT2 contactor ON
If OK change DC_FILTER board.
If led DS1 on DC_FILTER board is ON, check fuses F4 and F5:
If F4 is blown, check Rotor Control board
If F5 is blown, check Heater board
4–92
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 101
MPH TUBE SELECTION
CMD2 Tube Selection test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Command Buffers passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Read Buffers passed OK.
Purpose :
The principle of the test is to send the three tube change commands to CMD2.BOARD and to readback the information as the NAND function of the commands.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU resets the CMD_DIAG bit.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the three tube change commands
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks that _HEAT_CUR_OKD is active.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU desactivate then activate each of the three commands and checks that
_HEAT_CUR_OKD status change.
CMD2 TUBE SELECTION ERROR CODES
MPH CMD2 Board Tube Selection Failure
Description
Signal _HEAT_CUR_OKD status error
User Status : 1 _HEAT_CUR_OKD not active
2 _HEAT_CUR_OKD active
3 Initial status error (with the three tube commands set)
10h signal active after reset T2_SEL_START (2 other commands
set)
20h signal active after reset T2_SEL_HEAT (2 other commands
set)
30h signal active after reset HV_SWITCH_CTRL (2 other
commands set)
101
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
101
Any
Conclusion
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
4–93
DIAGNOSTICS
Error
DIAGNOSTICS
MAINPS
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
TUBE SEL FUNCTION : Tube Stator Selection Test
ROTCTL.BOARD
COOLING CMD
115 Vac
OIL PUMP OR BLOWER
X5
CMD2
HS RELAY CMD
HS RELAY RETURN
Q1–Q2–Q3–Q4–Q5–Q6
DC_PS
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
HIGH SPEED
ROTOR CONTROLLER
CMD2
RELAY AND
CAPACITORS
4–94
IGBT CMDS
T1–T2–T3–T4–T5–T6
ROTOR TUBE
CMD2
_STAT_START_T2
CASING
Nb 2
SELECTION
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
_T2_SEL_START
Nb 1
X1
INVERTER
WITH 6 IGBT’S
CMD2
CASING
X2
MEASUREMENT
T7–T8
OVER CURRENT
CMD2
COMMON MEASURE
T9
asm 2165118–100
CMD2
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
2 PHASE
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 102
MPH TUBE SELECTION
ROTCL Tube Stator Selection test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Command Buffers passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Read Buffers passed OK.
– CMD2 Tube Selection passed OK.
Purpose :
The principle of the test is to drive the tube selection relay of ROTCTL.BOARD from the CPU, and check the switched position indicated by the auxiliary contact of the relay.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU sends a Rotor tube selection command to switch the stator driver to tube 1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the corresponding return, indicating that ROTCTL.BOARD is
in the position to drive tube 1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sends a Rotor tube selection command to switch the stator driver to
tube 2.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the corresponding return, indicating that ROTCTL.BOARD is
in the position to drive tube 2.
ROTCL TUBE STATOR SELECTION ERROR CODES
Error
MPH ROTCL Board Tube Stator Selection Failure
Description
Rotor switch selection faulty
User Status : 1 rotor tube1 selection error
2 rotor tube2 selection error
102
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on ROTCTL the following connections :
– Between ROTCTL (XJ1) and CMD2 (XJ2)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
102
Any
Conclusion
ROTCTL faulty. Replace ROTCTL board.
4–95
DIAGNOSTICS
D
DIAGNOSTICS
HEATER.BOARD
CMD2
XS IGBT CMDS
T201–T202
HYPO RESONANT
TUBE 1 CURRENT
INVERTER
XS CURRENT
TUBE SELECTION
HEATER XS
WITH 2 IGBT’S
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈ
CMD2
T203
TUBE 2 CURRENT
HV TANK
X301
MEASUREMENT
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
TUBE SEL FUNCTION : Heater Tube Selection Test
SMALL FOCUS
Q201–Q202–C205
DC_PS
4–96
CMD2
XL IGBT CMDS
T101–T102
HYPO RESONANT
INVERTER
CMD2
WITH 2 IGBT’S
MEASUREMENT
T103
LARGE FOCUS
TUBE SEL RETURN
TUBE 2 CURRENT
HV TANK
HEATER XL
X301
Q101–Q102–C105
HEATER TUBE SEL
HV SWITCH
CMD2
HV TANK
COMMAND
asm 2165118–100
AND STATUS
X302
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CMD2
XL CURRENT
TUBE 1 CURRENT
TUBE SELECTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 103
MPH TUBE SELECTION
HEATER Heater Tube Selection test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Command Buffers passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Read Buffers passed OK.
– CMD2 Tube Selection passed OK.
The principle of the test is to drive the tube selection relay of HEATER.BOARD from the CPU, and check the switched position indicated by the auxiliary contact of the relay.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU sends a Heater tube selection command to switch the filaments drivers
to tube 1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the corresponding return, indicating that HEATER.BOARD is
in the position to drive both filaments of tube 1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sends a Heater tube selection command to switch the filaments drivers
to tube 2.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the corresponding return, indicating that HEATER.BOARD is
in the position to drive both filaments of tube 2.
HEATER HEATER TUBE SELECTION ERROR CODES
Error
MPH HEATER Board Heater Tube Selection Failure
Description
Heater switch selection error
User Status : 1 heater tube1 selection error
2 heater tube2 selection error
103
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on HEATER the following connections :
– Between HEATER (XJ1) and CMD2 (XJ1)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
103
Any
Conclusion
HEATER board faulty. Replace HEATER board.
4–97
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
DIAGNOSTICS
HEATER.BOARD
CMD2
XS IGBT CMDS
T201–T202
HYPO RESONANT
TUBE 1 CURRENT
INVERTER
CMD2
XS CURRENT
TUBE SELECTION
HEATER XS
WITH 2 IGBT’S
T203
TUBE 2 CURRENT
HV TANK
X301
MEASUREMENT
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
TUBE SEL FUNCTION : HV Switch Command Test
SMALL FOCUS
Q201–Q202–C205
DC_PS
LF IGBT CMDS
T101–T102
HYPO RESONANT
INVERTER
CMD2
WITH 2 IGBT’S
MEASUREMENT
T103
LARGE FOCUS
TUBE SEL RETURN
TUBE 1 CURRENT
TUBE SELECTION
TUBE 2 CURRENT
HV TANK
HEATER XL
X301
Q101–Q102–C105
HEATER TUBE SEL
_HV_SWITCH_CTRL
CMD2
HV SWITCH
HV TANK
COMMAND
asm 2165118–100
AND STATUS
X302
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CMD2
XL CURRENT
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
4–98
CMD2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 104
MPH TUBE SELECTION
HEATER HV Switch Command test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Command Buffers passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Read Buffers passed OK.
– CMD2 Tube Selection passed OK.
Purpose :
The principle of the test is to drive the HV SWITCH command relay on the HEATER.BOARD from the CPU, and
check the switched position indicated by the auxiliary contact of the relay.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU sends a HV Switch motor command to CMD2.BOARD (hence
HEATER.BOARD).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the corresponding return of the auxiliary contact of the relay,
thus indicating that 24 Volts is applied to the motor. This operation puts the HV Switch
in an unindentified position as regard to the tube selection.
PU_CTRL_CPU then stops driving the HV Switch motor, and checks that the relay is
again in its original position.
HEATER HV SWITCH COMMAND ERROR CODES
Error
MPH HEATER Board HV Switch Command Failure
Description
HV switch motor command faulty
User Status : 1 signal _HV_SW_MOTOR_OFF not active
2 signal _HV_SW_MOTOR_OFF active
3 _HV_SW_MOTOR_OFF initial status error
104
RECOMMENDED ACTION ERROR 25
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on HEATER the following connections :
– Between HEATER (XJ1) and CMD2 (XJ1)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
104
Any
Conclusion
HEATER board faulty. Replace HEATER board.
4–99
DIAGNOSTICS
D
DIAGNOSTICS
HV TANK
XL XS
HEATER
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
TUBE SEL FUNCTION : HV Switch Motor Test
TUBE 1
TRANSFORMERS
TUBE 1
ANODE
CMD1
mA MEASURE
CMD1
kV +
KV +
MEASURE
KV –
HIGH
kV –
SWITCH STATUS
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
VOLTAGE
HV SWITCH
HEATER
KV +
TRANSFORMER
kV –
MEASURE
HEATER
KV –
TUBE 2
CMD1
SWITCH CMD
CATHODE
CMD1
mA MEASURE
XL XS
HEATER
TUBE 2
asm 2165118–100
TRANSFORMERS
TUBE 2
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
4–100
kV +
INVERT
TUBE 1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 105, 106
MPH TUBE SELECTION
HV TANK HV Switch Motor test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Command Buffers passed OK.
– Tube Sel. Read Buffers passed OK.
– CMD2 Tube Selection passed OK.
– HEATER HV Switch Command passed OK
Purpose : This test aims to drive the HV Switch like normal application, by changing from one tube to another, and check the
corresponding returns. The control of the HV Switch inside the tank involves several signals. One of these drives a motor which
induces a translation of the isolator. This one bears three contacts : two bold contacts indicating the switch orientation towards
one tube or the other, and an accurate contact which indicates that a tube is actually connected to the tank.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sends a HV Switch motor command to CMD2.BOARD (hence
HEATER.BOARD), waits for the tank to be connected to tube 1, and stops the motor
command.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks both the bold position signal and the index (accurate) signal,
indicating that the tank is well engaged to tube 1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sends a HV Switch motor command to CMD2.BOARD (hence
HEATER.BOARD), waits for the tank to be connected to tube 2, and stops the motor
command.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks both the bold position signal and the index (accurate) signal,
indicating that the tank is well engaged to tube 2.
HV TANK HV SWITCH MOTOR ERROR CODES
Error
MPH HV TANK HV Switch Motor Failure
Description
105
HV switch motor error
106
Tube selection error
User Status : 1
2
tube1 selection error
tube2 selection error
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on HV TANK the following connections :
– Between HV TANK (XJ1) and HEATER (XJ4)
4–101
DIAGNOSTICS
Sequence :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
Action :
User Status
Conclusion
105
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
106
Any
If no noise from motor tube switch, motor faulty. Else HV
TANK faulty.
DIAGNOSTICS
Error
4–102
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–103
DIAGNOSTICS
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
CMD1.BOARD
PU_CTRL
CMD2
kV TEST
LV_ENABLE
KV REF
PU_CTRL
EXPO ENABLE
REGULATION
COMMAND
IMPULSE
U37
U38
4–104
mA MAX
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
U40
MAX CURRENT
_SYS_ON
U47
U17
KV>75%
PU_CTRL
U17
INVERT
Q22
INVERT
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
U36
U27
+
–
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
ON / OFF
3 PHASE
DETECTION
CTRL_CONS
PU_CTRL
NETWORK LEVEL
FUSES
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
U28
KV
RETURN
U2–U3
U4–U5
U6–U7
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
LOW VOLTAGE PS
INVERT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
MAINPS
ON COMMANDS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
MAINPS
U18
IGBT COMMANDS
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
SAFETY
HV
TANK
–
FLOATING
mA RANGE
FILTER
KV MEASURE
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
LV
SUPPLIES
KV DROP
SAFETY
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
SAFETY
mA MEASURE
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
U52–U53–U56–U57
SAFETY
CURRENT
PU_CTRL
+
U59
U60
NETWORK LEVEL
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
LINEAR
REGULATION
KV STATUS
TUBE
PU_CTRL
U19
U26
U29
3 EPLD’S
U22
U33
U51
MAINPS
SAFETY
REGULATION
REGULATION
PU_CTRL
+
–
U48
U49
+
U61
>125KV
>100KV
RISE DMD
EXPO COMMAND
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
KV TEST STATUS
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
KV FUNCTION : KV TEST Relay Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 117, 118
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 KV TEST Relay test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– KV cmd. Command Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. Read Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. A/D converter passed OK.
– KV.cmd. Meas. function passed OK.
– KV cmd. D/A converter passed OK.
– KV cmd. EXP ENABLE passed OK.
– KV cmd. Exposure Managt passed OK.
The aim of this test is to order the switch of the kV test relays from CPU.BOARD and check the returns. There is
two types of returns : the first one is one of the contacts of the relay, the second one is the kV reference which replaces
the kV measure when the relay is in test position.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets kV REF to 80 kV.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU resets the kV peak measurement
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets TEST kV+ and TEST kV– to 1 and checks the corresponding status
return bit and kV measure return as being in the range [76 kV, 84 kV].
D
PU_CTRL_CPU resets the kV peak measurement.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets TEST kV– to 0 and checks the corresponding status return bit and
kV measure return as being in the range [38 kV, 42 kV].
CMD1 KV TEST RELAY ERROR CODES
Error
117
118
MPH CMD1 Board KV TEST Relay Failure
Description
kV switch status error
User Status : 1 kV+ switch error
2 kV– switch error
3 kV+ switch init error
4 kV– switch init error
kV meas out of range
User Status : 1 kV measure out off high range (80kV)
2 kV measure out of middle range (40 kV)
3 kV measure > kv_min with kv_ref = 0
10 ADC conversion error.
4–105
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J23)
D
Action :
User Status
117
Any
118
Any except 0010
118
0010
Conclusion
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
DIAGNOSTICS
Hardware Status
4–106
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–107
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD1.BOARD
PU_CTRL
CMD2
PU_CTRL
kV TEST
KV TEST STATUS
LV_ENABLE
KV REF
PU_CTRL
KV STATUS
4–108
U22
U33
U51
MAINPS
NETWORK LEVEL
TUBE
PU_CTRL
CURRENT
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
U61
REGULATION
SAFETY
IMPULSE
REGULATION
3 EPLD’S
COMMAND
U19
U26
U29
REGULATION
U52–U53–U56–U57
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
SAFETY
mA MAX
CTRL_CONS
_SYS_ON
U18
KV
PU_CTRL
RETURN
U47
U17
PU_CTRL
KV>75%
U17
U28
U40
MAX CURRENT
INVERT
IGBT COMMANDS
Q12
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
SAFETY
INVERT
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
+
–
U36
U27
U35
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
NETWORK LEVEL
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
ON / OFF
FILTER
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
–
FLOATING
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
HV
TANK
3 PHASE
U2–U3
DETECTION
U6–U7
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
LOW VOLTAGE PS
INVERT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
MAINPS
ON COMMANDS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
MAINPS
FUSES
KV DROP
SAFETY
KV MEASURE
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
LV
SUPPLIES
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
LINEAR
REGULATION
mA RANGE
mA MEASURE
+
U59
U60
U37
U38
SAFETY
PU_CTRL
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈ È È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
ÈÈ È È
È
È
ÈÈ
È È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
ÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ ÈÈÈ
EXPO ENABLE
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
PU_CTRL
+
–
U48
U49
+
>125KV
>100KV
RISE DMD
PU_CTRL
EXPO COMMAND
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
KV FUNCTION : Current Meas & IGBT FPS Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125
Error 317
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 Current Meas & IGBT FPS test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– KV cmd. Command Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. Read Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. A/D converter passed OK.
– KV.cmd. Meas. function passed OK.
– KV cmd. D/A converter passed OK.
– KV cmd. EXP ENABLE passed OK.
– KV cmd. Exposure Managt passed OK.
The principle of the test is to generate through the IGBT commands a ramp function in place of the inverter current
measure. This ramp function triggers the zero current detection and the max current safety. At the same time, the
Floating Power Supply (FPS) commands are not looped back on CMD1.BOARD, this creating an error detected by
the EPLD and indicated to the CPU.
Test type : Manual interaction required. LOOP–ON allowed.
The operator must press the EXPOSURE_ENA button.
Sequence :
D
PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
D
D
D
D
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the CMD_DIAG bits to validate the faults.
PU_CTRL_CPU reset safeties
PU_CTRL_CPU checks that the _KV_OKD signal is ready to be activated.
PU_CTRL_CPU ask ROOM_IF_CPU to start exp_cmd test
ROOM_IF_CPU reads the ”RD_SALLE_1” register and check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal
is on ’1’ level
ROOM_IF_CPU enables exposure_command signal and ask operator to press exposure
switches.
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_commands signals state
(activated ) and enable exposure_command to be transmitted to PU_CTRL_CPU board
so a EXPOSURE_COMMAND signal is sent to CMD1 in order to start the exposure. A
”No Radiation” signal is displayed at the console.
EPLD COMMAND drives T22 IGBT command so as to generate a negative voltage
ramp function and trigger negative threshold of current measure and maximum current
safety.
EPLD COMMAND checks the timing of the zero current detection and the maximum
current safety and indicates the test result to the PU_CTRL_CPU.
EPLD SAFETY detects the faults linked to the maximum current.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks exposure_command state and stops exposure
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the FPS_FAULT signal.
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
4–109
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
PU_CTRL_CPU reset safeties
PU_CTRL_CPU ask ROOM_IF_CPU to start a new exposure
EPLD drives T21 IGBT command so as to generate a positive voltage ramp function and
trigger positive threshold of current measure and maximum current safety.
EPLD COMMAND checks the timing of the zero current detection and the maximum
current safety and indicates the test result to the CPU.
PU_CTRL_CPU stops exposure
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the FPS_FAULT and _KV_OKD signals.
PU_CTRL_CPU then resets the CMD_DIAG bit.
PU_CTRL_CPU ask operator to release exposure switches.
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command signals state.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command signals state.
CMD1 CURRENT MEAS AND IGBT FPS ERROR CODES
Error
119
DIAGNOSTICS
120
121
122
123
124
125
317
MPH CMD1 Board Current Meas & IGBT FPS Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 DC_BUS_FAULT incompatible with ON_ENABLE
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
EXP_ENABLE status error
User Status : 1 exposure_enable not set
2 exposure_enable not reset
EXP_CMND status error
User Status : 1 exp_cmnd not set
2 exp_cmnd not reset
restarting safety error
User Status : 1 RESTARTING_SAFETY initial status error
2 restarting safety interrupt not detected
_KV_OKD signal status error
User Status : 1 _kV_OKD initial status error
2 _KV_OKD error
I_INV_MAX signal status error
User Status : 1 unknown signal
2 kv_drop
3 kv_max
4 ma_max
6 regul_out
10 I_INV_MAX initial status error
For user_status from 1 to 6, the corresponding signal occurs instead of i_inv_max signal
FPS_FAULT signal status error
EXP_CMD or EXP_EN signal status error on ROOM_IF_CPU side
User Status : 1 EXP_ENA not active
2 EXP_ENA remains active
10 EXP_CMD not active
20 EXP_CMD remains active
4–110
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J23)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
119
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnosti again.
tics
i
Any
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
120
121
122
123
124
317
DIAGNOSTICS
125
4–111
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD1.BOARD
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈ È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
PU_CTRL
CMD2
kV TEST
LV_ENABLE
KV REF
EXPO ENABLE
PU_CTRL
SAFETY
IMPULSE
REGULATION
REGULATION
KV STATUS
4–112
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
CTRL_CONS
_SYS_ON
U18
U28
U40
MAX CURRENT
KV
PU_CTRL
RETURN
KV>75%
U47
U17
PU_CTRL
U17
INVERT
IGBT COMMANDS
Q22
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
SAFETY
INVERT
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
+
–
U36
U27
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
NETWORK LEVEL
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
ON / OFF
FILTER
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
–
FLOATING
mA MAX
HV
TANK
3 PHASE
U2–U3
DETECTION
U6–U7
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
LOW VOLTAGE PS
INVERT
CPU
CMD2
MAINPS
ON COMMANDS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
MAINPS
FUSES
KV MEASURE
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
LV
SUPPLIES
KV DROP
SAFETY
U52–U53–U56–U57
mA RANGE
mA MEASURE
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
LINEAR
REGULATION
SAFETY
PU_CTRL
+
U59
U60
U37
U38
SAFETY
CURRENT
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
U19
U26
U29
NETWORK LEVEL
TUBE
PU_CTRL
REGULATION
COMMAND
U22
U33
U51
MAINPS
U61
3 EPLD’S
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
PU_CTRL
+
–
U48
U49
+
>125KV
>100KV
RISE DMD
PU_CTRL
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL
EXPO COMMAND
PU_CTRL
KV TEST STATUS
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
KV FUNCTION : KV Safeties Tets
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 kV Safeties test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– KV cmd. Command Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. Read Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. A/D converter passed OK.
– KV.cmd. Meas. function passed OK.
– KV cmd. D/A converter passed OK.
The aim of this test is to check several safeties linked to the kV command function. The first safety checked here is
described as kV<kV0 fault : each polarity of the kV must be greater than 6 kV, 500 us after the beginning of the exposure. If not, a fault is generated. To test it, a 5kV equivalent measure is applied to each polarity. The second safety
controls that during the exposure the kV error is not greater than 12 kV. To test it, a 13 kV reference is applied to each
polarity, so as to generate a negative and a positive kV error to trigger the REGUL_OUT fault. The third fault tested
here is the kV_DROP detection, triggered by a steep drop of the kV measure. The length of the test allows to test
the hardware maximum exposure time which is equal to 10 s.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets TEST KV+ to 1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets KV reference to 14 kV and sets CMD_DIAG bits to validate the
faults.
D
EPLD SAFETY sends back a kV<kV0 status. PU_CTRL_CPU checks the
corresponding fault and releases the CMD_DIAG bits.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU reset the safety.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets TEST KV– to 1 and the CMD_DIAG bits to validate the faults.
D
EPLD SAFETY sends back a kV<kV0 status. PU_CTRL_CPU checks that no fault
occurs and releases the CMD_DIAG bits.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets TEST KV+ to 0 and the CMD_DIAG bits to validate the faults.
D
EPLD SAFETY sends back a kV<kV0 status. PU_CTRL_CPU checks the
corresponding fault.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets kV reference to 30 kV and TEST kV+ to 1.
D
EPLD SAFETY sends back a REGUL_OUT fault.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the fault and resets it with CMD_DIAG bits.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets CMD_DIAG bits to validate the faults and TEST kV– to 0. This
generates a kV error equivalent to +15 kV and produces a REGUL_OUT fault.
D
EPLD SAFETY sends back a REGUL_OUT fault.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the fault and resets it by releasing the CMD_DIAG bits.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets kV reference to 80 kV
and the CMD_DIAG bits so that CMD1 EPLD starts its 10 s timer.
4–113
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
After few ms, PU_CTRL_CPU changes TEST kV+ to 0, which produces a steep drop of
the kV measure.
D EPLD SAFETY sends back a kV DROP fault which is acknowledged by the
PU_CTRL_CPU.
D CMD1 restarts automatically the exposure after 4 ms and stops it after 10 s.
D PU_CTRL_CPU checks the exposure_time_max fault after 12s and the corresponding
time.
D PU_CTRL_CPU resets the CMD_DIAG bits to come back in the original position.
CMD1 KV SAFETIES ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD1 Board kV Safeties Failure
Description
kV switch status error
User Status : 1 kV+ switch error
2 kV– switch error
SAFETY error
User Status : 1 SAFETY not set
2 SAFETY set
kV safety, KV<KV0, error
User Status : 1 KV<KV0 not set
2 KV<KV0 not reset
3 KV<KV0 initial status error
kV safety, EXPOSURE_TIME_MAX, error
User Status : 1 EXPOSURE_TIME_MAX not set
2 Exposure stop by EXPOSURE_TIME_MAX safety
signal <10s
3 EXPOSURE_TIME_MAX initial status error
RESTARTING_SAFETY error
User Status : 1 RESTARTING_SAFETY not set
2 RESTARTING_SAFETY not reset
kV restarting safety, REGUL_OUT, error
User Status : 1 REGUL_OUT not set with kV+ and kV– switches
2 REGUL_OUT not set with kV+ switch
3 REGUL_OUT initial status error
kV restarting safety,KV_DROP, error
User Status : 1 KV_DROP not set
2 KV_DROP not reset
3 KV_DROP initial status error
126
127
128
DIAGNOSTICS
129
130
131
132
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (23)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Any
Any
Conclusion
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
4–114
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–115
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD1.BOARD
PU_CTRL
KV TEST STATUS
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈ
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ ÈÈ
CMD2
PU_CTRL
kV TEST
LV_ENABLE
KV REF
PU_CTRL
EXPO ENABLE
PU_CTRL
KV STATUS
U61
REGULATION
COMMAND
4–116
CURRENT
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
CTRL_CONS
_SYS_ON
KV
U28
U40
MAX CURRENT
PU_CTRL
RETURN
U17
KV>75%
PU_CTRL
U47
U17
U17
INVERT
IGBT COMMANDS
Q22
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
SAFETY
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
U58
+
–
U36
U27
INVERT
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
NETWORK LEVEL
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
LOW VOLTAGE PS
ON / OFF
FILTER
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
U18
3 PHASE
U2–U3
DETECTION
U6–U7
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
ON COMMANDS
INVERT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
MAINPS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
MAINPS
FUSES
–
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
LV
SUPPLIES
KV DROP
SAFETY
U52–U53–U56–U57
mA RANGE
mA MEASURE
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
LINEAR
REGULATION
SAFETY
PU_CTRL
+
U59
U60
FLOATING
mA MAX
HV
TANK
U50
U62
U37
U38
SAFETY
KV MEASURE
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
U19
U26
U29
NETWORK LEVEL
TUBE
PU_CTRL
IMPULSE
REGULATION
REGULATION
MAINPS
SAFETY
3 EPLD’S
U22
U33
U51
+
–
U48
U49
+
>125KV
>100KV
RISE DMD
PU_CTRL
EXPO COMMAND
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
KV FUNCTION : kV Rise and Regulation Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141
Error 317
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 kV Rise and Regulation test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– KV cmd. Command Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. Read Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. A/D converter passed OK.
– KV.cmd. Meas. function passed OK.
– KV cmd. D/A converter passed OK.
– KV cmd. EXP ENABLE passed OK.
– KV cmd. Exposure Managt passed OK.
This test checks both regulation measurement systems, the impulse and linear regulation. Its principle is to replace
the kV measure by a signal created by a simulator, almost equivalent to what would be the response of the main inverter. The Floating Power Supplies commands generated in such conditions are looped back directly on
CMD1.BOARD. This test gives the opportunity to check the rise of the kV waveform detected at each step 100 kV
and 125 kV.
Test type : Manual interaction required. LOOP–ON allowed.
The operator must press the EXPOSURE_ENA and EXPOSURE_CMD button.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets TEST KV+ and TEST KV– to 1 and KV REF to 40 kV.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets CMD_DIAG bits.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU reset safeties
D
CMD1 switches a relay in order to modify the received reference so as to create an error
on the kV measure.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask ROOM_IF_CPU to start exp_cmd test
D
ROOM_IF_CPU reads the ”RD_SALLE_1” register and check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal
is on ’1’ level
D
ROOM_IF_CPU enables exposure_command signal and ask operator to press exposure
switches.
D
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_commands signals state
(activated ) and enable exposure_command to be transmitted to PU_CTRL_CPU board
so a EXPOSURE_COMMAND signal is sent to CMD1 in order to start the exposure. A
”No Radiation” signal is displayed at the console.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command states.
D
EPLD COMMAND drives a mock–up inverter as standard application, thus
compensating the error on the kV measure.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the kV return as being in the range [38 kV, 42 kV] as well as a
no safety signals from CMD1.
4–117
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets kV REF to 150 kV.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask ROOM_IF_CPU to start a new exposure
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks kv>75%kvn activated.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU stops exposure
D
EPLD COMMAND drives a mock–up inverter as standard application, thus
compensating the error on the kV measure.
D
EPLD SAFETY checks :
– at 600 us that kV<100kV, kV<0.75 kVREF, kV<125kV.
– at 1200 us that kV>100kV, kV>0.75 kVREF, kV>125kV.
and indicates _KV_OKD to the PU_CTRL_CPU.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the kV return as being in the range [142 kV, 158 kV] as well as
a no safety signals from CMD1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then resets CMD_DIAG bits, KV_REF value and the TEST kV+ and
TEST kV– bits
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask operator to release exposure switches.
D
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command signals state.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command signals state.
CMD1 KV RISE AND REGULATION ERROR CODES
DIAGNOSTICS
Error
Hardware
Status
133
134
135
136
137
138
MPH CMD1 Board kV Rise and Regulation Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
kV switch status error
User Status : 1 kV+ switch error
2 kV– switch error
EXP_ENABLE status error
User Status : 1 exposure_enable not set
2 exposure_enable not reset
EXP_CMND status error
User Status : 1 exp_cmnd not set
2 exp_cmnd not reset
KV>75%KVN, error
User Status : 1 KV>75%KVN not set during exposure
2 KV>75%KVN set out of exposure
kV meas out of range
User Status : 1 kV measure out off low range (40kV)
2 kV measure out of high range (150 kV)
10 ADC conversion error.
4–118
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
kV safety, SAFETY, error
User Status : 1 unknown signal
2 kv<kv0 occurs
3 exposure_time_max occurs
4 dc_bus_fault occurs
5 fps_fault occurs
6 lv_enable occurs
7 line_drop occurs
res_safety_falling status error
User Status : 1 unknown signal
2 kv_drop occurs
3 kv_max occurs
4 ma_max occurs
5 i_inv_max occurs
6 regul_out occurs
7 kv_drop_an occurs
8 kv_drop_cat occurs
status test, _KV_OKD, error
User Status : 1 _KV_OKD not activated
2 _KV_OKD activated
EXP_CMD or EXP_EN signal status error on ROOM_IF_CPU side
User Status : 1 EXP_ENA not active
2 EXP_ENA remains active
10 EXP_CMD not active
20 EXP_CMD remains active
140
141
317
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
D
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J23)
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
133
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved.
0010
Any
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
Conclusion
135
136
138
134
137
138
139
0001 or 0002
Any
140
141
317
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
4–119
DIAGNOSTICS
139
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD1.BOARD
PU_CTRL
kV TEST
KV TEST STATUS
LV_ENABLE
È
È
È
È
È
È
CMD2
PU_CTRL
KV REF
KV STATUS
4–120
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
PU_CTRL
U22
U33
U51
MAINPS
NETWORK LEVEL
TUBE
PU_CTRL
CURRENT
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
REGULATION
SAFETY
IMPULSE
REGULATION
3 EPLD’S
COMMAND
REGULATION
mA MAX
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
CTRL_CONS
_SYS_ON
U28
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
U17
U47
U17
INVERT
IGBT COMMANDS
Q22
FLOATING
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
MAX CURRENT
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
U36
U27
INVERT
U58
+
–
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
NETWORK LEVEL
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
ON / OFF
FILTER
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
KV
RETURN
3 PHASE
U2–U3
DETECTION
U6–U7
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
LOW VOLTAGE PS
INVERT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
MAINPS
ON COMMANDS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
MAINPS
FUSES
U18
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
LV
SUPPLIES
–
KV>75%
U52–U53–U56–U57
mA RANGE
mA MEASURE
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
KV DROP
SAFETY
SAFETY
U40
+
U59
U60
LINEAR
REGULATION
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
HV
TANK
U50
U62
U37
U38
SAFETY
KV MEASURE
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
U19
U26
U29
SAFETY
PU_CTRL
+
–
U48
U49
+
U61
>125KV
EXPO ENABLE
>100KV
PU_CTRL
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
RISE DMD
PU_CTRL
EXPO COMMAND
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È ÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ È ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ ÈÈ
È
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
KV FUNCTION : kV Max Safety Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147
Error 317
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 kV MAX Safety test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– KV cmd. Command Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. Read Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. A/D converter passed OK.
– KV.cmd. Meas. function passed OK.
– KV cmd. D/A converter passed OK.
– KV cmd. EXP ENABLE passed OK.
– KV cmd. Exposure Managt passed OK.
The purpose of the test is to check the max kV detection levels. The principle is to drive the simulator like the previous
test, but this time with one kV measure equal to zero. In this case, the simulator still tries to match the reference,
increasing too much the polarity of the other measure, thus triggers the kV MAX fault.
Test type : Manual interaction required. LOOP–ON allowed.
The operator must press the EXPOSURE_ENA button.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets KV REF to 85 kV and TEST kV+ to 1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets CMD_DIAG bits.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU reset safeties
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask ROOM_IF_CPU to start exp_cmd test
D
ROOM_IF_CPU reads the ”RD_SALLE_1” register and check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal
is on ’1’ level
D
ROOM_IF_CPU enables exposure_command signal and ask operator to press exposure
switches.
D
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_commands signals state
(activated ) and enable exposure_command to be transmitted to PU_CTRL_CPU board
so a EXPOSURE_COMMAND signal is sent to CMD1 in order to start the exposure. A
”No Radiation” signal is displayed at the console.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command states.
D
EPLD COMMAND drives a mock–up inverter as standard application, thus
compensating the error on the kV measure, in order to match the 85kV reference.
D
EPLD SAFETY sends back a kV MAX fault.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the fault and stops the exposure
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets TEST kV– to 1 and TEST kV+ to 0.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask ROOM_IF_CPU to start a new exposure
4–121
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
EPLD COMMAND drives a mock–up inverter as standard application, thus
compensating the error on the kV measure, in order to match the 85 kV reference.
D
EPLD SAFETY sends back a kV MAX fault.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the fault and stops the exposure.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then resets TEST kV– to 0 and CMD_DIAG bits.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask operator to release exposure switches.
D
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command signals state.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command signals state.
CMD1 KV MAX SAFETY ERROR CODES
Error
142
143
DIAGNOSTICS
144
145
146
147
317
MPH CMD1 Board kV MAX Safety Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
kV switch status error
User Status : 1 kV+ switch error
2 kV– switch error
EXP_ENABLE status error status error
User Status : 1 exp_enable not set
2 exp_enable not reset
EXP_CMND status error
User Status : 1 exp_cmnd not set
2 exp_cmnd not reset
kV safety, RESTARTING_SAFETY, error
User Status : 1 restarting_safety not set_step 1
2 restarting_safety initial status error
3 restarting_safety not set_step 2
kV safety, KV_MAX, error
User Status : 1 unknown signal
2 kv_drop occurs
4 ma_max occurs
5 i_inv_max occurs
6 regul_out occurs
7 kv_drop_an occurs
8 kv_drop_cat occurs
10 KV_MAX initial status error
11 KV_MAX not reset
For user_status from 1 to 6, the corresponding signal occurs instead of kv_max signal
EXP_CMD or EXP_EN signal status error on ROOM_IF_CPU side
User Status : 1 EXP_ENA not active
2 EXP_ENA remains active
10 EXP_CMD not active
20 EXP_CMD remains active
4–122
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J23)
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
142
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnosti again.
tics
i
Any
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
144
145
143
146
317
DIAGNOSTICS
147
4–123
DIAGNOSTICS
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈ
INVERT.BOARD
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
KV FUNCTION : Power Components Test
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
ÈÈ È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈ È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
DC_PS
HYPO RESONANT
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
CMD1
OPTIC
IGBT COMMANDS
INVERTER
COUPLING
FLOAT. PS COMMANDS
FLOATING
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
CMD1
CMD1
T11–T12–T21–T22
FLOAT. PS RETURN
LOW VOLTAGE
INVERTER
CURRENT
MEASURE
T3–R98
CMD1
POWER SUPPLY
T1–T2
asm 2165118–100
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
4–124
WITH 4 IGBT’S
U11–U12–U21–U22
HV TANK
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156
Error 317
MPH KV COMMAND
INVERT Power Components tests
Purpose :
The principle of the test is to drive the main inverter of the MPH, loaded by an open circuit in the HV tank. The HV
switch is put in its middle position, so that the (cables + tubes) are isolated from the generator. This test allows to
check the IGBT commands, the main inverter, the current measure, and the floating low voltage power supply.
Test type : Manual interaction required. No LOOP–ON.
The operator must press the EXPOSURE_ENA button.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU sends tube selection commands through CMD2 to put HV_SWITCH
in middle position in order to isolate the cables and tubes from the HV_TANK.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU commands the closure of the main contactor by setting the
_POW_ON_CMD command on CMD1.
D
In standby mode, CMD1.BOARD sends commands to the FPS and checks the return.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks a no fault condition in this mode.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets kV REF to 40 kV.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask ROOM_IF_CPU to start exp_cmd test
D
ROOM_IF_CPU reads the ”RD_SALLE_1” register and check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal
is on ’1’ level
D
ROOM_IF_CPU enables exposure_command signal and ask operator to press exposure
switches.
D
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_commands signals state
(activated ) and enable exposure_command to be transmitted to PU_CTRL_CPU board
so a EXPOSURE_COMMAND signal is sent to CMD1 in order to start the exposure. A
”No Radiation” signal is displayed at the console.
4–125
DIAGNOSTICS
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– Tube Selection function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– KV cmd. Command Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. Read Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. A/D converter passed OK.
– KV.cmd. Meas. function passed OK.
– KV cmd. D/A converter passed OK.
– KV cmd. EXP ENABLE passed OK.
– KV cmd. Exposure Managt passed OK.
– KV cmd. kV Test relays passed OK.
– KV cmd. Current meas & IGBT FPS.
– KV cmd. kV safeties.
– KV cmd. kV rise and regulation.
– KV cmd. kV Max safety.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command states.
D
CMD1 drives the inverter as normal application to match the 40 kV reference.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks _kv_okd signal
D
At the end of exposure, PU_CTRL_CPU checks a no fault condition from CMD1 and
verifies that the measured kV are within the range [36 kV, 44 kV].
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask operator to release exposure switches.
D
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command signals state.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU switches the main contactor OFF and checks after 20 seconds that the
DC level is under 30 Volts, before leaving the test.
INVERT POWER COMPONENTS ERROR CODES
Error
MPH INVERT Board Power Components Failure
Description
DIAGNOSTICS
148
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1
2
dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
149
DC_BUS not ON after the ON command
150
HV switch tube status error
User Status : 1 Time for tube switch > 2s.
2 One HV switch status remains set while middle position
expected.
151
EXP_ENABLE status error
User Status : 1 exp_enable not set
2 exp_enable not reset
152
EXP_CMND status error
User Status : 1 exp_cmnd not set
2 exp_cmnd not reset
153
FPS_FAULT status error
154
kV safety, SAFETY, error
User Status : 1 unknown signal
2 kv<kv0 occurs
4 dc_bus_fault occurs
5 fps_fault occurs
6 lv_enable occurs
7 lmain_drop occurs
155
res_safety_falling status error
User Status : 1 unknown signal
2 kv_drop occurs
3 kv_max occurs
4 ma_max occurs
5 i_inv_max occurs
6 regul_out occurs
7 kv_drop_an occurs
8 kv_drop_cat occurs
4–126
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
156
kV meas out of range
User Status : 1 kV measure out range (40kV)
2 _KV_OKD not active
10 ADC conversion error.
317
EXP_CMD or EXP_EN signal status error on ROOM_IF_CPU side
User Status : 1 EXP_ENA not active
2 EXP_ENA remains active
10 EXP_CMD not active
20 EXP_CMD remains active
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on INVERT the following connections :
– Between INVERT (XJ3) and CMD1 (XJ8)
– Between INVERT (XJ1) and CMD1 (XJ6)
– Between INVERT (XJ11) and CMD1 (XJ11)
– Between INVERT (XJ11) and CMD1 (XJ11)
– Between INVERT (XJ12) and CMD1 (XJ12)
– Between INVERT (XJ21) and CMD1 (XJ21)
– Between INVERT (XJ22) and CMD1 (XJ22)
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion (in order of decending probability)
148
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnosti again.
tics
i
153
Any
INVERT Board faulty. Replace INVERT Board.
154
Any except 005
154
005
155
Any except 002, 007, 008
155
002, 007 or 008
156
001
INVERT Board or HV Tank fault.
156
010
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
156
002
INVERT or optical fiber Board faulty.
317
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
149
150
151
152
INVERT Board or HV Tank fault.
INVERT Board faulty. Replace INVERT Board.
INVERT Board or HV Tank fault.
INVERT Board faulty. Replace INVERT Board.
4–127
DIAGNOSTICS
D
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–128
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165
Error 317
MPH KV COMMAND
Final Cross check
Purpose : Run the whole kV function of the MPH including cables + tubes, on both tubes.
Test type : Non Remote because of X rays generation. Manual interaction required. No LOOP–ON. The operator must press
the exposure switches button.
Sequence :
Note:
It is recommended to run the test with different kV values.
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
PU_CTRL_CPU commands the closure of the main contactor by setting the
_POW_ON_CMD command on CMD1.
The operator chooses via the console, the tube to which he wishes to apply the kVs, the
value of these kVs, and the time of the exposure. The operator is asked whether the
corresponding HV TANK plugs are connected to either a tube or an adaptor.
PU_CTRL_CPU ask ROOM_IF_CPU to start exp_cmd test
ROOM_IF_CPU reads the ”RD_SALLE_1” register and check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal
is on ’1’ level
ROOM_IF_CPU enables exposure_command signal and ask operator to press exposure
switches.
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_commands signals state
(activated ) and enable exposure_command to be transmitted to PU_CTRL_CPU board
so a EXPOSURE_COMMAND signal is sent to CMD1 in order to start the exposure. A
”No Radiation” signal is displayed at the console.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command states and send
EXP_CMD to CMD1 board so as to start the exposure.
CMD1 drives the inverter as normal application to match the kV reference.
At the end of the exposure, PU_CTRL_CPU checks a no fault condition from CMD1 and
verifies that the measured kV are within the range [90% kV REF, 110% kV REF], then
stops the exposure.
PU_CTRL_CPU ask operator to release exposure switches.
4–129
DIAGNOSTICS
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– Tube Selection function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– KV cmd. Command Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. Read Buffers passed OK.
– KV cmd. A/D converter passed OK.
– KV.cmd. Meas. function passed OK.
– KV cmd. D/A converter passed OK.
– KV cmd. EXP ENABLE passed OK.
– KV cmd. Exposure Managt passed OK.
– INVERT Power Components passed OK
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
D
D
ROOM_IF_CPU checks exposure_enable and exposure_command signals state.
The operator is then asked if he wishes a new exposure. If YES, the sequence returns to
step 2. If NOT, the sequence goes to the next step to end the test.
PU_CTRL_CPU switches the main contactor OFF and checks after 20 seconds that the
DC level is under 30 Volts, before leaving the test.
KV FINAL CROSS CHECK ERROR CODES
Error
MPH KV Final Cross check Failure
Description
DIAGNOSTICS
157
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1
2
dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
158
DC_BUS not ON after the ON command
159
HV switch tube status error
160
EXP_ENABLE status error
User Status : 1 exp_enable not set
2 exp_enable not reset
161
EXP_CMND status error
User Status : 1 exp_cmnd not set
2 exp_cmnd not reset
162
KV>75%KVN, error
User Status : 1 KV>75%KVN not set during exposure
2 KV>75%KVN set out of exposure
163
kV meas out of range
User Status : 1 kV measure out range (kV + – 10%)
2 kV remains > 9kV
10 ADC conversion error.
164
kV safety, SAFETY, error
User Status : 1 unknown signal
2 kv<kv0 occurs
3 exposure_time_max occurs
4 dc_bus_fault occurs
5 fps_fault occurs
6 lv_enable occurs
7 main_drop occurs
165
res_safety_falling status error
User Status : 1 unknown signal
2 kv_drop occurs
3 kv_max occurs
4 ma_max occurs
5 i_inv_max occurs
6 regul_out occurs
7 kv_drop_an occurs (ANODE SIDE)
8 kv_drop_cat occurs (CATHODE SIDE)
4–130
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
317
asm 2165118–100
EXP_CMD or EXP_EN signal status error on ROOM_IF_CPU side
User Status : 1 EXP_ENA not active
2 EXP_ENA remains active
10 EXP_CMD not active
20 EXP_CMD remains active
RECOMMENDED ACTION
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on HV TANK the following connections :
– Between HV TANK and TUBE 1 : Anode and Cathode cables.
– Between HV TANK and TUBE 2 : Anode and Cathode cables.
DIAGNOSTICS
D
4–131
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion (in order of decending probability)
157
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
158
159
160
161
163
010
163
Any except 010
162
Any except 002, 007,
008
164
DIAGNOSTICS
165
– If two tubes are connected and error appears on both tubes, HV TANK
faulty. Replace HV TANK.
–If only one tube,run TEST HIGH in Menu 1
Fill HV receptacles with oil
Increase kV value up to 150kV.If error 545 appears change HV
Tank.If no error ,HV cables or tube are faullty.Replace the HV cables
or Tube.
165
002
Symmetric Spark over
– If two tubes are connected and error appears on both tubes, HV TANK
faulty. Replace HV TANK.
–If only one tube,run TEST HIGH in Menu 1
Fill HV receptacles with oil
Increase kV value up to 150kV.If error 545 appears change HV
Tank.If no error ,HV cables or tube are faullty.Replace the HV cables
or Tube.
165
007
ANODE Side Spark over
– If two tubes are connected and error appears on both tubes, HV TANK
faulty. Replace HV TANK.
–If only one tube,run TEST HIGH in Menu 1
Fill HV receptacles with oil
Increase kV value up to 150kV.If error 545 appears change HV
Tank.If no error ,HV cables or tube are faullty.Replace the HV cables
or Tube.
165
008
CATHODE Side Spark over
– If two tubes are connected and error appears on both tubes, HV TANK
faulty. Replace HV TANK.
–If only one tube,run TEST HIGH in Menu 1
Fill HV receptacles with oil
Increase kV value up to 150kV.If error 545 appears change HV
Tank.If no error ,HV cables or tube are faullty.Replace the HV cables
or Tube.
317
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
4–132
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–133
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL
CMD1.BOARD
CMD2
PU_CTRL
kV TEST
KV TEST STATUS
LV_ENABLE
KV REF
PU_CTRL
EXPO ENABLE
U61
REGULATION
COMMAND
4–134
KV DROP
SAFETY
U52–U53–U56–U57
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
mA MAX
U40
U28
MAX CURRENT
SAFETY
mA RANGE
KV
PU_CTRL
RETURN
U47
U17
KV>75%
PU_CTRL
U17
INVERT
Q22
INVERT
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
+
–
U36
U27
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
NETWORK LEVEL
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
LOW VOLTAGE PS
ON / OFF
3 PHASE
DETECTION
_SYS_ON
U18
IGBT COMMANDS
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
SAFETY
FUSES
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
–
FLOATING
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
HV
TANK
U2–U3
U4–U5
U6–U7
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
ON COMMANDS
INVERT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
MAINPS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
CTRL_CONS
FILTER
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
KV MEASURE
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
mA MEASURE
MAINPS
U37
U38
SAFETY
CURRENT
PU_CTRL
+
U59
U60
NETWORK LEVEL
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
LV
SUPPLIES
IMPULSE
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
LINEAR
REGULATION
KV STATUS
TUBE
PU_CTRL
U19
U26
U29
3 EPLD’S
U22
U33
U51
MAINPS
SAFETY
REGULATION
REGULATION
PU_CTRL
+
–
U48
U49
+
>125KV
>100KV
RISE DMD
PU_CTRL
EXPO COMMAND
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
mA LOOP FUNCTION : mA Measure Shunt Validation
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 176, 177, 178
MPH MA MEASURE
CMD1 mA Measure Shunt validation
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– mA meas Command Buffers passed OK.
– mA meas Read Buffers passed OK.
– mA meas A/D converter passed OK.
– mA meas Meas function passed OK.
The purpose of these tests is to check the different ranges available on CMD1 with given current references. These current references replace the actual measure through the measurement shunt.
Check the scale of the mA measure with two current references through the measurement shunts. The
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the ranges one after the other and commands the current references directly. The value of the
corresponding mA is read back at the mA return towards the PU_CTRL_CPU.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets the range bits (mA_x1, mA_x10) to (1,0) and checks the
corresponding returns.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the TEST_mA output to 1 and checks the corresponding return.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the 10mA_SCE_SEL output to 0 ( 100mA input selected ).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the mA measure as being in the range [80 mA, 120 mA], hence
a [0.40 V, 0.60 V] voltage range read by the ADC.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the range outputs (mA_x1, mA_x10) to (0,1) and checks the
corresponding returns.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the mA measure as being in the range [80 mA, 120 mA], hence
a [4.0 V, 6.0 V] voltage range read by the ADC.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the 10mA_SCE_SEL output to 1 ( 10mA input selected ).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the mA measure as being in the range [8.0 mA, 12.0 mA], hence
a [0.40 V, 0.60 V] voltage range read by the ADC.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the range outputs (mA_x1, mA_x10) to (0,0) and checks the
corresponding returns.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the mA measure as being in the range [8.0 mA, 12.0 mA], hence
a [4.0 V, 6.0 V] voltage range read by the ADC.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then resets in their original statuses the mA test and range bits.
4–135
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CMD1 MA MEASURE SHUNT ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD1 Board mA Measure Shunt Validation Failure
Description
176
TEST_mA relay is not in the right position during the test or at the end of the test
User Status : 1 TEST_mA relay failure when commanded ON
2 TEST_mA relay failure when commanded OFF
mA scale switches failure :
User Status : 11 mA_X1 relay failure when commanded ON
12 mA_X1 relay failure when commanded OFF
177
21 mA_X10 relay failure when commanded ON
22 mA_X10 relay failure when commanded OFF
DIAGNOSTICS
178
mA measure out of range
User Status : 1 mA measure out of range on the large scale
actual data = mA measure in mV
expected data = mA value expected in mV
2 mA measure out of range on the medium scale
actual data = mA measure in mV
expected data = mA value expected in mV
3 mA measure out of range on the low scale
actual data = mA measure in mV
expected data = mA value expected in mV
10 ADC conversion error.
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J23)
D
Confirm MA link ST1A–ST1B
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
176
Any
Conclusion
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
177
178
0001, 0002 or 0003
178
0010
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
4–136
PU_CTRL
CMD2
CMD1.BOARD
PU_CTRL
kV TEST
KV TEST STATUS
LV_ENABLE
KV REF
EXPO ENABLE
COMMAND
PU_CTRL
DIAG CODES
4–137
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
PU_CTRL
MAINPS
U61
REGULATION
>125KV
>100KV
RISE DMD
PU_CTRL
3 EPLD’S
U19
IMPULSE
U26
U29
TEST
Q3–X3–X4
U52–U53–U56–U57
LV_ENABLE
CONTROL
SAFETY
U41
LV
SUPPLIES
MAX CURRENT
CTRL_CONS
PU_CTRL
RETURN
U47
U17
KV>75%
PU_CTRL
U17
INVERT
Q22
INVERT
POWER SUPPLY
CMDS +STAT
INVERTER CURRENT
MEASURE
+
–
U36
U27
INVERT
CMD2
PU_CTRL
mA MEASURE + RETURN
CHOICE
HV TANK
X1–X2
LOW VOLTAGE PS
ON / OFF
3 PHASE
DETECTION
_SYS_ON
KV
NETWORK LEVEL
FUSES
F1–F2–F3–F4–F5
U18
U2–U3
U4–U5
U6–U7
DIAGNOSTICS
LOGIC
U20–U21
X6–X10
ON COMMANDS
INVERT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
MAINPS
MAINPS
asm 2165118–100
MAINPS
FILTER
–
IGBT COMMANDS
Q10–>Q21
U58
U45
U28
HV
TANK
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
mA MAX
SAFETY
U40
ZERO CURRENT
DETECTION
mA RANGE
mA MEASURE
KV MEASURE
FLOATING
SAFETY
PU_CTRL
KV MAX
KV<KV0
SAFETIES
KV DROP
SAFETY
NETWORK LEVEL
CURRENT
+
U59
U60
U37
U38
STATUS
TUBE
PU_CTRL
SAFETY
KV TEST
RELAYS
X8–X9
LINEAR
REGULATION
REGULATION
U22
U33
U51
+
–
U48
U49
+
REGULATION
EXPO COMMAND
PU_CTRL
U42–U43
KV RISE
WAVEFORM
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
mA LOOP FUNCTION : mA Max Safety Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 179, 180
MPH MA MEASURE
CMD1 mA MAX Safety test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– mA meas Command Buffers passed OK.
– mA meas Read Buffers passed OK.
– mA meas A/D converter passed OK.
– mA meas Meas function passed OK.
Check the level of the maximum tube current safety which corresponds to 1.12 A
The CPU replaces the current measure by a reference voltage so as to trigger the safety.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D The PU_CTRL_CPU sends a specific combination of CMD_DIAG bits to the CMD1
board which enables the mA_MAX fault and which starts a voltage ramp at the input of
the mA_MAX safety comparator.
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
D
1ms later, the software verifies that the mA_MAX and RESTARTING_SAFETY signals
are not active
D
Then 5 ms later, the software checks the mA_MAX and RESTARTING_SAFETY faults
from CMD1 ( because mA > 1.12 Amps ).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then sends the NO_DIAG combination of CMD_DIAG bits to the
CMD1 board to reset the faults and output the test.
CMD1 MA MAX SAFETY ERROR CODES
Error 39
179
180
MPH CMD1 Board mA MAX Safety Failure
Description
RESTARTING_SAFETY signal error
User Status : 1 RESTARTING_SAFETY interrupt not set during the test
2 RESTARTING_SAFETY signal initial status error
mA_MAX signal error
User Status : 1 unknown safety instead of mA_MAX
2 KV_DROP set instead of mA_MAX
3 KV_MAX set instead of mA_MAX
5 I_INV_MAX set instead of mA_MAX
6 REGUL_OUT set instead of mA_MAX
7 KV_DROP_AN set instead of mA_MAX
8 KV_DROP_CAT set instead of mA_MAX
10 mA_MAX initial status error
11 mA_MAX not reset at the end of the test
12 mA_MAX not set during the test
4–138
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION ERROR 39
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD1 the following connections :
– Between CMD1 (XJ2) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J22)
– Between CMD1 (XJ23) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J23)
D
Action :
User Status
Any
Any
Conclusion
CMD1 faulty. Replace CMD1 board.
DIAGNOSTICS
Hardware Status
4–139
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–140
CMD2.BOARD
PU_CTRL
XS CURRENT
REFERENCE
U23
U36–U38
CMD1
MODE SEL
NETWORK
LEVEL
SAFETY
4–141
COMMANDS
CMD2
STARTER
ROTCTL CLOCKS
AND
LV_ENABLE
U36–U38
SAFETIES
+
MINIMUM
ZERO
XS CURRENT
XS CURRENT
DETECTION
DETECTION
HEATER
LV_EN
MAXIMUM
CURRENT
LEVEL
SELECTION
LV_ENABLE
CMD2
STARTER
Q5
CONTROL
U41–>U45
XL IGBT CMDS
U29
HEATER
HEATER
XL CURRENT
REFERENCE
–
U31
+
U1
U32
+
–
LV POWER
FUNCTION
U11
DIAGNOSTICS
U20
XL CURRENT
DETECTION
DETECTION
U6–U21
HEATER
CURRENT
MEASURE
U1
HEATER
asm 2165118–100
TUBE SWITCH
COMMAND
& STATE
ZERO
HEATER XL
XL SQUARE
SUPPLY
MINIMUM
XL CURRENT
U21
XL SHORT CCT
DETECTION
U1–U6
PU_CTRL
24 V
U32
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
SAFETY
PU_CTRL
U34
U8–U23
RUN XL
MODE SEL
CMD1
U7–U18
U23
EPLD
DIAG CODES
HEATER
MEASURE
–
HEATER STATE
PU_CTRL
CURRENT
FUNCTION
U2 XS SHORT CCT
DETECTION
U8
U2
U34
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
U2
HEATER XS
XS IGBT CMDS
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
PU_CTRL
RUN XS
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
PU_CTRL
–
+
HEATER
XS SQUARE
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
È
ÈÈ
È
È È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ ÈÈ
PU_CTRL
U22
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
HEATER FUNCTION : XS Current Control Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 191, 192, 193
MPH HEATER
CMD2 XS Current Control test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Heater Command Buffers passed OK.
– Heater Read Buffers passed OK.
– Heater A/D converter passed OK.
– Heater Meas. function passed OK.
– Heater D/A converter passed OK.
The principle of the test is to replace the heater inverter current measure by a voltage ramp function and check at
known times the change of the following signals : Zero XS current detection, minimum XS current detection, XS
short cct detection. The start of the ramp being triggered by the XS IGBT commands, the test checks these as well.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XS current reference at 2 amps.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sends to heater EPLD test bits to initiate the test.
D
EPLD drives XS IGBT commands so as to generate a positive voltage ramp function and
checks back whether zero XS current detection, minimum XS current detection and XS
short cct detection position correctly.
D
EPLD drives XS IGBT commands so as to generate a negative voltage ramp function and
checks back whether zero XS current detection, minimum XS current detection and XS
short cct detection position correctly.
D
CMD2 returns test status to PU_CTRL_CPU, indicating test passed / not passed.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks that HEATFAULT_XS has triggered at the end of the ramp
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then resets the corresponding test bits,stops the function and reset
safety.
4–142
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CMD2 XS CURRENT CONTROL ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD2 Board XS Current Control Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
HEATFAULT error :
User Status : 1 Unable to set HEATFAULT_XS
2 Unable to reset HEATFALT_XS
3 Bad initial state of HEATFAULT_XS
Test error :
User Status : 1 Unable to set heat_cur_okd : one of the current control circuit
is not functioning properly.
2 Unable to reset heat_cur_okd
3 Bad initial state of heat_cur_okd
191
192
193
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
191
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved.
192
Any
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
193
4–143
DIAGNOSTICS
RECOMMENDED ACTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–144
CMD2.BOARD
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
U22 XS SQUARE
XS CURRENT
REFERENCE
–
+
HEATER
U23
PU_CTRL
MEASURE
U2
XS SHORT CCT
DETECTION
U8
U36–U38
RUN XS
SAFETY
U23
U34
+
MODE SEL
U8–U23
MINIMUM
XS CURRENT
ZERO
XS CURRENT
DETECTION
DETECTION
–
CMD1
NETWORK
LEVEL
XS IGBT CMDS
EPLD
DIAG CODES
HEATER STATE
COMMANDS
CMD2
STARTER
ROTCTL CLOCKS
AND
LV_ENABLE
U36–U38
SAFETIES
HEATER
XL CURRENT
REFERENCE
PU_CTRL
CMD1
LV POWER
U31
SELECTION
XL IGBT CMDS
U29
SAFETY
+
U1
U32
–
+
U20
XL CURRENT
DETECTION
DETECTION
U6–U21
HEATER XL
FUNCTION
U11
ZERO
U5–U17
XL SQUARE
TUBE SWITCH
COMMAND
& STATE
MINIMUM
XL CURRENT
U21
XL SHORT CCT
DETECTION
U1–U6
–
HEATER
CURRENT
MEASURE
HEATER
U1
HEATER
DIAGNOSTICS
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL
U32
CMD2
STARTER
Q5
CONTROL
U41–>U45
SUPPLY
24 V
LV_ENABLE
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È È ÈÈÈÈ
MODE SEL
MAXIMUM
CURRENT
LEVEL
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
PU_CTRL
RUN XL
È
È
ÈÈ
PU_CTRL
HEATER
LV_EN
PU_CTRL
È
È
4–145
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
PU_CTRL
HEATER
CURRENT
FUNCTION
U2
U34
U2
HEATER XS
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
HEATER FUNCTION : XL Current Control Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 194, 195, 196
MPH HEATER
CMD2 XL Current Control test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Heater Command Buffers passed OK.
– Heater Read Buffers passed OK.
– Heater A/D converter passed OK.
– Heater Meas. function passed OK.
– Heater D/A converter passed OK.
The principle of the test is to replace the heater inverter current measure by a voltage ramp function and check at
known times the change of the following signals : Zero XL current detection, minimum XL current detection, XL
short cct detection. The start of the ramp being triggered by the XL IGBT commands, the test checks these as well.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XL current reference at 2 amps.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sends to heater EPLD test bits to initiate the test.
D
EPLD drives XL IGBT commands so as to generate a positive voltage ramp function and
checks back whether zero XL current detection, minimum XL current detection and XL
short cct detection position correctly.
D
EPLD drives XL IGBT commands so as to generate a negative voltage ramp function and
checks back whether zero XL current detection, minimum XL current detection and XL
short cct detection position correctly.
D
CMD2 returns test status to CPU, indicating test passed / not passed.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks that HEATFAULT_XL has triggered at the end of the ramp
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then resets the corresponding test bits,stops the function and reset
safety.
4–146
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CMD2 XL CURRENT CONTROL ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD2 Board XL Current Control Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
HEATFAULT error :
User Status : 1 Unable to set HEATFAULT_XL
2 Unable to reset HEATFALT_XL
3 Bad initial state of HEATFAULT_XL
Test error :
User Status : 1 Unable to set heat_cur_okd : one of the current control circuit
is not functioning properly.
2 Unable to reset heat_cur_okd
3 Bad initial state of heat_cur_okd
194
195
196
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
194
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
195
Any
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
196
4–147
DIAGNOSTICS
RECOMMENDED ACTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–148
HEATER
XS CURRENT
REFERENCE
–
+
U33
U2
U34
U2
U8
U36–U38
PU_CTRL
FUNCTION
RUN XS
XS SHORT
DETECTION
SAFETY
CURRENT
U34
+
U28–U18
U8–U23
MINIMUM
XS CURRENT
ZERO
XS CURRENT
DETECTION
DETECTION
–
NETWORK
LEVEL
DIAG CODES
PU_CTRL
HEATER STATE
CMD2
STARTER
ROTCTL CLOCKS
AND
LV_ENABLE
U36–U38
SAFETIES
PU_CTRL
COMMANDS
SELECTION
HEATER
U29
REFERENCE
–
U31
+
U1
U32
+
–
LV POWER
U11
U20
XL CURRENT
DETECTION
DETECTION
U6–U21
FUNCTION
HEATER
CURRENT
MEASURE
U1
HEATER
DIAGNOSTICS
asm 2165118–100
TUBE SWITCH
COMMAND
& STATE
ZERO
HEATER XL
XL SQUARE
SUPPLY
MINIMUM
XL CURRENT
U21
XL SHORT
DETECTION
U1–U6
PU_CTRL
24 V
U32
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
HEATER
XL CURRENT
PU_CTRL
CMD2
STARTER
Q5
CONTROL
XL IGBT CMDS
SAFETY
CMD1
LV_EN
LV_ENABLE
U41–>U45
HEATER
RUN XL
MODE SEL
PU_CTRL
XS IGBT CMDS
MAXIMUM
CURRENT
LEVEL
È
È
È
È
4–149
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
EPLD
PU_CTRL
HEATER
MEASURE
U23
MODE SEL
CMD1
U2
HEATER XS
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
PU_CTRL
U22 XS SQUARE
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈ È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
ÈÈÈÈÈ ÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈ
ÈÈ
È
CMD2.BOARD
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
HEATER FUNCTION : XS Regulation & Safety Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 197, 198, 199, 200, 201
MPH HEATER
CMD2 XS Regulation & Safety test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Heater Command Buffers passed OK.
– Heater Read Buffers passed OK.
– Heater A/D converter passed OK.
– Heater Meas. function passed OK.
– Heater D/A converter passed OK.
The principle of the test is to create on CMD2.BOARD a heater current return which is equivalent to the one normally
returned by the Heater inverter board. This simulated current is directly driven by the EPLD XS state machine
through the XS IGBT commands. This mock–up inverter allows testing of the XS current measure, the XS square
function, the XS current reference and the XS driving state machine. The levels of the current references correspond
to the safety levels for the Small Focus. As the DC power is OFF, there is no heating on the filament so that this test
can last as long as necessary.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sends test bit to CMD2 to indicate test condition.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU resets GE_TUBE (5.5A limitation)
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XS current reference at 2.2 amps and drives CMD2 heater
as normal application in running mode.
D
Heater EPLD drives low voltage mock–up inverter at required current.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks current measure return as being in the range (0.8 , 3) amps.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU checks heater is properly working (PRESENCE_XS, not
HEATFAULT_XS, not OVERL_XS).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XS current reference at 3.2 amps in pre–heat mode and
checks heater fault indication (OVERL_XS).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XS current reference at 5.2 amps in running mode and
checks heater is properly working. (PRESENCE_XS, not HEATFAULT_XS, not
OVERL_XS).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XS current reference at 6.2 amps in running mode and
checks heater fault indication. (OVERL_XS)
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XS current reference at 9.5 amps in boost mode and checks
heater is properly working. (PRESENCE_XS, not HEATFAULT_XS, not OVERL_XS)
an additional test is made to verify the boost safety backup time at 530ms.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then resets the corresponding test bits,stops the function and reset
safety.
4–150
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CMD2 XS REGULATION AND SAFETY ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD2 Board XS Regulation & Safety Failure
198
199
200
201
* 1 bit equal 1mA
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
197
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
198
Any
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
199
200
201
Any except 0001
201
0001
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
4–151
DIAGNOSTICS
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
HEATFAULT error :
User Status : 2 Unable to reset HEATFALT_XS
3 Bad initial state of HEATFAULT_XS
PRESENCE error :
User Status : 1 Unable to set PRESENCE_XS
2 Unable to reset PRESENCE_XS
3 Bad initial state of PRESENCE_XS
OVERFIL error :
User Status : 1 Unable to set OVERL_XS
2 Unable to reset OVERL_XS
3 Bad initial state of OVERL_XS
4 Boost backup_time failure
measure error or ADC conversion error
User Status : 0
Measurement error
Actual Data :
measurement value made on XS_current feedback *
Expected Data : expected value *
User_ Status : 1
ADC error
197
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–152
CMD2.BOARD
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
U22 XS SQUARE
HEATER
XS CURRENT
REFERENCE
–
+
U33
U2
U8
U8
U36–U38
PU_CTRL
RUN XS
MEASURE
XS SHORT
DETECTION
SAFETY
U23
U34
+
MODE SEL
U8–U23
MINIMUM
XS CURRENT
ZERO
XS CURRENT
DETECTION
DETECTION
–
CMD1
NETWORK
LEVEL
XS IGBT CMDS
EPLD
DIAG CODES
4–153
PU_CTRL
HEATER STATE
COMMANDS
CMD2
STARTER
ROTCTL CLOCKS
AND
LV_ENABLE
U36–U38
SAFETIES
PU_CTRL
SELECTION
CMD2
STARTER
Q5
CONTROL
XL IGBT CMDS
HEATER
U29
REFERENCE
–
U31
+
U1
U32
+
–
SUPPLY
FUNCTION
U11
U20
XL CURRENT
DETECTION
DETECTION
U6–U21
U27–U17
CURRENT
MEASURE
HEATER
U1
HEATER
DIAGNOSTICS
asm 2165118–100
TUBE SWITCH
COMMAND
& STATE
ZERO
HEATER XL
XL SQUARE
LV POWER
MINIMUM
XL CURRENT
U21
XL SHORT
DETECTION
U1–U6
PU_CTRL
24 V
U32
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
HEATER
XL CURRENT
PU_CTRL
LV_ENABLE
U41–>U45
SAFETY
CMD1
MAXIMUM
CURRENT
LEVEL
RUN XL
MODE SEL
PU_CTRL
HEATER
LV_EN
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈ ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
È
ÈÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È
ÈÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È È ÈÈÈÈ
PU_CTRL
HEATER
CURRENT
FUNCTION
U2
U2
HEATER XS
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
HEATER FUNCTION : XL Regulation & Safety Test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 202, 203, 204, 205, 206
MPH HEATER
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD2 XL Regulation & Safety test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Heater Command Buffers passed OK.
– Heater Read Buffers passed OK.
– Heater A/D converter passed OK.
– Heater Meas. function passed OK.
– Heater D/A converter passed OK.
Purpose : The principle of the test is to create on CMD2.BOARD a heater current return which is equivalent to the one normally
returned by the power board. This simulated current is directly driven by the EPLD XL state machine through the
XL IGBT commands. This mock–up inverter allows testing of the XL current measure, the XL square function, the
XL current reference and the XL driving state machine. The levels of the current references correspond to the safety
levels for the Large Focus. As the DC power is OFF, there is no heating on the filament so that this test can last as
long as necessary.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
D PU_CTRL_CPU sends test bit to CMD2 to indicate test condition.
D PU_CTRL_CPU resets GE_TUBE (5.5A limitation)
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XL current reference at 2.2 amps and drives CMD2 heater
as normal application in running mode.
D Heater EPLD drives low voltage mock–up inverter at required current.
D PU_CTRL_CPU checks current measure return as being in the range (0.8, 3) amps.
D PU_CTRL_CPU checks heater is properly working (PRESENCE_XL, not
HEATFAULT_XL, not OVERL_XL).
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XL current reference at 3.2 amps in pre–heat mode and
checks heater fault indication (OVERL_XL).
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XL current reference at 5.2 amps in running mode and
checks heater is properly working. (PRESENCE_XL, not HEATFAULT_XL, not
OVERL_XL).
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XL current reference at 6.2 amps in running mode and
checks heater fault indication. (OVERL_XL)
D PU_CTRL_CPU set GE_TUBE( 7.1A limitation) and sets heater XL current reference
at 6.9 amps in running mode and checks heater is properly working. (PRESENCE_XL,
not HEATFAULT_XL, not OVERL_XL).
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XL current reference at 7.8 amps in running mode and
checks heater fault indication. (OVERL_XL)
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets heater XS current reference at 9.5 amps in boost mode and checks
heater is properly working. (PRESENCE_XL, not HEATFAULT_XL, not OVERL_XL)
an additional test is made to verify the boost safety backup time at 530ms.
D PU_CTRL_CPU then resets the corresponding test bits,stops the function and reset
safety.
4–154
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CMD2 XL REGULATION AND SAFETY ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD2 Board XL Regulation & Safety Failure
203
204
205
206
* 1 bit equal 1mA
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
202
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
203
Any
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
204
205
206
Any except 0001
206
0001
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
4–155
DIAGNOSTICS
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
HEATFAULT error :
User Status : 2 Unable to reset HEATFALT_XL
3 Bad initial state of HEATFAULT_XL
PRESENCE error :
User Status : 1 Unable to set PRESENCE_XL
2 Unable to reset PRESENCE_XL
3 Bad initial state of PRESENCE_XL
OVERFIL error :
User Status : 1 Unable to set OVERL_XL
2 Unable to reset OVERL_XL
3 Bad initial state of OVERL_XL
4 Boost backup_time failure
measure error or ADC conversion error
User Status : 0
Measurement error
Actual Data :
measurement value made on XL_current feedback *
Expected Data : expected value *
User_ Status : 1
ADC error
202
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–156
CMD2
XS IGBT CMDS
T201–T202
XS CURRENT
HYPO RESONANT
INVERTER
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
CMD2
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈ
ÈÈ
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È ÈÈ
HEATER.BOARD
TUBE 1 CURRENT
TUBE SELECTION
HEATER XS
WITH 2 IGBT’S
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
TUBE 2 CURRENT
HV TANK
X301
MEASUREMENT
T203
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
HEATER FUNCTION : Final Cross Check
SMALL FOCUS
Q201–Q202–C205
DC_PS
INVERTER
XL CURRENT
WITH 2 IGBT’S
MEASUREMENT
T103
LARGE FOCUS
TUBE SEL RETURN
TUBE 1 CURRENT
TUBE SELECTION
TUBE 2 CURRENT
HV TANK
HEATER XL
X301
Q101–Q102–C105
HEATER TUBE SEL
HV SWITCH
CMD2
HV TANK
COMMAND
DIAGNOSTICS
asm 2165118–100
AND STATUS
X302
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CMD2
HYPO RESONANT
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
CMD2
XL IGBT CMDS
T101–T102
È
È
È
ÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈ
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
4–157
CMD2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213
MPH HEATER
Final Cross check
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Heater Command Buffers passed OK.
– Heater Read Buffers passed OK.
– Heater A/D converter passed OK.
– Heater Meas. function passed OK.
– Heater D/A converter passed OK.
– CMD2 XS current control passed OK.
– CMD2 XL current control passed OK.
– CMD2 XS regul & safety passed OK.
– CMD2 XL regul & safety passed OK.
The purpose of this test is to drive heater inverters in final configuration on both filaments and both tubes with power on in order
to identify a faulty inverter or a wrong connection between CMD2.BOARD, HEATER.BOARD, HV TANK and TUBES.
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose : The principle of the test is to realise a cross check by driving any available load. A truth table is issued when all the
information is received. When the test is completed, the following functionalities have been checked : XS inverter, XL inverter,
XS current measure, XL current measure, CMD2 to HEATER connection, HEATER to HV TANK connection.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D
PU_CTRL_CPU commands the closure of the main contactor by setting the
_POW_ON_CMD command on CMD1.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask operator the room configuration (Two tubes, tube1 only or tube2
only).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the tube selection to tube 1 if connected (heater relay only) and
checks tube select return..
D
PU_CTRL_CPU drives CMD2 heater XS and XL, both at 2.5 amps in running mode and
checks the current measures as being in the range [ 2.0, 3.0 ] Amps.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the tube selection to tube 2 if connected (heater relay only) and
checks tube select return..
D
PU_CTRL_CPU drives CMD2 heater XS and XL, both at 2.5 amps in running mode and
checks the current measures as being in the range [ 2.0,3.0 ] Amps.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU switches the main contactor OFF and checks after 20 seconds that the
DC level is under 30 Volts, before leaving the test.
4–158
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
HEATER FINAL CROSS CHECK CODES
Error
MPH HEATER Board final Cross Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1
2
dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
208
DC_BUS Not ON after the ON command error
209
Heater tube switch error
User Status : 1 (tube 1 command) ,2 (tube2 command)
210
User Status
: 00XX **
measurement error
Actual Data :
measurement value made *
Expected Data : expected value *
User Status
: 1 ADC error
211
presence signal error
User Status : 00XX **
Actual address : 1: run error ; 2: reset error ; 3: initial error
212
0verl signal error
User Status : 00XX **
Actual address : 1: run error ; 2: reset error ; 3: initial error
213
heatfault signal error
User Status : 00XX **
Actual address : 1: run error ; 2: reset error ; 3: initial error
* 1 bit equal 1mA
** 1A = XS tube 1 ; 1B = XL tube 1 ; 2A = XS tube 2 ; 2B = XL tube 2
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on HEATER the following connections :
– Between HEATER (XJ1) and CMD2 (XJ1)
– Between HEATER (XJ3) and DC_FILTER (XJ5)
D
Check on HV TANK the following connections :
– Between HV TANK (XJ2) and HEATER (XJ2)
– Between HV TANK and TUBE 1 : Cathode Cable tube 1
– Between HV TANK and TUBE 2 : Cathode Cable tube 2
4–159
DIAGNOSTICS
207
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
D
Action :
In case of only one tube, put the anode cable of the selected tube in the cathode plug
of the other tube.
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
207
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnosti again.
tics
i
208
DIAGNOSTICS
209
210
001
210
211
212
213
01A and 02A
HEATER faulty. Replace HEATER board
210
211
212
213
01B and 02B
HEATER faulty. Replace HEATER board
210
211
212
213
01A only or
01B only or
02A only or
02B only
HEATER board working properly, check the corresponding
filament and the connection from HEATER board to that filament.
See Note1
210
211
212
213
01A and 01B only or
02A and 02B only or
01A and 02B only or
01B and 02A only
HEATER board working properly, check the corresponding
filament and the connection from HEATER board to that filament.
See Note1
210
211
212
213
Any other set of results
No conclusion. Confirm filament cabling for tube 1 or tube 2,
depending on the result.
See Note1
Note 1 : after heater board : check connection cables from heater board to HV tank , check filament transformer , check HV cables
, check corresponding filaments **
** 1A = XS tube 1 ; 1B = XL tube 1 ; 2A = XS tube 2 ; 2B = XL tube 2
RETURN HV CABLES TO ORIGINAL TUBE CONFIGURATION
4–160
DIAG COMMAND
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È ÈÈÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ È ÈÈÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È ÈÈ È ÈÈÈÈ È
È ÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
CMD2
HEATER
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
ROTOR FUNCTION : Cureent Control & HS Mode Test
CMD2.BOARD
U4
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
RUN
LV_EN
SPEED SELECTION
EPLD
BRAKE
CMD1
NETWORK LEVEL
PU_CTRL
ROTCTL STATE
COMMANDS
AND
SAFETIES
U35
3 PHASE REBUILD
+
LEVEL DETECTION
U3–U16–U15
MAX CURRENT
CLOCKS
LEVEL SAFETY
U15
CONTROL
Q6
2 PHASE
MEASURE
ROTCTL
COMMON
MEASURE
U26
HIGH SPEED
HS RELAY RETURN
RELAY COMMAND
U12–U25–U26
CMD1
LV POWER
LV_ENABLE
SUPPLY
CONTROL
U30–Q19–>Q22
DIAGNOSTICS
U11
ROTCTL
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL
TUBE SELECTION
COMMAND
AND STATE
CMD1
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
PU_CTRL
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
4–161
CMD2
HEATER
IGBT CMDS
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 224, 225, 226, 227
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
CMD2 Current Control and HS Mode test
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Rotor ctrl Command Buffers passed OK.
– Rotor ctrl Read Buffers passed OK.
Purpose : Drive the current return with the IGBT commands so as to simulate two phases of the normal rotor controller current.
The third missing phase is created by the measurement system which is tested as well (this is the same method used as Applications). At the same time, this test allows to check the high speed selection mode and the sequence of the EPLD state machine as
regard to the change of mode.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
DIAGNOSTICS
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
PU_CTRL_CPU sets CMD_DIAG bits to indicate test status.
PU_CTRL_CPU reset safeties
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the speed selection to Low Speed and sends a Run command to
CMD2 rotor controller EPLD in Acceleration mode.
EPLD drives, through IGBT commands, the current return.
EPLD checks the current detection after the three phase rebuild and indicates a
ROTOR_ON status to the PU_CTRL_CPU.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the ROTOR_ON status from CMD2 and changes the
Acceleration mode to the Running mode
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the acknowledgement from CMD2 of the mode change and
waits for the new ROTOR_ON indication before setting a Brake mode.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the ROTOR OFF indication during the Brake mode and then
stops driving the Rotor Controller function.
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the speed selection to High Speed and sends a Run command to
CMD2 rotor controller EPLD in Acceleration mode.
EPLD sets the High Speed relay command and checks the corresponding return which
is short circuited directly on CMD2.
EPLD drives, through IGBT commands, the current return.
EPLD checks the current detection after the three phase rebuild and indicates a ROTOR
ON status to the PU_CTRL_CPU.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the ROTOR ON status from CMD2 and changes the
Acceleration mode to the Running mode
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the acknowledgement from CMD2 of the mode change and
waits for the new ROTOR ON indication before setting a Brake mode.
PU_CTRL_CPU checks the ROTOR OFF indication during the Brake mode and then
stops driving the Rotor Controller function.
PU_CTRL_CPU resets the CMD_DIAG bits to come back in the original position.
4–162
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CMD2 CURRENT CONTROL AND HS MODE CODES
224
225
226
227
MPH CMD2 Board Current Control and HS Mode Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
Rotor safety error : START_OVL
User Status : 3 Signal initial status error
10h Signal activated in low speed acceleration mode
11h Signal activated in the 200ms following low speed run mode
12h Signal activated in low speed run mode
13h Signal not reset after change from low speed run mode to low
speed brake mode
20h Signal activated in high speed acceleration mode
21h Signal activated in the 200ms following high speed run mode
22h Signal activated in high speed run mode
23h Signal not reset after change from high speed run mode to high
speed brake mode
CUR_ST_ON error
User Status : 3 Signal initial status error
10h Signal not activated in low speed acceleration mode
11h Signal not reset after change from low speed acceleration
mode to low speed run mode
12h Signal not activated in low speed run mode
13h Signal not reset after change from low speed run mode to low
speed brake mode
20h Signal not activated in high speed acceleration mode
21h Signal not reset after change from high speed acceleration
mode to high speed run mode
22h Signal not activated in high speed run mode
23h Signal not reset after change from high speed run mode to high
speed brake mode
High speed relay command error
User Status : 3 Signal initial status error
10h Signal not activated in low speed acceleration mode
11h Signal not activated in the 200ms following low speed run
mode
12h Signal not activated in low speed run mode
13h Signal not activated after change from low speed run mode to
low speed brake mode
20h Signal activated in high speed acceleration mode
21h Signal activated in the 200ms following high speed run mode
22h Signal activated in high speed run mode
23h Signal not activated after change from high speed run mode to
high speed brake mode
24h Signal activated 200ms after rotor OFF command
4–163
DIAGNOSTICS
Error
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
224
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
225
Any
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
226
DIAGNOSTICS
227
4–164
CMD2.BOARD
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
Ë
Ë
Ë
È
È
È
È
È
Ë
Ë
Ë
È
ÈËÈËËÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
ÈÈËÈËÈËÈÈÈ
CMD2
HEATER
DIAG COMMAND
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
ROTOR FUNCTION : Max Current Safety
U4
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
CMD1
PU_CTRL
RUN
LV_EN
SPEED SELECTION
EPLD
BRAKE
CONTROL
Q6
COMMANDS
NETWORK LEVEL
AND
SAFETIES
ROTCTL STATE
U35
4–165
CMD2
HEATER
IGBT CMDS
3 PHASE REBUILD
+
LEVEL DETECTION
U3–U16–U15
MAX CURRENT
CLOCKS
LEVEL SAFETY
2 PHASE
MEASURE
U26
ROTCTL
COMMON
MEASURE
U15
HIGH SPEED
HS RELAY RETURN
RELAY COMMAND
U12–U25–U26
CMD1
LV POWER
LV_ENABLE
SUPPLY
CONTROL
U30–Q19–>Q22
TUBE SELECTION
COMMAND
AND STATE
DIAGNOSTICS
U11
ROTCTL
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL
CMD1
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
PU_CTRL
NEW
CCT R2
U26
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 228, 229, 230, 231
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD2 Max Current Safety test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Rotor ctrl Command Buffers passed OK.
– Rotor ctrl Read Buffers passed OK.
Purpose : Set a reference voltage in place of the normal measurement shunt in order to trigger the Maximum current safety cct.
Test type : No manual interaction. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets same CMD_DIAG bits as in ROTOR 2.0 to indicate test status.
D PU_CTRL_CPU reset safeties
D PU_CTRL_CPU sends a Run command to CMD2 rotor controller EPLD and checks a
no fault condition ( starter_overload ) from CMD2 Rotor Controller.
D PU_CTRL_CPU sets CMD_DIAG bits specific to this test to trigger the maximum
current fault on CMD2.
D EPLD checks the STARTER_OVERLOAD fault and indicates it back to the
PU_CTRL_CPU.
D PU_CTRL_CPU checks the STARTER_OVERLOAD fault indication and stops the Run
command.
D PU_CTRL_CPU then resets the CMD_DIAG bits and the maximum current fault driving bit.
CMD2 MAX CURRENT SAFETY ERROR CODES
Error
228
229
230
231
MPH CMD2 Board Max Current Safety Failure
Description
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
Rotor safety error : START_OVL
User Status : 1 start_ovl active
2 start_ovl non activated
3 Signal initial status error
CUR_ST_ON error
User Status : 1 cur_st_on non activated
2 cur_st_on active
3 Signal initial status error
High speed relay command speed error
User Status : 1 _ls_rtn non active
2 _ls_rtn active
3 Signal initial status error
4–166
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION ERROR 50
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
228
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
229
Any
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
230
DIAGNOSTICS
231
4–167
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–168
CMD2.BOARD
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈ
CMD2
HEATER
DIAG COMMAND
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
ROTOR FUNCTION : IGBT Drivers test
U4
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
PU_CTRL
CMD1
PU_CTRL
RUN
LV_EN
SPEED SELECTION
EPLD
BRAKE
COMMANDS
NETWORK LEVEL
AND
SAFETIES
ROTCTL STATE
U35
4–169
CMD2
HEATER
IGBT CMDS
3 PHASE REBUILD
+
LEVEL DETECTION
U30–U13
2 PHASE
MEASURE
U3–U16–U15
MAX CURRENT
CLOCKS
CONTROL
Q6
LEVEL SAFETY
U15
ROTCTL
COMMON
MEASURE
U26
HIGH SPEED
HS RELAY RETURN
RELAY COMMAND
U12–U25–U26
CMD1
LV POWER
LV_ENABLE
SUPPLY
CONTROL
U30–Q19–>Q22
TUBE SELECTION
COMMAND
AND STATE
DIAGNOSTICS
U11
ROTCTL
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL
CMD1
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
PU_CTRL
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 232, 233
Error 244
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
CMD2 IGBT Drivers test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Rotor ctrl Command Buffers passed OK.
– Rotor ctrl Read Buffers passed OK.
Purpose : Drive all the Rotor Controller IGBT drivers in high speed mode and check if they are properly working.
Test type : No manual interaction. Loop_on allowed.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU verifies that DC_BUS is OFF and drives it OFF if necessary
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the CMD_DIAG bits indicate the test status.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU reset safeties
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sends a RUN command to CMD2 Rotor Controller EPLD.
DIAGNOSTICS
D
Rotor Controller EPLD sends IGBT commands to the drivers, checks the designed
returns and indicates _START_DRIV_OKD to the PU_CTRL_CPU.
CMD2 IGBT DRIVERS ERROR CODES
Error
MPH CMD2 Board IGBT Drivers Failure
Description
232
233
244
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
START_DRIV_OKD status error
User Status : 1 _start_driv_ok not activated
3 Signal initial status error
CUR_ST_ON error
User Status : 1 cur_st_on non activated
3 Signal initial status error
4–170
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION ERROR 51
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CMD2 the following connections :
– Between CMD2 (XJ5) and CMD1 (XJ1)
– Between CMD2 (XJ4) and PU_CTRL_CPU (J19)
D
Action :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
232
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnostics again.
233
Any
CMD2 faulty. Replace CMD2 board.
DIAGNOSTICS
244
4–171
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–172
ROTCTL.BOARD
MAINPS
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
ROTOR FUNCTION : Final Cross Check
COOLING CMD
115 Vac
OIL PUMP OR BLOWER
X5
HS RELAY CMD
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ ÈÈ
CMD2
HS RELAY RETURN
Q1–Q2–Q3–Q4–Q5–Q6
± 240 Vdc – ±370 Vdc
HIGH SPEED
4–173
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
È
ÈÈ
ÈÈ
DC_PS
CMD2
ROTOR CONTROLLER
RELAY AND
INVERTER
CAPACITORS
X1
IGBT CMDS
T1–T2–T3–T4–T5–T6
WITH 6 IGBT’S
ROTOR TUBE
ROTOR TUBE SEL
CMD2
TUBE SEL RETURN
Nb 1
CASING
Nb 2
SELECTION
X2
OVER CURRENT
2 PHASE
MEASUREMENT
T7–T8
CMD2
COMMON MEASURE
T9
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD2
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
CMD2
CASING
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
Final Cross check
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites : – ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
– DC Power Supply function passed OK.
– Rotor ctrl Command Buffers passed OK.
– Rotor ctrl Read Buffers passed OK.
– CMD2 Current ctrl HS mode.
– CMD2 Max current safety.
– CMD2 IGBT drivers.
The purpose of these tests is to verify that the ROTCTL.BOARD actually receives the commands from CMD2 and drives correctly
the stators of the tubes.
Check the Rotor Controller function on an overall basis, by driving both tubes stators. The aim is to get as many information as possible by a cross check so as to decide whether the ROTCTL board or the tube is faulty.
Test type : No manual interaction. No LOOP–ON.
Sequence :
D PU_CTRL_CPU commands the closure of the main contactor by setting the
_POW_ON_CMD command on CMD1.
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
D
PU_CTRL_CPU ask operator the room configuration (Two tubes, tube1 only or tube2
only).
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the tube selection to tube 1 if connected.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU drives the Rotor Controller function in High Speed with a normal
Accelerating and Running sequence.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then accelerate the Rotor Controller to Low Speed, keeps Running and
brakes consequently down to 0 rpm.
D
Wait rotor cooling
D
PU_CTRL_CPU sets the tube selection to tube 2 if connected.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU drives the Rotor Controller function in High Speed with a normal
Accelerating and Running sequence.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU then accelerate the Rotor Controller to Low Speed, keeps Running and
brakes consequently down to 0 rpm.
D
PU_CTRL_CPU switches the main contactor OFF and checks after 20 seconds that the
DC level is under 30 Volts, before leaving the test.
D
Wait rotor cooling
4–174
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
FINAL CROSS CHECK ERROR CODES
Error
MPH ROTOR Board final Cross check Failure
234
235
236
237
238
DC_BUS error
User Status : 1 dc_bus_fault incompatible with on_enable
2 DC_BUS remains ON after the OFF command
DC_BUS not ON after the ON command
Rotor tube switch error
User Status : 1 rotor tube1 switch error
2 rotor tube 2 switch error
CUR_ST_ON error
User Status :
tube 1
10h signal not active in high_speed_acceleration mode
11h signal active after change to high_speed_run mode
12h signal not active in high_speed_run mode
13h signal active after change to
high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration mode
14h signal not active in high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration
mode
15h signal active after change to low_speed_run mode
16h signal not active in low_speed_run mode
17h signal active 30ms after low_speed_brake command mode
18h signal active in low_speed_brake mode
1Fh Signal initial status error
tube 2
20h signal not active in high_speed_acceleration mode
21h signal active after change to high_speed_run mode
22h signal not active in high_speed_run mode
23h signal active after change to
high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration mode
24h signal not active in high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration
mode
25h signal active after change to low_speed_run mode
26h signal not active in low_speed_run mode
27h signal active 30ms after low_speed_brake command mode
28h signal active in low_speed_brake mode
2Fh Signal initial status error
High speed relay command error
User Status :
tube 1
10h signal active in high_speed_acceleration mode
11h signal active after change to high_speed_run mode
12h signal active in high_speed_run mode
14h signal not active in high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration
mode
15h signal not active after change to low_speed_run mode
16h signal not active in low_speed_run mode
18h signal not active in low_speed_brake mode
19h signal active in OFF mode
1Fh Signal initial status error
4–175
DIAGNOSTICS
Description
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
tube 2 20h
DIAGNOSTICS
239
signal active in high_speed_acceleration mode
21h signal active after change to high_speed_run mode
22h signal active in high_speed_run mode
24h signal not active in high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration
mode
25h signal not active after change to low_speed_run mode
26h signal not active in low_speed_run mode
28h signal not active in low_speed_brake mode
29h signal active in OFF mode
2Fh Signal initial status error
Rotor safety error : START_OVL
User Status :
tube 1
10h signal active in high_speed_acceleration mode
11h signal active after change to high_speed_run mode
12h signal active in high_speed_run mode
13h signal active after change to
high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration mode
14h signal active in high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration
mode
15h signal active after change to low_speed_run mode
16h signal active in low_speed_run mode
18h signal active in low_speed_brake mode
1Fh Signal initial status error
tube 2
20h signal active in high_speed_acceleration mode
21h signal active after change to high_speed_run mode
22h signal active in high_speed_run mode
23h signal active after change to
high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration mode
24h signal active in high_speed_to_low_speed_acceleration
mode
25h signal active after change to low_speed_run mode
26h signal active in low_speed_run mode
28h signal active in low_speed_brake mode
2Fh Signal initial status error
4–176
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION ERROR
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on ROTCTL the following connections :
– Between ROTCTL (XJ1) and CMD2 (XJ2)
– Between ROTCTL (XJ4) and TUBE 1 Stator
– Between ROTCTL (XJ5) and TUBE 2 Stator (If there is two tubes)
D
Action :
If there is only one tube connected :
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
234
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnosti again.
tics
i
238
Any
ROTCTL faulty. Replace ROTCTL board.
237
Any
No conclusion : ROTCTL or connection or tube Stator
f lt (
faulty.(see
Bl
Bloc Di
Diagram))
Hardware Status
User Status
Conclusion
234
Any
Pre–requisites not achieved. Run the corresponding diagnosti again.
tics
i
238
Any
ROTCTL faulty. Replace ROTCTL board.
237
01X and 02X
235
236
239
235
236
239
237
01X only
ROTCTL OK. (Connection to tube 1) or (Tube 1 Stator)
f lt (
faulty..(see
Bl Di
Bloc
Diagram))
02X only
ROTCTL OK. (Connection to tube 2) or (Tube 2 Stator)
f lt (
faulty..(see
Bl Di
Bloc
Diagram))
239
237
239
4–177
DIAGNOSTICS
If there is two tubes connected :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 244
See Error 232, 233
MPH ROTOR CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTICS
CMD2 IGBT Drivers test
4–178
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Console
debug
TAV
UART
Drivers RS232
UART
Drivers RS232
PU_CTRL_CPU board
Switches and Leds
Test
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
SMC2
CS6
Background
SRAM
save + clock
Drivers
RS485
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
BP Abort
PRD switches
–15V +15V
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
PRD leds
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
XILINX
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
DAC
CS
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
CS
MUX
V/F
CS
Input register
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–179
DIAGNOSTICS
Flash Eeprom
UART
ROOM_IF_CPU board
BACKGROUND
SCC4
CS0
Drivers
RS485
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 250
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU Switches and LED’s test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– PU_CTRL_CPU Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK.
– ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
Purpose :
Its purpose is to verify the reading of the switches position and the writing to the LED’s. The principle is to ask the
operator to position the switches, then to start running the test and verify visually that the code displayed on the LED’s
is the same as the one written on the switches.
As this test requires operator checking of the LED’s status it is an interactive test and it is asked to the operator to
decide if the test passed or not.
Test type : It is an interactive test. LOOP–ON allowed.
Sequence : The ROOM_IF_CPU software (via PU_CTRL_CPU sofware request) executes the following steps :
Sequence :
– Ask the operator to move PRD’s switches, ”Select a switch code and press DONE or EXIT”.
DIAGNOSTICS
– On DONE answer of the operator, PU_CTRL_CPU software copies switches combination on PRD’s leds.
– On EXIT answer of the operator, ask the operator to visualy check if leds and switches combinations are equal,
”Was the value shown correct?”.
– If YES, display message ”Return switches in their original position
press DONE to continue”
PU_CTRL_CPU SWITCHES AND LEDS ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU Board Switches and LED’s Failure
Description
250
The operator has seen an error on the PU_CTRL_CPU board and has answered : ”NO” .
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
250
–
Conclusion
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty. Replace PU_CTRL_CPU board.
4–180
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Console
debug
TAV
UART
Drivers RS232
UART
Drivers RS232
PU_CTRL_CPU board
Xilinx 1 ms Internal
Timer Test
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
SMC2
CS6
Background
SRAM
save + clock
Drivers
RS485
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
BP Abort
PRD switches
–15V +15V
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
PRD leds
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
XILINX
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
DAC
CS
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
CS
MUX
V/F
CS
Input register
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–181
DIAGNOSTICS
Flash Eeprom
UART
ROOM_IF_CPU board
BACKGROUND
SCC4
CS0
Drivers
RS485
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 256, 257
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
Xilinx 1ms internal timer test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– PU_CTRL_CPU Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK.
Purpose : The purpose of this test is to check software sequence 1ms timer. This test includes clock multiplexer, clock division
and interrupt loopback with 68360.
DIAGNOSTICS
Test type : No manual interactions.
Sequence : The PU_CTRL_CPU software executes the following steps :
– Check if the signal ”DONE” (port PB13 of 68360) is high (configuration complete) or low (no avaible configuration) : if
”DONE” is high, the sofware can read the internal revision register and check if it is compatible with both software and hardware
configuration.
– Select CLK_INT = CLK_TEST (software clock driver).
– Enable 1ms timer : TIMER_ENABLE = active.
– Enable 1ms timer interrupt
– Generate 25000 software clock pulses (write CLK_TEST=’0’, CLK_TEST=’1’)
– Check BUSY_LOOP interrupt (PC11 on 68360) activated only one time.
– Restore initial configuration.
PU_CTRL_CPU COMMAND BUFFERS ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU Board Xilinx 1ms internal timer test
Description
256
Xilinx configuration not completed.
257
Xilinx 1ms internal timer failure
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
256
Any
Xilinx or associated logic failure.
Replace PU_CTRL_CPU
257
Any
Xilinx or associated logic failure
BUSY_LOOP signal error.Replace PU_CTRL_CPU
4–182
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Console
debug
TAV
UART
Drivers RS232
UART
Drivers RS232
PU_CTRL_CPU board
RS 485 Interface
Drivers Test
UART
SMC1
Drivers
RS485
UART
SCC2
Drivers
RS485
HDLC
SCC3
Drivers
RS485
UART
SPI
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
Drivers
RS485
I/O
SMC2
CS6
Background
SRAM
save + clock
Drivers
RS485
CS3
68360
CS2
SRAM
CS5
CS4
PortC Timers
Bus I/O
Bus 68360
+5V
DC–DC
BP Abort
PRD switches
–15V +15V
+5V
DC–DC
DECOD
PRD leds
RESET (PB + Pwr on)
Supply control
+12V Flash
CS
ROOM_IF_CPU interface
XILINX
Adress decod
Exposure control
CHIP–SELECT
CS
DAC
CS
ADC
EPLD
OUTBUF
CS
CS
MUX
V/F
CS
Input register
Input register
COMMAND1 board
COMMAND2 board
4–183
DIAGNOSTICS
Flash Eeprom
UART
ROOM_IF_CPU board
BACKGROUND
SCC4
CS0
Drivers
RS485
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU BOARD
PU_CTRL_CPU Serial Interface Drivers Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
Purpose :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK
The purpose of this test is to check RS485 interface drivers between Xilinx or 68360, and ROOM_IF_CPU board.
For direct (no Xilinx interface) serial links (SCC2, SCC3, SCC4, SMC1 & SMC2), outputs are connected to inputs.
For Xilinx interfaced inputs (EXT_CUT_OFF, EXP_CMD, GRID_CMD, BRIGHT_VID, BRIGHT_ION), a serial
data is injected on the input line. For Xilinx interfaced outputs (ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET, RESET_AEC, HV_ON),
the output line states are simply read on a test register.
Note:
For all input lines, there is no data contention when test is active because driver of
ROOM_IF_CPU board are tri–stated by ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET line.
For reasons of safety, it is not possible to force EXP_EN line by software. This line can
only be driven by a manual action of the operator.
DIAGNOSTICS
Test type : No manual interactions if it succeeds.
Sequence : The PU_CTRL_CPU software executes the following steps :
– Check if the signal ”DONE” (port PB13 of 68360) is high (configuration complete) or low (no avaible configuration) : if ”DONE” is high, the sofware can read the internal revision register and check if it is compatible with
both software and hardware configuration.
– Save exposure and interrupt configuration.
– Disable exposure : VAL_EXP = ’0’.
– Enable ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET (drivers of ROOM_IF_CPU board are tri–stated).
– Check TEST_IF_CPU_RESET loopback.
– Test direct serial links (SCC2 : ROOM_IF_CPU, SCC3 : MADRID or GPX, SCC4 : TAV, SMC1 : APR, SMC2 :
debug console) : send message and check the received message.
– Test other output drivers (RESET_AEC, HV_ON).
– Enable input loopback : REBOUCLAGE = ’1’.
– Test input drivers : RS_BIT_TEST is generate by loopback of SPI_CLK line (allow to check signals
BRIGHT_ION, BRIGHT_VID, GRID_CMD, XI_EXP_CMD, XI_EXT_CUT_OFF)
– Restore initial configuration.
4–184
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
PU_CTRL_CPU SERIAL INTERFACE DRIVERS ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU Board Serial Interface Drivers Failure
Description
ROOM serial communications error
PUP serial communications error
TAV serial communications error
APR serial communications error
DEBUG Terminal serial communications error
BRIGHT_ION signal error
BRIGHT_VID signal error
GRID_CMD signal error
EXP_CMD signal error
EXT_CUT_OFF signal error
TEST_IF_CPU_RESET signal error
Xilinx configuration not completed
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
258 – 269
Any
Conclusion
PU_CTRL_CPU faulty, replace it.
4–185
DIAGNOSTICS
RECOMMENDED ACTION
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278
Error 302, 303
See Error 48
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Exposure Management Test
4–186
GE Medical Systems
REV 4
II_SENSOR TEST
II_SENSOR
ROOM_IF_CPU
HT
REGUL.
PU_CTRL_CPU
4–187
HDLC
68302
68360
8bits
IPM
HVPM_ASSIG
B1
DAC
TEST_HVPM
X2
FREQ_IPM
V/F
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
B5
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 279, 280
Error 318
MPH II_SENSOR BOARD
II_SENSOR HTPM test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK on both CPU.
– ROOM_IF_CPU analogic test passed OK
– PU_CTRL_CPU RS485 interface driver test passed OK
Purpose :
This test checks ii_sensor board HTPM measurement. This signal is read on PU_CTRL_CPU board as a frequency
proportional to the current measured.
Test type : No manual interactions.
Sequence : The PU_CTRL_CPU software executes the following steps :
PU_CTRL_CPU
ROOM_IF_CPU
– Asks operator if II_SENSOR board is on the extension
rack.
DIAGNOSTICS
– The software select 68360 timer3 to measure the
bright_vid frequency
– The software initialises timer1, to count 100ms delay,
and timer3.
– Sets TEST_HTPM signal on II_SENSOR board
– Checks loopback signal TEST_TEST_HTPM activated
– Sends an HTPM test value = 500V.
– Waits 1s and starts 100ms timer and bright_vid counter
– Checks BRIGHT_VID frequency equal to
250kHz +– 10%
– Sends an HTPM test value = 900V.
– Waits 1s and starts 100ms timer and bright_vid counter
– Checks BRIGHT_VID frequency equal to 450kHz +–
10%
4–188
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check connection between ROOM_IF_CPU, DISTRIBUTION and II_SENSOR
boards
ROOM_IF_CPU (J1/J10) and DISTRIBUTION (J7), DISTRIBUTION (J8) and
II_SENSOR (J3)
D
Action :
User Status
Conclusion
279
–
Replace II–SENSOR board
280
–
Replace II_SENSOR board
318
–
ROOM_IF_CPU faulty. Replace ROOM_IF_CPU board.
DIAGNOSTICS
Error
4–189
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board
RS485 Interface Drivers
CPU–68302
Supply control
ALIM_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
PB–RESET
Room interface
PB_ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
START_EXP_A
LEDS
STRAP WATCHDOG
– 68302
(BUS D)
– EPROM
REF10V
RAD_PREP_A
RF CONNECTOR
RF SUPPLY CONNECTOR
SUPPLY TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– 10V, 1V24 REFERENCE
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
–15V
EXPOSURE CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
SWITCH RAD
D(15:0)
– SRAM
EXP_EN
LEDS
– OPTOCOUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAIS
– DATA BUFFER
Operator interface
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
– REVISION REGISTER
– ROOM INTERF. DRIVERS
– PRD REGISTERS
OPERATOR CONNECTOR
PU_CTRL_CPU interface
(EPLD)
(IRQ7)
DIAGNOSTICS
SUPPLY CONNECT
(SCC)
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
HDLC
– RS445 DRIVERS
TAV
(UART)
D(15:0)
AEC interface
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
PUPITRE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTERS
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– PROGRAMMABLE GAIN
– TRACKING COUNTER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
SCOPIE interface
– 8 bits DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
(UART)
(EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
PU_CTRL_CPU CONNECT.
– TEST REGISTERS
(BUS D)
– RS484 DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
(ANALOG.)
– Power on SAFETY
– SCOPIE REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
4–190
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG.)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 285, 286, 287
Error 308, 309, 310
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
ROOM_IF_CPU Serial Interface Drivers Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
Test type : No manual interaction.
Sequence : The ROOM_IF_CPU software (via PU_CTRL_CPU sofware request) executes the following steps:
– Set ”DATA_TEST_1” signal to prevent spurious ”ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET” switching.
– Set ”REBOUCLAGE_1” signal to connect HDLC and input lines loopback. Note that this action breaks communication between both CPU boards, and TAV, PUPITRE and PROG_X serial links.
– Wait 100ms.
– Test HDLC (with Manchester encoding) loopback. Send a message on the transmit line and check it on the receive
line.
– Test logic input drivers with ’1’ level test data. Reads the ”RD_TEST” register and check if
”ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET”, ”RESET_AEC” and ”HV_ON” are on ’1’ level.
– Reset ”DATA_TEST_1” signal. This action must cause a high to low transistion on ”ROOM_IF_CPU_REST”
line and must cause a ”NMI” (level 7 interrupt with autovector).
– Test logic input drivers with ’0’ level test data. Reads the ”RD_TEST” register and check if
”ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET”, ”RESET_AEC” and ”HV_ON” are on ’0’ level.
– Set ”EXT_CUT_OFF”, ”GRID_CMD”, ”RESET_CAP”, ”TEST_CAP” and ”REBOUCLAGE_2” signals.
Reset ”SEL_EXP_CMD_0” , ”SEL_EXP_CMD_1”, ”CLK_TEST_CAP” and ”DATA_TEST_2” signals on
”WR_TEST” register.
– Wait 150ms
– Test logic output drivers with ’0’ level state. Read the ”RD_TEST” register and check if
”TEST_EXT_CUT_OFF”, ”TEST_GRID_CMD”, ”TEST_BRIGHT_VID” are on ’0’ level. Read signal
”TEST_BRIGHT_ION” (port PB3 of 68302) and check if it is on ’0’ level.
– Reset ”RESET_CAP” signal to enable ”BRIGHT_ION” edge–toggle.
– Reset ”EXT_CUT_OFF”, ”GRID_CMD” signals. Set ”CLK_TEST_CAP” and ”DATA_TEST_2” signals on
”WR_TEST” register.
– Wait 100ms.
– Test logic output drivers with ’1’ level state. Read the ”RD_TEST” register and check if
”TEST_EXT_CUT_OFF”, ”TEST_GRID_CMD”, ”TEST_BRIGHT_VID” are on ’1’ level. Read signal
”TEST_BRIGHT_ION” (port PB3 of 68302) and check if it is on ’1’ level.
4–191
DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK on both cpu boards
– RS485
The purpose of this test is to check RS485 interface drivers between logic or 68302, and PU_CTRL_CPU board. For
Manchester encoded HDLC link, serial output is connected to the serial input. For digital outputs (EXT_CUT_OFF,
EXP_CMD, GRID_CMD, BRIGHT_VID, BRIGHT_ION), the output line states are simply read on a test register.
For digital inputs (ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET, RESET_AEC, HV_ON), a serial data (signal ”DATA_TEST_1”) is
injected on the input line. The serial links coming from PU_CTRL_CPU are loop on ROOM_IF_CPU board.
Note:
For all input lines, there is no data contention when test is active because of serial resistors
on differential lines.
For reasons of safety, it is not possible to force EXP_EN line by software. This line can
only be driven by a manual action of the operator.
Note that when ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET is active (in local test or by a PU_CTRL_CPU
request), output drivers are forced to high impedance states. So, this diagnostis must not be
done when ROOM_IF_CPU reset is active.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
– Reset ”TEST_CAP”, ”REBOUCLAGE_1” and ”REBOUCLAGE_2” signals. Restore previous states of
”EXT_CUT_OFF”, ”GRID_CMD”, ”SEL_EXP_CMD_0” and ”SEL_EXP_CMD_1” signals.
– Wait 100ms
– Set rebouclage_2 which loopback serial link signals and wait 100ms
– Send a byte thru PRINT’X link (SCC2 of 68302 in uart mode)
– Check interrupt detection and the received byte
PU_CTRL_CPU
ROOM_IF_CPU
– Ask PU_CTRL_CPU to start the test
– Test direct serial links (SCC2 : ROOM_IF_CPU, SCC3 :
MADRID or GPX, SCC4 : TAV, SMC1 : APR : send
message and check interrupt detection and the received
message.
DIAGNOSTICS
– Reset rebouclage_2 signal
4–192
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU SERIAL INTERFACE DRIVERS
Error
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU Board Serial Interface Drivers Failure
286
PU_CTRL_CPU TAV/GPX link
User Status : 1 : interrupt not serviced
2 : message contents error
287
PU_CTRL APR link
User Status : 1 : interrupt not serviced
2 : message contents error
308
Serial link communications
User Status : 1 : PU_CTRL_CPU link (HDLC) interrupt detection error
2 : PU_CTRL_CPU link (HDLC) message length error
3 : PU_CTRL_CPU link (HDLC) message contents error
10 : PRINTX link (UART) interrupt detection error
30 : PRINTX link (UART) message contents error
309
Read in loop ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET, RESET_AEC and HV_ON
User Status : 1 : signals not reset
2 : NMI interrupt detection error
3 : signals not set
Actual Data : value read
Expected Data : value expected at this selection
310
Read in loop
User Status : 1
:
signals
TEST_EXT_CUT_OFF,
TEST_GRID_CMD
TEST_BRIGHT_VID not reset
2 : signal TEST_BRIGHT_ION not in right state
3
:
signals
TEST_EXT_CUT_OFF,
TEST_GRID_CMD
TEST_BRIGHT_VID not set
4 : signal TEST_BRIGHT_ION not in right state
Actual Data : value read
Expected Data : value expected at this selection
and
and
RECOMMENDED ACTION
*
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
*
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
285–287
Any
ROOM_IF_CPU faulty or cable between ROOM_IF_CPU
and PU_CTRL_CPU boards.
Note: Do not take into account if error is not recurrent.
308–310
Any
ROOM_IF_CPU faulty. Replace ROOM_IF_CPU board
4–193
DIAGNOSTICS
Description
PU_CTRL_CPU control desk link
User Status : 1 : interrupt not serviced
2 : message contents error
285
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 299
COMMUNICATION TEST
PU_CTRL_CPU ROOM_IF_CPU communication test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK on both CPU.
– PU_CTRL_CPU RS485 interface driver test passed OK
Purpose : This test runs during diagnostic each time the 2 cpus are involved.
Test type : No manual interactions.
Sequence : During diagnostics, each time the PU_CTRL_CPU sends a message to ROOM_IF_CPU board, it starts a 15s time–out
(ROOM_IF_CPU diagnostics, exposure enable and exposure command tests, kv diagnostics). At the end of time_out, if no answer
from ROOM_IF_CPU board, generate error 299
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU
Error
ROOM_IF_CPU communication test ERROR CODES Failure
Description
DIAGNOSTICS
299
No answer from ROOM_IF_CPU 15s after PU_CTRL_CPU sent last message
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check connection between PU_CTRL_CPUand ROOM_IF_CPU
PU_CTRL_CPU (J3) and ROOM_IF_CPU (J5)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
299
–
Conclusion
replace ROOM_IF_CPU board.
4–194
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 300, 301
See Error 44, 45, 46, 47
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU EXP ENABLE Signal Test
4–195
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 302, 303
Error 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278
See Error 48
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU BOARDS
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL_CPU and ROOM_IF_CPU Exposure Management Test
4–196
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–197
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board
Room Interface Inputs
Supply control
CPU–68302
ALIM_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
PB–RESET
Room interface
RAD_PREP_A
PB_ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
LEDS
START_EXP_A
STRAP WATCHDOG
– 68302
(BUS D)
– EPROM
REF10V
RF CONNECTOR
RF SUPPLY CONNECTOR
SUPPLY TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– 10V, 1V24 REFERENCE
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
–15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
EXPOSURE CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
EXP_EN
SWITCH RAD
D(15:0)
– SRAM
LEDS
– OPTOCOUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAIS
– DATA BUFFER
Operator interface
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
– REVISION REGISTER
– ROOM INTERF. DRIVERS
– PRD REGISTERS
OPERATOR CONNECTOR
PU_CTRL_CPU interface
(EPLD)
(IRQ7)
DIAGNOSTICS
SUPPLY CONNECT
(SCC)
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
HDLC
TAV
(UART)
D(15:0)
AEC interface
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
PUPITRE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTERS
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– PROGRAMMABLE GAIN
– TRACKING COUNTER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
SCOPIE interface
– 8 bits DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
– RS445 DRIVERS
(UART)
(EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
PU_CTRL_CPU CONNECT.
– TEST REGISTERS
(BUS D)
– RS484 DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
(ANALOG.)
– Power on SAFETY
– SCOPIE REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
4–198
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG.)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 304, 305, 306
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
Inputs Buffers Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– PU_CTRL_CPU Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK
– PU_CTRL_CPU Coomand buffer and Read buffer passed OK
– ROOM_IF_CPU Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK.
– ROOM_IF_CPU Command Buffers passed OK.
Purpose : The purpose of this test is to check room interface inputs (optocouplers). The software first checks global ”off” state
of all the optocouplers by cutting +15VRF. Second, the software check the global ”on” state by forcing active all optocouplers
inputs.
Test type : No manual interactions.
D
The ROOM_IF_CPU software (via PU_CTRL_CPU sofware request) reads the
”RD_SALLE_1” register and check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal is on ’1’ level
D
Set the ”TEST_OPT_OFF” signal. Wait 100ms.
D
Read ”RD_SALLE_2” and check it is equal to 0.
D
Read ”RD_SALLE_3” registers, mask DOOR_INTERLOCK signal and check other bits
are equal to 0.
D
Reset the ”TEST_OPT_OFF” signal and set the ”TEST_OPT_ON” signal. Wait 100ms.
D
Read ”RD_SALLE_2” and ”RD_SALLE_3” registers check if they are both equals to
0xFFFF.
D
Reset the ”TEST_OPT_ON” signal.
ROOM_IF_CPU INPUT BUFFERS ERROR CODES
Error
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU Board Input Buffers Failure
Description
304
VREF signal failure
305
buffer rw_salle2 failure
User Status : 1 : signals not all 0
2 : signal not all 1
Actual Data : value read
Expected Data : value expected at this selection
306
buffer rw_salle3 failure
User Status : 1 : signals not all 0
2 : signal not all 1
Actual Data : value read
Expected Data : value expected at this selection
4–199
DIAGNOSTICS
Sequence : The ROOM_IF_CPU software (via PU_CTRL_CPU sofware request) executes the following steps :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Action :
User Status
Conclusion
304
Any
Check VREF power supply (DS28 ON). If OK replace
ROOM_IF_CPU board
305
Any
ROOM_IF_CPU faulty. Replace ROOM_IF_CPU board.
306
Any
ROOM_IF_CPU faulty. Replace ROOM_IF_CPU board.
DIAGNOSTICS
Error
4–200
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–201
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board
Room Interface Ouputs
Supply control
CPU–68302
ALIM_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
PB–RESET
Room interface
RAD_PREP_A
PB_ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
LEDS
START_EXP_A
STRAP WATCHDOG
– 68302
(BUS D)
– EPROM
REF10V
RF CONNECTOR
RF SUPPLY CONNECTOR
SUPPLY TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– 10V, 1V24 REFERENCE
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
–15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
EXPOSURE CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
SWITCH RAD
D(15:0)
– SRAM
EXP_EN
LEDS
– OPTOCOUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAIS
– DATA BUFFER
Operator interface
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
– REVISION REGISTER
– ROOM INTERF. DRIVERS
– PRD REGISTERS
OPERATOR CONNECTOR
PU_CTRL_CPU interface
(EPLD)
(IRQ7)
DIAGNOSTICS
SUPPLY CONNECT
(SCC)
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
HDLC
TAV
(UART)
D(15:0)
AEC interface
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
PUPITRE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTERS
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– PROGRAMMABLE GAIN
– TRACKING COUNTER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
SCOPIE interface
– 8 bits DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
– RS445 DRIVERS
(UART)
(EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
PU_CTRL_CPU CONNECT.
– TEST REGISTERS
(BUS D)
– RS484 DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
(ANALOG.)
– Power on SAFETY
– SCOPIE REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
4–202
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG.)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 307
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
Output Buffers Test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK on both cpu boards.
Purpose : The purpose of this test is to check room interfaces outputs (relays or open collector drivers). Each digital output has
a test readback input.
Test type : No manual interaction.
Sequence : The ROOM_IF_CPU software (via PU_CTRL_CPU sofware request) executes the following steps :
D
Save register values.
D
Write a test pattern word on ”WR_SALLE_0” and ”WR_SALLE_1” registers.
D
Wait 100ms.
D
Read and check ”RD_SALLE_0” and ”RD_SALLE_1” (except VREF signal).
D
Restore initial register values.
Error
DIAGNOSTICS
PU_CTRL_CPU OUTPUT BUFFERS ERROR CODES
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU Board Output Buffers Failure
Description
307
Read write failure
Actual Data : value read
Expected Data : value expected at this selection
Actual Address : Address of the failure
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
307
Any
Conclusion
ROOM_IF_CPU faulty. Replace ROOM_IF_CPU board
4–203
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board
Analogic Test
CPU–68302
Supply control
ALIM_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
PB–RESET
Room interface
PB_ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
START_EXP_A
LEDS
STRAP WATCHDOG
– 68302
(BUS D)
– EPROM
REF10V
RAD_PREP_A
RF CONNECTOR
RF SUPPLY CONNECTOR
SUPPLY TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– 10V, 1V24 REFERENCE
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
–15V
EXPOSURE CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
SWITCH RAD
D(15:0)
– SRAM
EXP_EN
LEDS
– OPTOCOUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAIS
– DATA BUFFER
Operator interface
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
– REVISION REGISTER
– ROOM INTERF. DRIVERS
– PRD REGISTERS
OPERATOR CONNECTOR
PU_CTRL_CPU interface
(EPLD)
(IRQ7)
DIAGNOSTICS
SUPPLY CONNECT
(SCC)
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
HDLC
– RS445 DRIVERS
TAV
(UART)
D(15:0)
AEC interface
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
PUPITRE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTERS
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– PROGRAMMABLE GAIN
– TRACKING COUNTER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
SCOPIE interface
– 8 bits DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
(UART)
(EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
PU_CTRL_CPU CONNECT.
– TEST REGISTERS
(BUS D)
– RS484 DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
(ANALOG.)
– Power on SAFETY
– SCOPIE REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
4–204
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG.)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 311, 312, 313, 314, 315
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
ROOM_IF_CPU Analogic test
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK on both cpu boards.
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to check if the 12 bits DAC used in the ”tracking counter” of the AEC function is correct. This DAC
is driven by a software controled command clock in ”test mode”. The analog output value of this DAC is compared with an internal
voltage reference (1.24 V). The comparator’s transition must occur when DAC output voltage is up to 1.24 V.
This test checks if +15V/–15V supply voltage and +10V analog reference voltage are correct.
This test checks if +15VRF supply voltage is correct.
The purpose of this test is to check programmable gain (x10) used in the AEC ”tracking counter”. The analog output value of the
12 bits DAC is compared with an internal voltage reference (0.62 V). The comparator’s transition must occur when DAC output
voltage is up to 6.2 V
The purpose of this test is to check 8 bits DAC output. ”HVPM_ASSIG” analog signal is loopbacked into the analog multiplexer
of the ”tracking counter” (unity gain). That signal is compared with the output value of the 12 bits DAC (driven by a software
controled command clock in ”test mode”).
Note that this test can check analog inputs of AEC (”VOUT1”, ”VOUT2”, ”VOUT3” and ”VOUT4” signals) because the analog
multiplexer is directly wired on the frontier of the board.
The purpose of this test is to check ”BRIGHT_ION” generation by the ”tracking counter” which is configured in ”normal mode”
excepted that the analog input is switched on the HVPM_ASSIG signal (8 bits DAC loopback). ”BRIGHT_ION” pulses are measured by the ”timer3” of 68302.
Test type : No manual interaction.
Sequence : The ROOM_IF_CPU software (via PU_CTRL_CPU sofware request) executes the following steps :
12 bits DAC for ”tracking counter”
D
The ROOM_IF_CPU software (via PU_CTRL_CPU sofware request) reads the ”test”
register and check if ”ALIM_OK” and ”REF10V_OK” are on ’1’ level
D
The ROOM_IF_CPU software (via PU_CTRL_CPU sofware request) reads the
”RD_SALLE_1” register and check if ”_VRF_TEST” signal is on ’1’ level
D
Set ”RESET_CAP” and ”TEST_CAP” signals to initialize the ”tracking counter” in ”test
mode”.
D
Select 1.24 V reference input on analog multiplexer by encoding channel 5 on
”SEL2_CAP”, ”SEL1_CAP” and ”SEL0_CAP”.
D
Select unity gain (”GAIN_CAP” signal=’0’).
D
Wait 100ms
D
Check ”AEC_COMP” signal (output of the comparator, port PB2 of 68302). This signal
must read at ’0’ level.
D
Reset ”RESET_CAP” to enable counting.
D
Repeat software controled command clock (set and reset ”CLK_TEST_CAP” signal)
and count the number of these occurences.
D
Check number of software controled command clock when ”AEC_COMP” goes high.
4–205
DIAGNOSTICS
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Analog programmable gain
Set ”RESET_CAP” and ”TEST_CAP” signals to initialize the ”tracking counter” in ”test
mode”.
D
Select 0.62 V reference input on analog multiplexer by encoding channel 6 on
”SEL2_CAP”, ”SEL1_CAP” and ”SEL0_CAP”.
D
Select ”x10” gain (”GAIN_CAP” signal=’1’).
D
Wait 150ms
D
Check ”AEC_COMP” signal (output of the comparator, port PB2 of 68302). This signal
must read at ’0’ level.
D
Reset ”RESET_CAP” to enable counting.
D
Repeat software controled command clock (set and reset ”CLK_TEST_CAP” signal)
and count the number of these occurences.
D
Check number of software controled command clock when ”AEC_COMP” goes high.
DIAGNOSTICS
D
4–206
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
8 bits DAC (HVPM)
D
Program the test value on the 8 bits DAC register.
D
Enable the 8 bits DAC reference input. Set ”VAL_DAC” signal.
D
Set ”RESET_CAP” and ”TEST_CAP” signals to initialize the ”tracking counter” in ”test
mode”.
D
Select HVPM_ASSIG loopback input on analog multiplexer by encoding channel 4 on
”SEL2_CAP”, ”SEL1_CAP” and ”SEL0_CAP”.
D
Select unity gain (”GAIN_CAP” signal=’0’).
D
Wait 150ms
D
Check ”AEC_COMP” signal (output of the comparator, port PB2 of 68302). This signal
must read at ’0’ level.
D
Reset ”RESET_CAP” to enable counting.
D
Repeat software controled command clock (set and reset ”CLK_TEST_CAP” signal)
and count the number of these occurences.
D
Check number of software controled command clock when ”AEC_COMP” goes high.
D
Select HVPM_ASSIG loopback input on analog multiplexer by encoding channel 4 on
”SEL2_CAP”, ”SEL1_CAP” and ”SEL0_CAP”.
D
Select unity gain (”GAIN_CAP” signal=’0’).
D
Program the test value on the 8 bits DAC register.
D
Enable the 8 bits DAC reference input. Set ”VAL_DAC” signal.
D
Reset the ”tracking counter” in ”test mode” (”TEST_CAP”=’1’, ”RESET_CAP”=’1’).
D
Initialize the ”timer 1 input” of 68302 (”TEST_BRIGHT_ION”signal).
D
Configure the ”tracking
”RESET_CAP”=’1’).
D
Wait until timer 1 count > 4000H or 1S
D
Check if the ”timer 1” count register is correct.
D
Restore initial configuration.
4–207
counter”
in
”normal
mode”
(”TEST_CAP”=’0’,
DIAGNOSTICS
BRIGHT_ION test
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU ANALOGIC ERROR
Error
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU Board Analogic Failure
DIAGNOSTICS
Description
311
Power supply failure
User Status : 1 : ALIM_OK or REF10V_OK
2 : VREF_TEST
312
12 bits DAC tracking counter failure
User Status : 1 : AEC_COMP initial value
2 : counter failure
313
programmable gain failure
User Status : 1 : AEC_COMP initial value
2 : counter failure
314
8 bits DAC HVPM
User Status : 1 : AEC_COMP initial value
2 : counter failure
315
bright_ion failure
RECOMMENDED ACTION ERROR
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Check on CPU the following connections :
D
Action :
Error
User Status
Conclusion
311
any
Check power supplies on ROOM_IF_CPU (DS3
DS4,DS5,DS28 ON) and see power supply bloc Diagram. If
OK replace ROOM_IF_CPU board
312 – 315
–
ROOM_IF_CPU faulty. Replace ROOM_IF_CPU board.
4–208
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–209
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
ROOM_IF_CPU board
Switches and Leds Test
CPU–68302
Supply control
ALIM_OK
RS232 DEBUG
REF10V_OK
PB–RESET
Room interface
PB_ABORT
EXP_REQUEST_A
SWITCHES PRD
FLUORO_PREP_A
START_EXP_A
LEDS
STRAP WATCHDOG
– 68302
(BUS D)
– EPROM
REF10V
RAD_PREP_A
RF CONNECTOR
RF SUPPLY CONNECTOR
SUPPLY TEST LEDS
REF1V24
– 10V, 1V24 REFERENCE
+5V
– VOLTAGE CONTROL
GND
RAD CONNECTOR
+15V
EXTENSION CONNECTOR
–15V
EXPOSURE CONNECTOR
START_FLUORO_A
SWITCH RAD
D(15:0)
– SRAM
EXP_EN
LEDS
– OPTOCOUPLERS
– EPLD
– RELAIS
– DATA BUFFER
Operator interface
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
– REVISION REGISTER
– ROOM INTERF. DRIVERS
– PRD REGISTERS
OPERATOR CONNECTOR
PU_CTRL_CPU interface
(EPLD)
(IRQ7)
DIAGNOSTICS
SUPPLY CONNECT
(SCC)
ROOM_IF_CPU_RESET
HDLC
– RS445 DRIVERS
TAV
(UART)
D(15:0)
AEC interface
(EPLD)
(BUS D)
CLK_CAP
CLR_CAP
AEC_COMP
D(15:0)
PROG_X
PUPITRE
RESET_AEC
BRIGHT_ION
– INPUT FILTERS
– ANALOG MUX
VOUT1–4
– PROGRAMMABLE GAIN
– TRACKING COUNTER
– AEC REGISTERS
DG, DC, DD
GAIN
SCOPIE interface
– 8 bits DAC
(BUS D)
(EPLD)
(UART)
(BUS D)
D(15:0)
– TEST REGISTERS
BRIGHT_VID
(UART)
(EPLD)
– RELAY CONTACTS
EXP_EN
(UART)
(TIMER+EPLD)
– OPEN COL. DRIVERS
PU_CTRL_CPU CONNECT.
– TEST REGISTERS
(BUS D)
– RS484 DRIVERS
HV_ON
EXP_CMD
(ANALOG.)
– Power on SAFETY
– SCOPIE REGISTER
CLK_SCOPIE
PRINT_X
D(15:0)
4–210
HVPM_ASSIG
TEST_HVPM
FLUORO
(ANALOG.)
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 316
MPH ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD
ROOM_IF_CPU Switches and LED’s test
TEST DESCRIPTION
Pre–requisites :
– Power_On Reset Diagnostics passed OK.
– ON/OFF function passed OK.
– Low Voltage function passed OK.
Purpose : Its purpose is to verify the reading of the switches position and the writing to the LED’s. The principle is to ask the
operator to position the switches, then to start running the test and verify visually that the code displayed on the LED’s is the same
as the one written on the switches.
As this test requires operator checking of the LED’s status it is an interactive test and it is asked to the operator to decide if the
test passed or not.
Sequence :
– Ask the operator to move PRD’s switches, ”Select a switch code and press DONE or EXIT”.
– On DONE answer of the operator, PU_CTRL_CPU software copies switches combination on PRD’s leds.
– On EXIT answer of the operator, ask the operator to visualy check if leds and switches combinations are equal, ”Was the value
shown correct?”.
– If YES, display message ”Return switches in their original position
press DONE to continue”
PU_CTRL_CPU SWITCHES AND LEDS ERROR CODES
Error
MPH PU_CTRL_CPU Board Switches and LED’s Failure
Description
316
The operator has seen an error on the ROOM_IF_CPU board and has answered : ”NO” .
RECOMMENDED ACTION
D
Check pre–requisites are completed (see above)
D
Action :
Error
User Status
316
–
Conclusion
ROOM_IF_CPU faulty. Replace ROOM_IF_CPU board.
4–211
DIAGNOSTICS
Test type : It is an interactive test. LOOP–ON allowed.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 317
See Error 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 Current Meas & IGBT FPS test
Error 317
See Error 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 kV Rise and Regulation test
Error 317
See Error 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147
DIAGNOSTICS
MPH KV COMMAND
CMD1 kV MAX Safety test
Error 317
See Error 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156
MPH KV COMMAND
INVERT Power Components tests
Error 317
See Error 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165
MPH KV COMMAND
Final Cross check
4–212
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Error 318
See Error 279, 280
MPH II_SENSOR BOARD
DIAGNOSTICS
II_SENSOR HTPM test
4–213
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–214
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
SECTION 5
OPTIONS TROUBLESHOOTING
"
% !
"
! &$
"
! &$
"
"
#
!
"
! " !
"
!
"
! !
DIAGNOSTICS
"
4–215
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page.
4–216
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF 001
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 0
CONSOLE DISPLAY FAULT
Date:
Time:
Personnel:
SECTION 1
SYMPTOM
Troubleshooting without display error code.
SECTION 2
CAUSE
SECTION 3
POINT TESTED
SECTION 4
ACTION
Console self–test.
To enter the self–test, hit and hold down the following keys together for 1 s:
D
Small focal spot,
D
Technique 1,
D
kV– (kV minus).
This test allows the operator to check the operation of the keys, indicator lamps, readouts and buzzer (all
located on the console).
The connection with the generator is interrupted for the whole test period.
At the start of the test, the software version is displayed in place of the mA and ms values (eg. 2–10):
D
all indicator lamp are lighted for 2 s,
D
all seven segments and the decimal point of each readout are lighted successively,
D
the console buzzer gives three beeps.
4–217
DIAGNOSTICS
RUN THE CONSOLE SELF–TEST.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
CONSOLE DISPLAY FAULT
Job Card VF 001
2 of 2
The operator can access four tests as follows:
TEST 1: Hit the Technique 1 and Technique 5 keys together.
The test checks the pushbutton contacts. If the test is OK, the key backlights.
TEST 2: Hit the Technique 2 and Technique 6 keys together.
The test is used to light or out the backlit keys by hitting these keys. A second hit outs the
backlighted key.
TEST 3: Hit the Technique 3 and Technique 7 keys together.
This test check the 7–segment readouts. The –kV and +kV keys select the readout to be
modified. The mA or mAs keys increment or decrement the values on the selected readout.
TEST 4: Hit the Technique 4 and Technique 8 keys together.
Not used.
To exit from the self–test, use the entry procedure given above.
DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 5
SUBASSEMBLIES CONCERNED
4–218
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF 002
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
TROUBLESHOOTING ON PROGRAM-X
1 of 6
Version No.: 0
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES REQUIRED
SECTION 2
TOOLS REQUIRED
D
Service Terminal.
D
PROGRAM-X om disk.
SECTION 3
SAFETY, PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN
Before all work on the screen, switch off the screen (HV of 300 V provided from 12 V/300 V converter).
DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
SECTION 5
TASK DESCRIPTION
Check that the straps are in right position indicated on job card DR015.
To change battery, see Service Manual chapter 4 (preventive maintenance).
Install Service Terminal and switch it on.
5.1
Running the Self–test
As the PROGRAM-X has an integrated self-test from switch-on with
functions are checked.
If the oval pattern appears on the PROGRAM-X screen, the test is OK.
4–219
pressed, all the principal
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING ON PROGRAM-X
Job Card VF 002
2 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 1
DIAGNOSTICS
If eight vertical stripes appear on the PROGRAM-X screen, a fault or faults have been found as follows:
D
If bar 1 (at right edge of screen) flashes, the Checksum test for the PROM (B18) has failed. Corrective
action: Check PROM contacts, or replace PROM.
D
If bar 2 (from right edge of screen) flashes, RAM System (B8) has failed.
Corrective action: Check RAM contacts, or replace RAM.
D
If bars 1 and 2 flash, the serial connections between PROGRAM-X and MPH have failed.
Corrective action:
– Check line reception and emission.
– Check DUART contacts (B28), or replace them, or reverse the two DUARTs (B28 and B34).
D
If ”Buzzer DUART B34 not installed” message appears, install a jumper across ST13 on
PROGRAM-X board.
4–220
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING ON PROGRAM-X
5.2
Job Card VF 002
3 of 6
RAM Clear
To clear the RAM:
D
Hit any key on the PROGRAM-X Control module
D
Switch on the generator. The screen (see Ill. 1) appears on the PROGRAM-X.
D
To clear the RAM, hit:
<key> – <delete> – <family> – <0>
on the PROGRAM-X Control module
ILLUSTRATION 2
START–UP SCREEN
PROGRAM-X
PROGRAM-X
PROGRAM-X
PROGRAM-X
PROGRAM-X
Key + Del + Fam + "0" : Erase all anatomic programs
p, v, c, : Test push buttons, PC or test serial link
0..4, m : Change fonts size
n, g, b, o : Change fonts style
S, s : Start stop blinking
T, t : increase or decrease trace level
G : Quit test and RUN PROGRAM' X
4–221
DIAGNOSTICS
PROGRAM-X
PROGRAM-X
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING ON PROGRAM-X
5.3
Job Card VF 002
4 of 6
Testing the Pushbutton on PROGRAM-X Control Module
1. Press and hold down any key on the PROGRAM-X Control module and switch on generator.
2. On alphanumeric keyboard, hit ”P”.
3. Check that each pushbutton on PROGRAM-X Control module lights when pressed. To terminate the
test, press the ”Key Button”.
4. To exit from Test function, hit <key> “g” on the alphanumeric keyboard.
SECTION 6
PROGRAM-X ERROR MESSAGES
D
Messages indicating correct running of tasks
– Transferring file
Transfer terminated
Reading language file
D
Service Terminal/PROGRAM-X transfer status
Messages of fault in performing tasks
No more communication with PROGRAM-X
DIAGNOSTICS
Possible faults:
– PROGRAM-X/Service Terminal cable is damaged or connection is not continuous (line E/R)
– Program run on Service Terminal when PROGRAM-X was not configured in TRANSFER Menu.
Error during read: fault may be due to disk (damaged track) or from Service Terminal.
D
Message indicating file problem on disk
NO SUCH FILE:
No such program on disk for technique selected.
NO SUCH DIRECTORY
Faulty disk
NO VERSION FILE
VERSION FILE NOT GOOD
FILES WERE MANUALLY MODIFIED:
4–222
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING ON PROGRAM-X
Job Card VF 002
5 of 6
SECTION 7
MAIN CAUSES OF FAILURE OF PROGRAM-X
7.1
Screen
7.2
Keyboards
SCREEN OFF
Control module
keys lamps
lighting
YES
Cable W16 faulty
Replace the screen
NO
SCREEN LIGHTED
WITHOUT TEXT
YES
Run MENU TEST (F1) Interface F5
- 1ĆRS485 CPU Board
- 1ĆRS485 Room IF CPU
Check if LEDs DS1 and DS2 light OFF
Check if LEDs DS7 and DS8 light ON/light OFF:
if not: cable W32 faulty
(MPH to ProgramĆX)
Check
generator is
in application
mode
Lamp (s) faulty
Indicator
lamp/lamps
out
Check fuse F4 on MPH A6 A3
YES
PROGRAMĆX Control Board supply fault
Cable W17 faulty
Check W15 : Keyboard/PROGRAMĆX Control Board
No dialog with
alphanumeric
keyboard
YES
Replace ProgramĆX Console Board
Replace keyboard
4–223
DIAGNOSTICS
Fuse F4 on MPH A6 A3
Check
power supply
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING ON PROGRAM-X
7.3
Job Card VF 002
6 of 6
PROGRAM-X control board
Check power supply - Check Fuse F4 on MPH A6 A3
PROGRAMĆX
Control board
operates
NO
No dialog with service terminal - Check if LEDs DS5 and DS6 light
ON and OFF
DIAGNOSTICS
No dialog with generator:
Run MENU 2 TEST (F1)
- Interface (F5)
- 1ĆRS485 - CPU Board
- 1ĆRS485 - Room IF CPU Board
Check if LEDs DS7 and DS8 light ON and OFF
Check if LEDs DS1 and DS2 light OFF: if not cable W32 faulty
4–224
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF 003
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 4
Version No.: 0
TROUBLESHOOTING OF PRINT-X
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES REQUIRED
SECTION 2
TOOLS REQUIRED
D
SECTION 3
SAFETY, PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN
SECTION 5
TASK DESCRIPTION
5.1
Power Supply Fault (if ON LINE LED is not lighted)
1. Check AC Supply from MPH A6 A3 – XJ1A/B to the DC power supply (115 Vac).
2. Check +12 V between + and – pins on DC supply (XJ1 disconnected).
3. If +12 V is not present, replace the power supply.
4. If +12 V is present, check fuse F1 and replace if required.
5. Check printer supply cable.
DC Supply
XJ1
Printer
6. Replace cable if required. If not, connect XJ1.
7. Check =12 V on printer cable plug (across Pins 2 and 3).
8. If correct, replace the printer.
4–225
DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING OF PRINT-X
5.2
Job Card VF 003
Printer Fault
Switch off printer via
ON/OFF switch on printer
Press and hold down FEED
button on printer and switch
on printer
No
Printer is printing
Replace printer
Yes
Switch off printer
Fault
Ok
Check wiring (1)
Switch off printer
Switch off generator
DIAGNOSTICS
Replace cable
Connect cable between XJ4
of cable to printer to J4 of
Room_IF_CPU MPH A6 A1 (2)
Switch on generator
Switch on printer
Yes
Printer is printing
No
Replace:
1. Printer MPH A9 A1
2. Room_IF_CPU MPH A6 A1
No
Replace faulty wiring
(Cable or Racks)
Check wiring (3)
Ok
Replace:
1. Control Console MPH A7 A2
2. Room_IF_CPU MPH A6 A1
4–226
2 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING OF PRINT-X
MPH A6 A2
Control Console
XJ4 (Sub D 9 pins)
Job Card VF 003
3 of 4
MPH A9 A1
Printer (Sub D 25 pins)
pin 2
pin 2
pin 3
pin 3
pin 5
pin 7
This cable is in emergency bag (Sub D 9 pins Male - Sub D 9 pins
Female) used for Service Terminal
MPH A6 A3
MPH A6 A2
Control Console
XJ1
TXB
14
XJ11
14
XJ12
11
TXA
39
39
30
30
RxB
15
15
12
12
RxA
40
40
31
31
W30
11
DIAGNOSTICS
J2
Room_IF_CPU MPH A6 A1
4–227
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING OF PRINT-X
Job Card VF 003
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page
4–228
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF 004
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 8
Version No.: 0
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
None
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
DIAGNOSTICS
D
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D
None
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
HEAT ANOD HIGH Tests
Three tests are programmed in Menu 1:
1. HEAT:
focal spot heater test with a 3 A, 4 A or 5 A current,
this test is used to check the entire heater sequence,
the microprocessor awaits the return of 3 A, 4 A or 5A data.
2. ANOD:
anode rotation test for a 3000 or 9000 rpm x-ray tube,
this test is used to check the radiography enable sequence delivered by the starter,
the microprocessor awaits the return of starter enable.
3. HIGH:
high voltage test without filament heater (no x-ray) or anode rotation,
his test is used to check if there is arcing in the x-ray tube, HV cables or HV unit,
it is also used to check inverter operation.
4–229
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
5.1.1
Job Card VF 004
Implementing the HEAT test
1. Enter Maintenance mode (asm floppy).
2. The display reads:
MENU 1
HEAT ANOD HIGH
3. Select the HEAT test by pressing the F1 key below the “HEAT” display.
4. The display then reads:
HEAT TEST T1 L OFF 3A
5. Select the x-ray tube to be tested by pressing the key below “T1” readout (F3 key).
6. Select the focal spot by pressing the key below the “L” (F5 key),
L = Large focal spot,
S = Small focal spot,
7. Select the heating value (3 A, 4 A or 5 A) on F9 key located under the “3A” readout.
8. Strike
DIAGNOSTICS
D
V
to start the test, a display informs the technician of the test status:
if operation is normal, the display will show:
HEAT TEST T1 (T2) L(S)
D
ON 3 A
if a fault is detected, the display will show:
Err XXX
in this case, see the Troubleshooting procedures.
9. Once the fault has been identified, press
Note:
V
a second time to stop the test.
During the test, selection of the x-ray tube or the focal spot is inhibited.
4–230
2 of 8
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
3 of 8
Implementing the ANOD test
1. Select Maintenance mode.
2. The display reads:
MENU 1
HEAT ANOD HIGH
3. Select the ANOD test by pressing the F3 key below the “ANOD” display.
4. The display then reads:
HEAT TEST T1 3K OFF
5. Select the x-ray tube to be tested by pressing the key below “T1” readout (F3 key).
6. Select the focal spot by pressing the key below the “3K” (F5 key),
3K = 3000 rpm,
9K = 9000 rpm,
7. Start up the test by pressing
D
V
.
The display reads:
ANOD TEST T1(T2)
3K(9K)
ON
8. The starter begins anode rotation until it reaches the speed selected.
9. The program checks emission of the Radiography or Fluoroscopy enable signal by the starter. The
signal is normally emitted when the anode reaches its nominal speed. To obtain this data, wait a few
seconds until anode starter speed is stable, then press “F1” below the “TEST” readout.
10. The display then reads:
D
If the microprocessor receives the signal:
ANOD TEST T1 (T2) 3K(9K) ON OK
D
lf the microprocessor does not receive the signal:
ANOD TEST T1(T2)
3K(9K) ON ERR 7xx
in the last case, defective operation may stem from the Rotor Controller or Command 2 Board.
11. Refer to the Diagnostic and to the Error Code displayed.
The display “ERR” can also be due to a premature request or continuing to hold the key down, which
would inhibit display refresh.
Press the key and release it several times to make sure that the display remains the same.
4–231
DIAGNOSTICS
5.1.2
Job Card VF 004
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
12. To halt the test, press
Note:
5.1.3
Job Card VF 004
V
4 of 8
again.
X-ray tube or speed selection is inhibited during the test.
Implementing the HIGH test
1. Select Maintenance mode.
2. The display reads:
MENU 1
HEAT ANOD HIGH
3. Select the ANOD test by pressing the F5 key below the “HIGH” display.
4. The display then reads:
HV TEST T1 40KV OFF
DIAGNOSTICS
5. Select the x-ray tube (or direction if testing the HV unit) to be tested by pressing the key below the “T1”
display (F3 key).
6. Select the kV value by pressing the key below the “40” display several times (F5 and F6 keys).
The values which can be selected vary between 40 kV and 150 kV in increments of 10 kV.
Selection is looped, i.e. after 150 kV, pressing the key will select 40 kV.
Note:
Do not exceed the maximum value authorized for the x-ray tube.
7. Start the test by pressing the Radiography exposure key and holding it down.
8. the inverter is then operational.
9. The display reads:
D
if operation seems to be normal:
HV TEST T1(T2)
D
40(to 150)
ON
40KV(to 150KV)
If an error is detected:
ERR XXXX
... refer to the Diagnostic and to the Error Code displayed.
Note:
After selecting the other tube for testing, reset the kV value.
10. To stop the test, release the Radiography exposure key.
Note:
To detect an arcing fault, increase the kV value, without exceeding the maximum value authorized for
the x–ray tube.
4–232
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
5 of 8
If arcing occurs during the HIGH test
If arcing occurs during the HIGH test:
1. Disconnect HV cables from HV unit.
2. Try to take an exposure at the kV value at which arcing occured.
3. If arcing occurs, replace HV unit and stop here.
4. If arcing does not occur:
a. Reconnect cables to HV unit and disconnect HV cables from x–ray tube.
b. Connect the free ends of the HV cables to a suitable voltage divider.
c. Try to take an exposure at the kV value at which arcing occured.
d. If arcing occurs, replace both HV cables.
e. If arcing does not occur, replace the x–ray tube.
DIAGNOSTICS
5.1.4
Job Card VF 004
4–233
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
5.2
Job Card VF 004
List MENU
The List MENU is available in MENU 2.
It is designed to store error codes.
When in read, it returns the codes of the last sixteen errors which occurred.
5.2.1
Implementing the LIST MENU
1. Select Maintenance mode.
2. Select MENU 2.
3. The display reads:
MENU 2 TEST LIST NEXP DATE
4. Select the LIST Test by pressing the F3 key below the “LIST” display.
5. The display reads:
Error n
0= XXXX Nb 1
Jan 30 1996
DIAGNOSTICS
Error No. 0 is the most recent.
Error No. –15 is the oldest.
XXXX = error code.
The date displayed is the date of the first appearance.
Nb is the number of times the error has appeared since the first appearance.
The U key is used to scroll the errors obtained in Diagnostic Mode (Test Menu).
The Z key us used to return to the application errors.
6. To increase or decrease “n”, press the keys below the “n 0” readout (F3/F4 key):
Increase = F3,
Decrease = F4.
4–234
6 of 8
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
Job Card VF 004
7 of 8
7. It is possible to clear all the error codes stored by pressing the keys “CTRL” and “H” simultaneously.
8. The display reads:
CLEAR all errors
9. To reply to this question, press the keys “CTRL” and “H” simultaneous to clear the memory contents.
10. The display reads:
Error n 0=
0 Nb
11. To quit the test, press the key “R”.
5.3
MENU DATE AND TIME
To enter the Date and Time:
1. Go to Service Mode, and call Menu 2 using the arrows on the keyboard.
2. Call MODA by pressing 7.
4. Enter date (MM DD YYYY) via numeric keypad.
5. Hit W to confirm.
6. Hit F1.
7. Enter time (HH MM) via numeric keypad.
8. Hit W to confirm.
When replacing the battery in the CPU Board, clear the year-counter display on the righthand side via F7
and F9 to confirm.
IMPORTANT: Checksums must be validated. Enter the Workstation Parameters (in Chart 1 of Job Card IST013,
Chapter 1, Section 6, End of Installation in the Service Manual).
4–235
DIAGNOSTICS
3. Hit F1 three time.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
Job Card VF 004
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page
4–236
8 of 8
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF005
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 6
Version No.: 0
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
ON/OFF AND POWER SUPPLIES
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
Run this procedure if CT1 MPH A1 K2 does not switch ON.
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Standard tool kit.
D
DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D
None
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
4–237
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
ON/OFF AND POWER SUPPLIES
Job Card VF005
2 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 1
SEE ON/OFF AND LV POWER SUPPLIES
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Generator does not power ON
CT1 MPHA1 K2
Does not switch ON
Phase
R.S.T.
OK
Yes
No
OK
Check room
power supply
on MPH A1 SW1
Yes
Mains switch
MPH A1–SW1
ON
No
Switch ON
SW1
Yes
Power
ON
OK?
Yes
END
No
DIAGNOSTICS
Replace broken
fuse
Check fuses
F1 – F2 – F3 on
mains PS
MPH A3–A2
No
Check 220 Vac
on transformer
MPH A3–T1
plug 0 and
220 V
DS12
on mains PS
board
MPH A3–A2
ON?
OK
OK
Replace mains
PS board
MPH A3–A2
Yes
See B page 2
OK
DS7–8–9
on mains PS
MPH A3–A2
ON?
No
No
No
END
DS15 ON
CMD1 board
MPH A4–A1
”ON”
No
No
Power
ON
OK?
OPEN
circuit
See A page 2
OK
Check
thermal safety
on transformer
MPHA1–AT1
Short circuit
Check cables between:
1) MPH A3–A2 XJ2 and
MPH A1–AT1
2) MPH A3–A2 XJ5 and
MPH A3–A3 XJ5
Replace
transformer
MPHA1–AT1
OK
No
Check voltages
on primary of
transformer
MPH A3–T1
Check cable between
transformer and mains PS
Board MPH A3–A2 XJ3
OK
OK
Check cable between
transformer and mains
PS–Board MPH A3–A2 XJ1
Replace
transformer
MPH A3–T1
4–238
Replace mains
PS MPH A3–A2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
ON/OFF AND POWER SUPPLIES
Job Card VF005
3 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 2
From page 1 A
DS19 – DS20
DS21 on CMD1
Board
MPH A4–A1
ON?
No
OK
No
OK
Check
connection
between XJ7
MPH A4–A1
and
MPH A3–PS1
No
DS11 – DS12 –
DS13 on CMD1
Board
MPH A4–A1
ON?
Replace fuses
F2–F3 or and F4
Yes
Check cable between:
XJ5 CMD1–Board – MPH A4 A1
and XJ5 mains PS Board MPH
A3–A2
DIAGNOSTICS
Replace power
supply
MPH A3–PS1
From page 1 B
Verify the connections (6–19–1–25–24) between:
XJ2 on control console MPH A7–A2 and XJ12
on distribution board MPH A6–A3
No
Replace cable
OK
Yes
Controle console failure:
change MPH A3–A2 or
MPH A3–A1
Test if power
ON with BP1 on
distribution
Board
MPH A6–A3
No
Check cable between:
XJ9 distribution Bd MPH A6–A3 and XJ4
command Board MPH A4–A1
pins: 2–6–7
C page 3
4–239
No
Replace cable
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
ON/OFF AND POWER SUPPLIES
Job Card VF005
4 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 3
C from page 2
OK
No
Check if DS6 on
mains PS Board
MPH A3–A2 is
ON
DIAGNOSTICS
Check cable between XJ5 of
command 1 Board MPH A4–A2
and XJ5 of mains PS Board MPH
A3–A2 pin 3 and 4
Check if 24 V is
present on XJ4 of
command 1 Board
MPH A4–A1 between
pin 7 (0 V) and
pin 6 (24 V)
No
Replace command 1
Board MPH A4–A1
Yes
Yes
Check if CT1
MPH A1–K2 is
ON
No
END
Yes
Check if 230 Vac is
present on XJ2 pin 3
and 6 of mains PS
Board MPH A3–A2
No
Check cable between
mains PS Board and
CT1
Check connection pin 24 XJ1 of
mains PS Board MPH A3–A2 and
plug. 220 V of transformer
MPH A3–T1
OK
OK
Replace CT1
MPH A1–K17
OK
Check 220 Vac voltage
between plug 0/480 and
220 V of transformer
MPH A3–T1
Replace mains PS
MPH A3–A2
4–240
No
Replace transformer
MPH A3–T1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
ON/OFF AND POWER SUPPLIES
Job Card VF005
5 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 4
SEE ON/OFF AND LV SUPPLIES
BLOCK DIAGRAM
No Power on Extension Rack
MPH A6
CT1 on
MPH A1–K2
Check if 230
Vac is present on
fuses F16–F17
in room
distribution
MPH A1–A1
OK
Check fuse
F1–F2 on
Distribution Board
MPH A6–A3
No
Yes
No
Yes
DIAGNOSTICS
No
See ON/OFF Faulty tree
page 2 thru 4
Replace fuse
F16–F17
Replace fuse
No
Check voltage on
transformer
MPH A6–A7
14 Vac – 19 Vac –
230 Vac – 115 Vac
– 200 Vac
Check XJ3 plug on
Distribution Board
MPH A6–A3
No
OK
Replace
Transformer
MPH A6–A7
OK
Check on
Distribution
Board
MPH A6–A3
DS5 ON
Replace fuse F7
Yes
Yes
Check on
Distribution Board
MPH A6–A3 if led
DS7–DS9–
DS10 ON
No
Check fuse
F12–F13–F14 on
Distribution Board
MPH A6–A3
Check cable between XJ7 –
Distribution Board MPH A6–A3 and
XJ1 room if CPU MPH A6–A1
4–241
OK
Replace Power
Supply MPH
A6–PS1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
ON/OFF AND POWER SUPPLIES
Job Card VF005
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page
4–242
6 of 6
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF006
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 4
Version No.: 0
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
DC BUS VOLTAGE FAULT
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
Run this procedure if NO DC BUS VOLTAGE (Err 410 in Application Mode) .
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Standard tool kit.
D
DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D
None
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
4–243
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
DC BUS VOLTAGE FAULT
Job Card VF006
2 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 1
SEE ON/OFF AND LV SUPPLIES BLOCK
DIAGRAM AND DCPS BLOCK DIAGRAM
No DCBUS voltage
To page 3 A
ON
OFF
CT2
MPH A3–K1
ON
CT
MPH A3–K2
OFF
See ON/OFF faulty tree
DS11
on mains PS
board
MPH A3–A2
ON
OK
No
Run diagnostic
menu 2 test (F1)
ON/OFF (F1)
Check IN1 in position
ON on command 1
board MPH A4–A1
Erreur
62
No
DIAGNOSTICS
Yes
Check if
220 Vac is present
ON XJ2 pin 1–4 of
mains PS board
MPH A3–A2
No
Yes
Erreur
63
No
Replace mains PS
board MPH A3–A2
Check connection
between CT2 and
mains PS
Yes
Check cables between XJ2
DC FILTER and XJ6 mains
PS and XJ5 mains PS and
XJ5 COMMAND 1 board
OK
Replace CT2
MPH A1–K1
No
OK
OK
Check
signal on enable on
command 1 board
MPH A4–A1
9–U20 = 0
Replace
command 1 board
MPH A4–A1
Check if
DS1 off on
DC FILTER
MPH A3–A2
Check if
CT2
MPH A3–K1
switch 21–22
normally
closed
No
Yes
No
Replace
MPH A3–K1 (CT2)
Replace mains PS
board MPH A3–A2
4–244
Yes
Replace DC FILTER
MPH A3–A1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
DC BUS VOLTAGE FAULT
Job Card VF006
3 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 2
From page 2 A
Yes
Check fuses
F4–F5
OK
Check cable
between XJ2–DC
FILTER and XJ6
MAINS–PS
No
Check
fuses
F1–F2–F3 on DC
FILTER
MPH A3–A1
No
Replace fuses broken
Replace DC
FILTER Board
MPH A3–A1
No
Check if voltage
present on
F1–F2–F3
(380 Vac to
480 Vac)
Replace MPH A3–K1
CT2
Yes
Replace DC FILTER
board MPH A3–A1
4–245
DIAGNOSTICS
DS1
”ON”
on DC FILTER
MPH A3–A1
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
DC BUS VOLTAGE FAULT
Job Card VF006
DIAGNOSTICS
Blank page
4–246
4 of 4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF007
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 4
Version No.: 0
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
SERIAL LINKS FAULT
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
Run this procedure if Errors 522, 523 or 524 appears in Application Mode.
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
None
D
DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D
None
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
4–247
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
SERIAL LINKS FAULT
Job Card VF007
2 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 1
1)
SEE SERIAL LINKS BLOCK DIAGRAM
Control console
(MADRID)
Serial link
Run DIAGNOSTIC
Menu 2 Test (F1)
Interface (F5)
DIAGNOSTICS
Yes
Erreur
?
No
See instruction in
error code sheet
Yes
Leds DS3 and
DS4 in control
console MPH
A7–A2 Flash
Replace control
console board
MPH A7–A2
No
Check cable between control console
MPH A7–A2 XJ2 and distribution
board MPH A6–A3 XJ12 and cable
between distribution board MPH
A6–A3 XJ11 and room if CP4 MPH
A6–A1 XJ2
OK
Replace room if
CPU MPH A6–A1
4–248
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
SERIAL LINKS FAULT
Job Card VF007
3 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 2
SEE SERIAL LINKS BLOCK DIAGRAM
2)
PROGRAM-X
Serial link
Run DIAGNOSTIC
Menu 2 Test (F1)
Interface (F5)
Erreur
?
No
DIAGNOSTICS
Yes
See instruction in
error code sheet
Yes
Leds DS7 and
DS8 Flash on
control board
MPH A8–A1
Run JOB CARD
VF 002
No
Check cable between XJ10 – MPH
A6–A3 distribution board and XJ1 –
MPH A8–A1 control board
program-X check cable between XJ11
– MPH A6–A3 distribution board and
XJ2 – MPH A6–A1
Room if CPU board
OK
Replace room if
CPU board
MPH A6–A1
4–249
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
SERIAL LINKS FAULT
Job Card VF007
4 of 4
ILLUSTRATION 3
3)
SEE SERIAL LINKS BLOCK DIAGRAM
TAV Service
Terminal Serial Link
Connect TAV on
XJ18 plug on
PU CTRL CPU
MPH A4–A3
Run DIAGNOSTIC
Menu 2 Test (F1)
Interface (F5)
No
DIAGNOSTICS
No
TAV
OK
?
Yes
Erreur
?
Yes
See Instruction in
error code sheet
Check sub D9 pin
cable used to
connect TAV
Check cable between control console
MPH A8–A2 XJ1 and distribution
board MPH A6–A3 XJ12
Check cable between distribution board
MPH A6–A3 XJ11 and
Room IF CPU board MPH A6–A1 XJ2
OK
Check TAV serial
link port
OK
OK
Replace Pu CTRL
CPU board
MPH A4–A3
Replace Room IF
CPU board
MPH A6–A1
4)
Print-X Serial link
See JOB CARD
VF 003
4–250
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF008
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
1 of 12
Version No.:
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES REQUIRED
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS REQUIRED
None.
SECTION 3
SAFETY, PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN
None.
DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
4–251
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
Job Card VF008
2 of 12
SECTION 5
0-Point Mode – Calibration and Programmed Settings
Correct operation of the 0-Point Mode depends on:
D
Correct system calibration,
D
A system properly adapted to the customer.
Failure to comply with these two requirements may give the customer the impression of abnormal
operation. It is up to the Field Engineer responsible for the site to determine whether this impression is
really due to 0-Point or to some other source.
5.1
Calibration
The following notes summarize the calibration procedures.
5.1.1
Fluoroscopy Calibration
This calibration allows the system to measure the equivalent radiology thickness of the patient. Without
this, 0-Point Mode cannot operate.
DIAGNOSTICS
It requires five plates of 50 mm plexiglass, or the equivalent in water thickness.
5.1.2
Setting the Radiography Dose/Fluoroscopy Dose Rate Ratio
This is a new calibration.
The doses used are as shown below (in closed loop operation):
IIR
32
40
Radiography
0.876 µGy
1.14 µGy in front of the grid
(100 µR)
(130 µR)
0.53 µGy/s
0.68 µGy/s in front of the grid
(60 µR/s)
(78 µR/s)
22
32
Fluoroscopy
Field
Note:
The röntgen (R) is no longer used; use the gray (Gy).
The ratio Radiography Dose/Fluoroscopy Dose Rate is 1.67. This ratio affects the mAs calculation in
0-Point Mode.
If the Radiography Dose or the Fluoroscopy Dose Rate are not as specified, the system gives an erroneous
value, even if the ratio is 1.67.
4–252
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
5.1.3
Job Card VF008
3 of 12
Calibrating Field Ratios
This is a new calibration, which gives the system the ability to determine the mAs required even if the
radiography is done on a different field to the fluoroscopy, because MPH operation must not be paralyzed
by an unforeseen change of the image intensifier field.
It is, however, only an estimation, not a calculation, and the kV display flashes as a warning when the field
has been changed (flashing kV indicates that fluoroscopy is required for thickness measurement).
The calibration calculates mAs ratios (using 75 kV, 2 mm copper, minimum SID) between the reference
field (22 for II 32, 32 for II 40) and the other available fields.
Note:
All other calibrations are made on the reference field.
CAUTION
5.1.4
Ensure that the user is aware that a fluoroscopic exposure must be made
when the kV flashes.
FILM/Calibrating the Ionization Chamber
This calibration is identical in principle to the fluoroscopy calibration, but it allows the system to recognize
the response of the chamber regardless of the screen–film pair.
5.1.5
FILM/AEC Calibration
A new procedure is available allowing much faster calibration and, above all, systematic: the calibration
time is not random.
5.1.6
Other calibrations
For the remaining calibrations, it is assumed that the calibrations described above have been made
according to the procedures described.
Moreover, the entire system is assumed to be correctly adjusted (generator, image system, mechanical
alignment, etc.).
4–253
DIAGNOSTICS
This is a new calibration.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
5.2
Job Card VF008
4 of 12
0-Point operation
Operation of the 0-Point Mode requires:
D
Curves relating the radiography kV to the thickness calculated by the fluoroscopy,
D
Time or kV priority to define to the MPH whether the type of examination is motion blurring priority
or contrast,
D
Time and kV limits to adapt these curves to the user’s requirements.
An exposure is said to be CORRECT when the parameters conform to the limits (by default or user
selected) and the programmed curves.
Note that each of the curves (three digital, and three screen–film pairs) is associated with a particular type of
examination, for which they have been designed.
They are expected to cover the requirements of most radiology examinations.
The programmed default limits are designed to suit the majority of users; those with specific room
applications may wish to modify the limits.
DIAGNOSTICS
If the radiologist wishes to totally redefine the type of examination for which the MPH will function, an
attempt should first be made to satisfy the requirement by modifying the limits only.
CAUTION
The curves relating the radiography kV to thickness should not normally
be modified. Any person taking the responsibility of changing these curves
risks loss of control of the system in 0-Point Mode.
4–254
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
5.3
Programmed Curves and Limits
5.3.1
Time Priority
Job Card VF008
5 of 12
Time priority is intended basically to avoid motion blurring; kV is allowed to vary up to kVmax before an
exposure time greater than tsup is accepted. Similarly, the kV can vary down to kVmin before an exposure
time less than tinf is accepted.
Illustration 1 shows the operation of Time Priority limits.
ILLUSTRATION 1
t
t sup
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
Ç
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
t
t min
t priority
t
Optimal
zone
t inf
t
kV min
kV inf
kV sup
4–255
kV Max
ÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇ
ÀÀÀÀ
ÀÀÀÀ
ÀÀÀÀ
kV
t priority:
Degraded kV
Optimal t
Degraded kV
Degraded t
DIAGNOSTICS
t Max
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
5.3.2
Job Card VF008
6 of 12
kV priority
kV priority is normally used for examination where contrast is more important than the exposure time (e.g.
bone examinations).
Illustration 2 shows the operation of kV Priority limits for increasing thickness.
ILLUSTRATION 2
t
t Max
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀÀ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
kV
t sup
Optimal
zone
DIAGNOSTICS
t inf
kV
t min
kV min
kV inf
kV sup
4–256
kV Max
kV
kV priority
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÀÀÀÀÀ
ÀÀÀÀÀ
ÀÀÀÀÀ
kV priority:
Optimal kV
Degraded t
Degraded kV
Degraded t
kV
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
5.3.3
Job Card VF008
7 of 12
kV Limits
The hierarchy of kV limits is defined as follows:
Required range
kVmin
kVinf
kVsup
kVmax
Tolerated range
This indicates that the user wishes to work in the range [kVinf, kVsup] but will, in this case, accept working
in the range [kVmin, kVmax].
t Limits
The hierarchy of t limits is defined as follows:
Required range
tmin
tinf
tsup
tmax
Tolerated range
This indicates that the user wishes to work in the range [tinf, tsup] but will, in this case, accept working in the
range [tmin, tmax].
4–257
DIAGNOSTICS
5.3.4
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
Job Card VF008
8 of 12
SECTION 6
RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES
6.1
Recommended Checks for specific problems
1. Radiography kV in DRS and Fluoroscopy kV not matched to thickness
(e.g., 60 kV for 200 mm of water, 100 kV for 50 mm of water):
– Check the fluoroscopy calibration.
2. Radiography kV in DRS not matched to thickness, fluoroscopy kV correct:
– Check the Radiography Dose/Fluoroscopy Dose Rate Ratio.
– Check the kV and time limits.
3. mAs in DRS insufficient:
– Check the Fluoroscopy calibration.
– Check the Radiography Dose/Fluoroscopy Dose Rate Ratio.
– Check the Field Ratio calibration.
DIAGNOSTICS
4. mAs in DRS: calculated backup very high. No mAs displayed and the kV and time limits are exceeded;
kV too high.
– Check the fluoroscopy calibration.
– Check the Radiography Dose/Fluoroscopy Dose Rate Ratio.
– Check the kV and time limits.
– Check the field ratio calibration.
5. Radiography kV with film and fluoroscopy kV not matched to the thickness (e.g., 60 kV for 20 cm of
water, 100 kV for 5 cm of water).
– Check the fluoroscopy calibration.
6. Radiography kV with film not matched to the thickness, fluoroscopy kV correct
– Check the Radiography Dose/Fluoroscopy Dose Rate Ratio.
– Check the ionization chamber calibration.
– Check the kV and time limits.
7. Film mAs insufficient
– Check that the thickness remained constant between the preparation fluoroscopy and the
radiography. If the thickness increased, the low mAs is normal.
– Check the fluoroscopy calibration.
– Check the Radiography Dose/Fluoroscopy Dose Rate Ratio.
– Check the ionization chamber calibration.
– Check the field ratio calibration.
4–258
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
Job Card VF008
9 of 12
8. Film mAs: calculated backup very high. No mAs displayed and the kV and time limits are exceeded;
kV too high.
– Check the fluoroscopy calibration.
– Check the Radiography Dose/Fluoroscopy Dose Rate Ratio.
– Check the ionization chamber calibration.
– Check the kV and time limits.
– Check the field ratio calibration
9. The optical density of the film is consistently poor:
– Check that the correct chambers are used and are not covered by shutters or blocked by a slice.
– Check that the Field/Chamber combination is good.
– Check the film development.
– Check the film AEC calibration.
The thickness is now measured in the center of the image.
There is, therefore, a possibility that the mAs is too low, or too high, limiting the number of exposures
available.
The same problem is encountered when the lateral ionization cells are selected without the central cell.
The following table shows the usable configurations and recommended combinations of IIR field/Selected
ionization chambers.
IIR field (cm)
40
32
22
16
X
(X)
/
/
(X)
/
/
/
X
(X)
/
/
(X)
/
/
/
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Chamber selection
X: possible configuration
(X): configuration may sometimes work but not recommended
/: non functional configuration, definitely not recommended.
Note:
It is possible to solve an IIR field/Ionization Chamber problem by adjusting the CVN.
4–259
DIAGNOSTICS
If the fluoroscopy field is too small the anatomic zone seen by the measurement zone is very different from
that seen by the ionization chambers.
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
Job Card VF008
10 of 12
10. AEC not satisfactory in DRS operation with linear mode.
– Check the ratio of mAs (Mag 1, 75 kV, two mm Cu, minimum SID):
mAs AEC linear
mAs AEC EDR
– If the ratio is other than 2.7 "5%, check the camera adjustment.
– If the problem persists, check that the DSA mode request is received by the MPH.
11. Blurred films due to too long an exposure:
– Check that the type of examination used is time priority.
– Reduce tsup (kV increases, mAs falls).
– If the problem persists, reduce tmax (kV increases, mAs falls).
12. Insufficient contrast due to too high kV:
– Check that the type of examination used is kV priority.
– Reduce kVsup (time increases, mAs increases).
– If the problem persists, reduce kVmax (time increases, mAs increases).
DIAGNOSTICS
13. DRS images over exposed when using short times and small thicknesses under AEC:
– Check that tmin is ­ 5 ms
– If not, set tmin to 8 ms (kV falls, mAs falls).
Note:
Many other causes totally independent of the 0-Point can result in an over-exposed image.
14. The MPH thermal cut-out operates too often:
– Check the possibility of increasing tmax without degrading the system behavior with respect to
motion blurring (motion blurring is liable to occur with tmax >150 ms). Increasing tmax reduces kV
and increases mAs.
– If this is not possible, ask the user if he will accept degraded contrast at high thicknesses. If yes,
increase kVmax 10 kV.
Note:
Before taking any action, check that the patient population involved is not composed of all thin people
or overweight people.
15. Too much contrast due to kV too low (causes too-long exposures, motion blurring):
– Check that the type of examination used is kV priority.
– Increase kVinf (time falls, mAs falls).
– If the problem persists, increase kVmin (time falls, mAs falls).
4–260
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
6.2
Other Possible Problems
6.2.1
Occasional under- or over-exposure.
Job Card VF008
11 of 12
The user must be aware that when keys on the generator control panel are flashing it is because the
calculated parameters are outside the range he considers to be correct, or because he is required to take some
action or other.
D
kV flashing: the user must run a fluoroscopy to measure the thickness,
D
Focal spot flashing: the small spot has been selected manually when the large spot is required to make
a good exposure. It is usually a thermal problem.
(Manual focal spot: programmed by the Laptop, or following an operator action).
Z flashing: the calculated constants are outside the limit window. The film may be correctly exposed,
but the exposure will not be made with the parameters selected by the user.
D
Screen–film pair flashing: the selected screen–film pair has insufficient sensitivity, or is too sensitive,
for the exposure, and the parameters are outside the limits. The proposed substitute screen–film pair
flashes, the user must select it manually.
The CVN changes the kV!
The advice to give when the user makes this comment is: “With 0-Point, don’t watch the kV, look at the
image”.
The CVN modifies the thickness seen by the system. There is, therefore, a calculated kV value that is
different from that initially determined with a nil CVN.
6.2.3
Problem during a sequence
A typical procedure which may provoke a backup mAs cutoff during a sequence is the following:
D
FLUOROSCOPY (measurement and positioning),
D
RADIOGRAPHY: sequence made on a variable patient thickness,
D
SEQUENCE CUTOFF.
This cutoff is caused by the thickness increasing too much after the measurement made under fluoroscopy;
the backup mAs cuts out before the AEC.
The solution is to systematically run a MANUAL FLUOROSCOPY at the start of a sequence (the AEC is
disconnected, and the machine works at constant mAs).
The ABC (automatic fluoroscopy) must then be re-selected at the end of the sequence to restore the
automatic measurement of the patient’s equivalent radiographic thickness.
4–261
DIAGNOSTICS
6.2.2
D
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
TROUBLESHOOTING 0-POINT MODE
Job Card VF008
DIAGNOSTICS
4–262
12 of 12
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
Job Card VF009
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Purpose:
1 of 14
Version No.: 0
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Date:
Time:
Personnel: 1
Run this procedure if no exposures available and diagnostics run well.
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Standard tool kit.
D
DIAGNOSTICS
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D
Test (menu 2 – F1) Interface Test (F5):
– Room Input (5),
– Room Output (6).
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
4–263
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
2 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 1
RAD_PREP_A SIGNAL (LED PG1 ON ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
See illustration 2–36 page 2–48
See illustration 2–20 page 2–32
Press prep pushbutton on
control console generator or
Remote Table
Led PG1
on Room_
IF_CPU Board
MPH A6–A1
lighted
No
Yes
Yes
Room door
closed (if safety
switch)
No
Close the door
Yes
Led PG2
on Room_If_
CPU MPH
A6–A1
light
No
END
Run diagnostic
menu 2 – TEST
ALL TESTS
Workstation 1
or 5 selected?
(DIR–Tube 1
SPE Tube 1) or
DIR Tube 2
DIAGNOSTICS
Yes
RF
Rad Room
or
RF Room
No
No
Select Workstation
DIR or SPE
RAD
Verify if
relay K13 is
energized
Yes
Connect a pushbutton on J7
pin 1.3 of Room_If_CPU
Board MPH A6–A1
Replace Room_If_
CPU (MPH A6–A1)
Press pushbutton
A
See Page 3
No
Led PG1
light
Yes
Replace Room_If_CPU
(MPH A6–A1)
4–264
Check connection between:
1) MPH A6–A1 J2 and MPH
A6–A3 J7
2) MPH A6–A3 J12 and
control console
MPH A7–J2
Replace faulty
cables
END
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
3 of 14
From A page 2
RF
No
Not
OK
Check
Flat cable
beetween Table
Interface Board XJ5
(MPH A6–A2) and
Room_If_CPU Board
XJ9
(MPH A6–A1)
Check
if LED DS1 light
on Table
Interface Board
MPH A6–A2
Yes
Press Prep
Pushbutton
No
OK
Check if Relay
K23 on Table
Interface Board
MPH A6–A2 is
energized
Not OK
Replace cable
Replace Table
Interface Board
MPH A6–A2
Replace faulty
cables
Check
cable between
Remote Table and
Interface Table Board
MPH A6–A2/XJ2
Not OK
Replace faulty
cables
4–265
OK
Check Remote
Table
Yes
Check
Flat cable
beetween Table
Interface Board
J5 and Room_
If_CPU
Board J9
Replace
Room_If_CPU
MPH A6–A1
OK
DIAGNOSTICS
A
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
4 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 2
END_PREP SIGNAL (LED PG2 ON ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
Press Prep pushbutton on
control console generator or
Remote Table
DIAGNOSTICS
No
Led PG1 on
Room_If_CPU Board
MPH A6–A1 light
?
Run Faulty Tree
RAD–PREP–A
Yes
No
Run Test
Menu 2 – Test (F1)
Heater (9) Rotor (0)
4–266
Led PG2
Room_If_CPU Board
MPH A6–A1 light
?
Yes
END
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
5 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 3
EXP_REQUEST_A_SIGNAL (LED GR1 ON ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
See illustration 2–36 page 2–48
See illustration 2–20 page 2–32
Press Prep and exposure pushbutton
on Control Console Generator or
Remote Table
OK
Led
GR1 light on
Room_If_CPU
Board MPH
A6–A1
No
Led
PG1–PG2
Light?
No
Yes
Run Faulty Tree
RAD_PREP_A and
END_PREP
RF
RAD ROOM
or
RF ROOM
DIAGNOSTICS
END
Connect two Push Button on J7–pin 1
and 3 and Pin 2 and 3 on
Room_If_CPU Board MPH A6–A1
RAD
Press both
pushbuttons
A
Led
GR1
light
No
To A page 4
No
Replace Room_If_CPU
Board MPH A6–A1
Relay K23
on
Room_If_CPU
energized?
Yes
Check connections between:
1) MPH A6–A1/J2 and MPH
A6–A3/J7
2) MPH A6–A3/J12 and
control console
MPH A7–A2
Yes
Check inhibition by
collimator
Block diagram 15 Chapter 2
4–267
Replace faulty
cable
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
6 of 14
From A page 5
RF
A
No
DIAGNOSTICS
Not
OK
Replace cable
Check
Flat cable
beetween Table
Interface Board XJ5
(MPH A6–A2) and
Room_If_CPU Board
XJ9
(MPH A6–A1)
Check
if LED DS1 light
on Table
Interface Board
MPH A6–A2
Yes
No
OK
Check if Relays
K22 and K13 on
Table Interface
Board (MPH
A6–A2) are
energized
Replace Table
Interface Board
MPH A6–A2
Not OK
Replace faulty
cable
Not OK
Check
cable between
Remote Table and
Interface Table Board
MPH A6–A2/XJ2
4–268
Check
Flat cable
beetween Table
Interface Board
J5 and Room_
If_CPU Board
J9
OK
Replace
Room_If_CPU
Board MPH A6–A1
Check Remote
Table
Replace faulty
cable
Yes
OK
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
7 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 4
EXP_DEMANT SIGNAL (LED GR2 ON ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
See illustration 2–37 page 2–49
See illustration 2–20 page 2–32
Press prep and exposure
pushbutton
Led PG1,
PG2, GR1 light
on Room_If_
CPU Board
MPH A6–A2
?
Yes
Yes
Led GR2
light on Room_
If_CPU MPH
A6–A2
No
Run previous
Faulty Trees
No
Yes
Error
on control
console MPH A7
ERR = xxx
?
Run
corresponding diagnostic
see Chapter 4.1
Yes
DIAGNOSTICS
END
No
Reset
pushbutton
flash on
control
console
No
Release two pushbuttons
exposure and prep. and
Re–run this Faulty Tree
Reset by pressing
Reset pushbutton
Re–run this
Faulty Tree
4–269
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
8 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 5
START_EXP_A SIGNAL (LED GR3 ON ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
See illustration 2–37 page 2–49
See illustration 2–20 page 2–32
Press prepared exposure
pushbuttons
Set Workstation 1
Direct or Special
Led PG1,
PG2, GR1, GR2
light on Room_
If_CPU Board
MPH A6–A1
?
No
Yes
RAD
Run previous
Faulty Trees
RAD
Room or
RF Room
?
Replace
Room_If_CPU
MPH A6–A1
DIAGNOSTICS
No
Not OK
Check
cable between
Interface Table J5
and Room_If_
CPU J9
Replace faulty
cable
RF
Test if
K27–K14
on Interface Table
MPH A6–A2 are
energized
?
OK
Replace Interface
Table Board
MPH A6–A2
Not OK
Not OK
Replace faulty
cable
Check
cable between
Interface Table
J5 and Room_
If_CPU
J9
No
Replace Interface
Table Board MPH A6–A2
Check
cable between
Interface Table
board MPH
A6–A2 and
remote table
OK
Replace faulty
cable
OK
Check
wiring between
6/J2 and 7/J5
Interface
Table
Yes
Check Remote
TABLE
Signal M/T and
Signal F/H
Yes
OK
Replace Room_If_CPU
Board MPH A6–A1
4–270
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
9 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 6
BEGIN_END_EXP SIGNAL (LED GR4 ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
See illustration 2–37 page 2–49
Press Exposure and Prep.
pushbuttons
No
Led PG1,
PG2, GR1, GR2 and
GR3 light on Room_
If_CPU Board
MPH A6–A1
?
Yes
Yes
Error on
Control Console
ERR = x x x
?
Reset error and
Retry at the
beginning
Run diagnostic
Menu 2 – Test (F1)
Interface Test (F5)
4–271
No
DIAGNOSTICS
Run previous
Faulty Tree
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
10 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 7
FLUORO_PREP_A SIGNAL (LED SC1 ON ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
See illustration 2–38 page 2–50
Press Fluoro Foot switch
Pedal on Remote Table
Console
Yes
Led SC1,
on Room_
If_CPU Board
MPH A6–A1
light
No
END
Workstation
Number 2
selected
(SETE)
?
No
Yes
DIAGNOSTICS
Select Workstation 2
No
Not OK
Check
cable between
J5 Interface Table
MPH A6–A2 and
J9 Room_If_CPU
MPH A6–A1
Led DS1 on
Table Interface
MPH A6–A2
light ?
OK
No
Replace faulty
cable
Yes
Replace
Interface Table Board
MPH A6–A2
Check
if K5 is
energized on
Interface Table
MPH A6–A2
Yes
A
K5 not energized: Replace
Interface Table Board MPH A6–A2
4–272
See Page 11
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
11 of 14
From Page 10
A
Check
if K24 is
energized on
Interface
Table Board
No
OK
Not OK
Replace faulty
cable
Check
cable between
J5 Interface
Table Board and
J9 Room_If_
CPU Board
OK
Check Remote
Table
Replace
Room_If_CPU
Board MPH A6–A1
4–273
Check
cable between
J2 Interface
Table and
Remote Table
Not OK
DIAGNOSTICS
Yes
Replace faulty
cable
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
12 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 8
FLUORO_DEMAND SIGNAL (LED SC2 ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
Press Fluoro Foot switch
Pedal on Remote Table
Console
See illustration 2–39 page 2–51
Led SC1,
on Room_If_
CPU Board
MPH A6–A1
light
?
No
Run previous
Faulty Tree
Yes
Run Test Menu 2 (F1)
– Interface Test (F5)
– Heater (F9)
– Rotor (F10)
ILLUSTRATION 9
START_FLUORO_A_SIGNAL (LED SC3 ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
DIAGNOSTICS
Press Fluoro Foot switch
Pedal on Remote Table
Console
No
Led SC1,
SC2 on Room_
If_CPU Board
MPH A6–A1
light ?
Yes
Run previous
Faulty Tree
Check if
Relay K1 on
Interface Table
MPH A6–A2
is energized
?
No
Not OK
Replace
Faulty cable
Check
cable between
J5 Interface
Tube and J9
Room_If_CPU
Board
?
4–274
Yes
A
See Page 13
OK
Replace Interface
Table board MPH A6–A2
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
13 of 14
From Page 12
A
No
Not OK
Not OK
Replace faulty
cable
Check
cable between
J5 Interface
Table Board and
J9 Room_If_
CPU?
OK
Replace Faulty
Cable
Replace Interface
Table Board
MPH A6–A1
4–275
Check
cable between
J2–Interface
Table board and
Remote Table
OK
DIAGNOSTICS
Yes
Check
if relay K21
is energized on
Interface
Table Board
MPH A6 A2
?
Check Remote
Table
GE Medical Systems
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
REV 4
asm 2165118–100
DIAGNOSTIC–HELP TESTS
INTERFACE RAD AND FLUORO
Job Card VF009
14 of 14
ILLUSTRATION 10
BEGIN_END_FLUORO (LED SC4 ON ROOM_IF_CPU BOARD MPH A6–A1)
See illustration 2–39 page 2–51
Press Fluoro Foot Switch
Pedal on Remote
Table Console
DIAGNOSTICS
No
Led SC1, SC2,
SC3 light on
Room_If_CPU
Board MPH
A6–A1
?
Yes
Run previous
Faulty Trees
Error on
Control Console
ERR = x x x
?
Yes
No
Reset error and
Retry at the
beginning
Run diagnostic
Menu 2 – Test (F1)
Interface Test (F5)
4–276
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Advanced Service Manual
2165118–100 Revision 4
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
Advanced Service Manual
2165118–100 Revision 4
Technical
Publications
2165118–100
Revision 4
MPH 50 V2 - MPH 65 V2 - MPH 80 V2
asm
Advanced Service Manual
do not duplicate
Advanced Service Documentation
Property of GE
For GE Service Personnel Only
No Rights Licensed – Do Not Use or Copy
Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited
Copyright 1999, 2002 by General Electric Co.